2017 Chevrolet Ss Sedan Owners Manual

2k17_Chevrolet_SS_Sedan_23348492A.
ai 1 9/6/2016 10:22:02 AM
2017 SS Sedan
C
CM
MY
CY
CMY
SS Sedan Owners Manual
23348492 A
Chevrolet SS Sedan Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-10122752) -
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 24
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 90
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 131
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 216
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 348
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 364
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 374
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
2 Introduction
Introduction that may not be available in your

region, or changes subsequent to { Danger
the printing of this owner manual.
Danger indicates a hazard with a
Refer to the purchase high level of risk which will result
documentation relating to your in serious injury or death.
specific vehicle to confirm the
features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
The names, logos, emblems, quick reference. { Warning
slogans, vehicle model names, and Warning indicates a hazard that
vehicle body designs appearing in Using this Manual could result in injury or death.
this manual including, but not limited To quickly locate information about
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, the vehicle, use the Index in the
the CHEVROLET Emblem, SS, and back of the manual. It is an
the SS Emblem are trademarks and/ alphabetical list of what is in the Caution
or service marks of General Motors manual and the page number where
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, Caution indicates a hazard that
it can be found.
or licensors. could result in property or vehicle
damage.
This manual describes features that Danger, Warning, and
may or may not be on the vehicle Caution
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle, Warning messages found on vehicle
model variants, country labels and in this manual describe
specifications, features/applications hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.
Litho in U.S.A.

Part No. 23348492 A First Printing 2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
Introduction 3
Vehicle Symbol Chart 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Here are some additional symbols Changer
that may be found on the vehicle j : LATCH System Child Restraints
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
the Index. : : Oil Pressure
A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means Do
9 : Airbag Readiness Light } : Power
Not, Do not do this, or Do not let # : Air Conditioning / : Remote Vehicle Start
this happen. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) > : Safety Belt Reminders
Symbols % : AudioSteering Wheel Controls 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
or OnStar (if equipped)
The vehicle has components and d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak
labels that use symbols instead of $ : Brake System Warning Light
a : Under Pressure
text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
the text describing the operation or M : Windshield Washer Fluid
information relating to a specific
I : Cruise Control
component, control, message, ` : Do Not Puncture
gauge, or indicator. ^ : Do Not Service
M : Shown when the owner B : Engine Coolant Temperature
manual has additional instructions
or information. O : Exterior Lamps
* : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
manual has additional instructions # : Fog Lamps
or information.
. : Fuel Gauge
0 : Shown when there is more + : Fuses
information on another page
see page.
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
4 Introduction
2 NOTES
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
In Brief 5
In Brief Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Instrument Panel Lane Departure
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 6 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Initial Drive Information Side Blind Zone
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 19
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Automatic Parking
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Assist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 11 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 12 Performance and Maintenance
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Traction Control/Electronic
Passenger Sensing System . . . 12 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 21
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 22
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 15 Driving for Better Fuel
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Vehicle Features Roadside Assistance
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 17 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 214. Light Sensor. See Automatic 20. Shift Lever. See Automatic
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Headlamp System 0 127. Transmission 0 236 or Manual
and Lane-Change Signals 12. Infotainment 0 131. Transmission 0 240 (If
0 128. Equipped).
13. Heated and Ventilated Front
Driver Information Center (DIC) Seats 0 49. 21. Steering Wheel Adjustment
Controls. See Driver 0 91.
14. Hazard Warning Flashers
Information Center (DIC) 0 108. 0 127. 22. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 110
3. + (Plus) Paddle. See Manual (Out of View).
15. Dual Automatic Climate Control
Mode 0 238. System 0 210. 23. Instrument Panel Illumination
4. Cruise Control 0 251. Control 0 128.
16. Power Outlets 0 94 (Out
Lane Departure Warning of View). 24. Hood Release. See Hood
(LDW) 0 263 (If Equipped). 0 273.
17. Traction Control/Electronic
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Stability Control 0 245. 25. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 126.
System 0 259 (If Equipped). Front and Rear Parking Assist
5. Instrument Cluster 0 96. Button (If Equipped). See
6. Horn 0 92. Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing 0 254.
7. Steering Wheel Controls 0 91.
Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
8. (Minus) Paddle. See Manual Button (If Equipped). See
Mode 0 238. Assistance Systems for
9. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 92. Parking or Backing 0 254.
10. ENGINE START/STOP Button. 18. Driver Mode Control 0 247.
See Ignition Positions 0 229. 19. Electric Parking Brake 0 242.
11. Solar Sensor. See Dual
Automatic Climate Control
System 0 210.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
8 In Brief
Initial Drive / : Press Q and release and then

immediately press and hold / for at
Information least four seconds to start the
This section provides a brief engine from outside the vehicle.
overview about some of the
See Keys 0 24 and Remote Keyless
important features that may or may
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 25.
not be on your specific vehicle.
For more detailed information, refer Remote Vehicle Start
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owners manual. If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
Remote Keyless Entry Press this button to extend the key. Starting the Vehicle
(RKE) System The key can be used for all locks. 1. Press and release Q on the
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) K : Press to unlock the driver door RKE transmitter.
transmitter may work up to or all doors.
60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. 2. Immediately press and hold /
Q : Press to lock all doors. for at least four seconds or until
Lock and unlock feedback can be the turn signal lamps flash.
personalized. Start the vehicle normally after
Y : Press and hold until the trunk entering.
begins to move. When the vehicle starts, the parking
7 : Press and release to initiate lamps will turn on.
vehicle locator. Press and hold for at Remote start can be extended.
least three seconds to sound the
panic alarm. Press 7 again to
cancel the panic alarm.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
In Brief 9
Canceling a Remote Start To lock or unlock the doors from the Keyless Access
inside:
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
. Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 30.
Door Locks
To lock or unlock the doors from the
If equipped, press the button on the
outside: . Press Q or K. driver door handle when the RKE
. Press Q or K on the Remote . Push the door lock knob on the transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. top of the door to lock. driver door handle. When unlocking
See Remote Keyless Entry from the driver door, the first press
. Pull the door handle once to unlocks that door; press again
(RKE) System Operation 0 25.
unlock the door. Pulling the within five seconds to unlock all
. Use the key in the driver door. handle again unlatches the door. passenger doors. See Remote
Turn the key toward the rear to Keyless Entry (RKE) System
lock all doors. Turn the key See Door Locks 0 32 or Power Door
Locks 0 33. Operation 0 25.
toward the front to unlock the
driver door. Turn the key again
toward the front to unlock all
doors.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
10 In Brief
Windows holding the switch. Pull a window To adjust the seat:

switch up or press it down all the . Move the seat forward or
way, release it, and the window rearward by sliding the control
goes up or down automatically. Stop forward or rearward.
the window by pressing or pulling
the switch in the same direction a . Raise or lower the seat by
second time, or by briefly operating moving the rear of the control up
the switch to the first detent in either or down.
direction. . Raise or lower the front part of
See Power Windows 0 40. the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
Seat Adjustment See Power Seat Adjustment 0 46.
Power Seats Lumbar Adjustment
Press the switch down to open the
window. Pull the switch up to
close it.
The power windows only operate
with the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
or when Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) is active. See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
0 232.
Express Window Operation
Windows with an express-down or
express-up feature allow the window To increase or decrease lumbar
support, slide the switch forward or
to be lowered or raised without
rearward.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
In Brief 11
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 46. Memory Features Heated and Ventilated

Reclining Seatbacks Seats
The SET, 1, 2, and S (Exit) buttons

To adjust the seatback: on the driver door are used to The buttons are below the air vents
. Tilt the top of the control manually save and recall memory on the center stack. To operate, the
settings for the driver seat and engine must be running.
rearward to recline.
outside mirrors.
. Tilt the top of the control forward Press L or M to heat the driver or
Automatic Memory Recall passenger seat.
to raise.
(Automatic Only) and/or easy exit
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 47. features may be enabled through Press { or C to ventilate the driver
vehicle personalization to or passenger seat. A ventilated seat
automatically recall positions stored has a fan that pulls or pushes air
to the 1, 2, and S buttons. through the seat. The air is not
cooled.
See Memory Seats 0 48 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 120. See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 49.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
12 In Brief
Head Restraint Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

Adjustment System
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper The passenger sensing system will
position. turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
See Head Restraints 0 45 and airbag under certain conditions. No
Power Seat Adjustment 0 46. other airbag is affected by the
Refer to the following sections for passenger sensing system. See
important information on how to use Passenger Sensing System 0 63.
safety belts properly:
The passenger airbag status
. Safety Belts 0 51. indicator lights in the rearview mirror
. How to Wear Safety Belts are visible when the vehicle is
Properly 0 52. started. See Passenger Airbag
. Status Indicator 0 99.
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 53.
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 76.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
In Brief 13
Mirror Adjustment 3. Adjust the mirror to see a little To adjust the steering wheel:
of the vehicle, and the area 1. Pull the lever down.
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear behind the vehicle.
view of the area behind the vehicle. 2. Move the steering wheel up or
The mirror automatically dims to Keep the switch (2) in the center down and in or out for a
reduce the glare of the headlamps when not adjusting the mirrors. comfortable position.
from behind. Folding Mirrors 3. Pull the lever up to lock the
Exterior Mirrors Manually fold the mirrors inward to steering wheel in place.
prevent damage when going Do not adjust the tilt and telescope
through an automatic car wash. To lever while driving.
fold, pull the mirror toward the
vehicle. Push the mirror outward to Interior Lighting
return it to its original position.
Dome Lamps
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the mirrors:

1. Press the switch (2) to select
the left or right mirror.
2. Press the arrows (1) to adjust
the mirror.
The dome lamps are in the
overhead console.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
14 In Brief
+ : Press to turn the lamp on Exterior Lighting

or off.
4 : Press to automatically turn on
the lamps when a door is opened,
the vehicle is unlocked, or the
ignition is turned off.
Reading Lamps
The exterior lamp control is on the

The rear reading lamps are in the instrument panel to the left of the
headliner. steering wheel.
Press ( or ) to turn the lamp O : Briefly turn to this position to
on or off. turn the automatic light control off or
on again.
For more information on interior
lamps, see: AUTO : Automatic operation of the
headlamps at normal brightness and
. Dome Lamps 0 129 other exterior lamps.
The front reading lamps are in the . Instrument Panel Illumination ; : Turns on the parking lamps
overhead console. Control 0 128 including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
Press ( or ) to turn the lamp
on or off. 5 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps.
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 126
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
In Brief 15
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
0 127 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the lever down. For several wipes,
Windshield Wiper/Washer hold the lever down.
n L : Pull the lever toward you to
spray windshield washer fluid and
activate the wipers.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 92.
With the ignition on or in ACC/

ACCESSORY, move the lever to
select the wiper speed.
HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes.
INT : Move the windshield wiper

lever to INT. Turn the x INT band
on the wiper lever to adjust the
sensitivity.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
16 In Brief
Climate Controls See Dual Automatic Climate Control

System 0 210.
The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
this system. Transmission
Automatic Transmission
Sport Shift Mode

For Sport Shift mode, move the shift
lever to D (Drive), then push to the
1. Driver Temperature Control 6. ZONE right.
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 7. Passenger Temperature While in Sport Shift mode, move the
Control shift lever to the + (Plus) or
3. Air Conditioning (Minus) position to enable Active
4. Air Delivery Mode Controls 8. Rear Window Defogger Select mode. See Automatic
9. Fan Control Transmission 0 236.
5. Front Defrost
10. Recirculation
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
In Brief 17
Tap Shift Vehicle Features infotainment system. Press again to

Tap Shift allows for manual control turn the sound on. Press to cancel
voice recognition.
of the automatic transmission. Steering Wheel Controls
Vehicles with this feature have _ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio
controls on the back of the steering source.
wheel. Tap the left control to Use the thumbwheel to select the
downshift, and the right control to next or previous favorite radio
upshift. A Driver Information Center station, MP3 track, USB track, and
(DIC) message indicates the gear Bluetooth Audio track.
the vehicle is in. See Manual Mode
0 238. Use _ SRC to skip to the next song
or show using Pandora or Stitcher.
See Pandora Internet Radio 0 149
or Stitcher Internet Radio 0 153.
+ x : Press + to increase the
volume. Press to decrease.
Some audio functions can be See Steering Wheel Controls 0 91.
controlled through the steering
wheel controls.
b / g : Press to interact with
Bluetooth or voice recognition. See
Bluetooth 0 195 or Voice
Recognition 0 189.
$ / i : Press to decline an
incoming call, or to end a current
call. Press to silence the vehicle
speakers while using the
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
18 In Brief
Cruise Control SET/ : Move the thumbwheel down 3. MENU: Press to display the
briefly to set the speed and activate DIC menus. This button is also
cruise control. If cruise control is used to return to or exit the last
already active, use to decrease screen displayed on the DIC.
speed. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
See Cruise Control 0 251. 0 108.
Driver Information Forward Collision Alert

Center (DIC) (FCA) System
The DIC display is in the center of If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
the instrument cluster. It shows the reduce the harm caused by
status of many vehicle systems. The front-end crashes. FCA provides a
controls for the DIC are on the turn green indicator, V, when a vehicle
signal lever. is detected ahead. This indicator
1 : Press to turn the cruise control displays amber if you follow a
system on and off. A white indicator vehicle much too closely. When
comes on in the instrument cluster approaching a vehicle ahead too
when cruise is turned on. quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
* : Press to disengage cruise alert on the windshield and rapidly
control without erasing the set beeps.
speed from memory. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
1. SET/CLR: Press to set, System 0 259.
RES/+ : If there is a set speed in or press and hold to clear, the
memory, move the thumbwheel up menu item displayed.
briefly to resume to that speed or
hold upwards to accelerate. If cruise 2. \: Use the band to scroll
control is already active, use to through the items in
increase vehicle speed. each menu.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
In Brief 19
Lane Departure Rear Vision Parking Assist

Warning (LDW) Camera (RVC) If equipped, Rear Parking
If equipped, LDW may help avoid If equipped, RVC shows a view of Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the
unintentional lane departures at the area behind the vehicle on the rear bumper to assist with parking
speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or infotainment display when the and avoiding objects while in
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
to detect the lane markings. The aid with parking and low-speed less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA uses
audible beeps to provide distance
LDW light, @, is green if a lane backing maneuvers.
and system information.
marking is detected. If the vehicle See Assistance Systems for Parking
departs the lane without using a turn or Backing 0 254. The vehicle may also be equipped
signal in that direction, the light will with Front Parking Assist.
change to amber and flash. In Rear Cross Traffic Alert See Assistance Systems for Parking
addition, beeps will sound. or Backing 0 254.
(RCTA) System
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
0 263. If equipped, the RCTA system uses Automatic Parking
a triangle with an arrow on the
infotainment display to warn of Assist (APA)
Side Blind Zone traffic behind your vehicle that may If equipped, the APA system helps
Alert (SBZA) cross your vehicle's path while in to search for and maneuver the
If equipped, SBZA will detect R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will vehicle into parallel or perpendicular
moving vehicles in the next lane sound. parking spots using automatic
over in the vehicle's side blind zone See Assistance Systems for Parking steering, DIC displays, and beeps.
area. When this happens, the SBZA or Backing 0 254. When the vehicle speed is below
display will light up in the 30 km/h (18 mph), press O to
corresponding outside side mirror enable the system.
and will flash if the turn signal is on.
See Automatic Parking Assist
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) (APA) under Assistance Systems
0 261. for Parking or Backing 0 254.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
20 In Brief
Power Outlets Express-Open : Press and release

the rear of the switch (1) to
The accessory power outlets can be express-open the sunroof.
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player. Vent/Close : Press and hold the
rear of the switch (2) to vent the
The vehicle has an accessory sunroof. Press and hold the front of
power outlet on the center stack and the switch (2) to close.
inside the center console storage.
The sunroof cannot be opened or
To use the outlet, the ignition must closed if the vehicle has an
be in ON/RUN or ACC/ electrical failure.
ACCESSORY. Remove the cover to
access the outlet and replace when See Sunroof 0 42.
not in use.
Open/Close : Press and hold the
See Power Outlets 0 94. rear or front of the switch (1) to
open or close the sunroof. The
Sunroof sunshade automatically opens with
If equipped, the sunroof switches the sunroof, but must be closed
are on the overhead console. The manually.
ignition must be in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) to operate
the sunroof. See Ignition Positions
0 229 and Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 232.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
In Brief 21
. Loading Information label. See
Performance and To turn off both traction control
and StabiliTrak, press and Vehicle Load Limits 0 226. The
Maintenance hold g on the center console, warning light will remain on until the
tire pressure is corrected.
until i and g illuminate in the
Traction Control/ instrument cluster. The low tire pressure warning light
Electronic Stability may come on in cool weather when
. Press and release g again to the vehicle is first started, and then
Control turn on both systems. turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
The traction control system limits See Traction Control/Electronic may be an early indicator that the
wheel spin. The system turns on Stability Control 0 245. tire pressures are getting low and
automatically every time the vehicle the tires need to be inflated to the
is started. proper pressure.
Tire Pressure Monitor
The StabiliTrak system assists with The TPMS does not replace normal
directional control of the vehicle in This vehicle may have a Tire
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
difficult driving conditions. The Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
the correct tire pressures.
system turns on automatically every
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
time the vehicle is started.
0 311.
. To turn off traction control, press
and release g on the center
console. i illuminates in the
instrument cluster.
The low tire pressure warning light
. Press and release g again to alerts to a significant loss in
turn on traction control. pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
22 In Brief
Fuel Engine Oil Life System Driving for Better Fuel

The engine oil life system calculates Economy
engine oil life based on vehicle use Driving habits can affect fuel
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE mileage. Here are some driving tips
OIL SOON message when it is time to get the best fuel economy
to change the engine oil and filter. possible.
The oil life system should be reset
to 100% only following an oil . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
Premium Recommended Fuel change. smoothly.
Use premium 93 octane unleaded . Brake gradually and avoid
Resetting the Oil Life System
gasoline in your vehicle. Unleaded abrupt stops.
gasoline with an octane rating as 1. Display the REMAINING OIL
. Avoid idling the engine for long
low as 87 may be used, but it will LIFE on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 108. periods of time.
reduce performance and fuel
economy. See Fuel 0 264. . When road and weather
2. Press and hold SET/CLR on
the DIC while the Oil Life conditions are appropriate, use
E85 or FlexFuel display is active. The oil life will cruise control.
change to 100%. . Always follow posted speed
The oil life system can also be reset limits or drive more slowly when
as follows: conditions require.
. Keep vehicle tires properly
1. Display the REMAINING OIL
LIFE on the DIC. See Driver inflated.
Information Center (DIC) 0 108. . Combine several trips into a
No E85 or FlexFuel 2. Fully press and release the single trip.
Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greater accelerator pedal three times . Replace the vehicle's tires with
than E15 (15% ethanol by volume), within five seconds. the same TPC Spec number
such as E85, cannot be used in this See Engine Oil Life System 0 277. molded into the tire's sidewall
vehicle. near the size.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
In Brief 23
. Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Battery
The battery is located in the trunk,
behind a trim panel, on the driver
side. When it is time for a new
battery, see your dealer for one that
has the replacement number shown
on the original battery's label.
See Battery - North America 0 288.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Chevrolet owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
0 368.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
24 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39
39
Keys and Locks
Windows Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . .
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . .
39
39 Keys
Interior Mirrors { Warning
Keys and Locks Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 40
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Automatic Dimming Rearview
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Windows transmitter is dangerous and
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 children or others could be
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 30 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 seriously injured or killed. They
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 could operate the power windows
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 or other controls or make the
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Roof vehicle move. The windows will
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 33 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 function with the RKE transmitter
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 in the vehicle, and children or
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 others could be caught in the path
Doors of a closing window. Do not leave
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 children in a vehicle with an RKE
transmitter.
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 36
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 37
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 25
Press the button on the RKE . Check the location. Other

transmitter to extend the key. Press vehicles or objects may be
the button to retract the key. blocking the signal.
See your dealer if a new key is . Check the transmitter's battery.
needed. See Battery Replacement later
If it becomes difficult to turn the key, in this section.
inspect the key blade for debris. . If the transmitter is still not
Periodically clean with a brush working correctly, see your
or pick. dealer or a qualified technician
If locked out of the vehicle, see for service.
Roadside Assistance Program
0 368. Remote Keyless Entry
The key that is part of the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can With an active OnStar subscription, (RKE) System Operation
be used for all locks. an OnStar Advisor may remotely The RKE transmitter may work up to
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
Overview 0 378.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
(RKE) System System 0 25.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 374.
If there is a decrease in the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
range:
. Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Pressing Q may also arm the alarm alarm. The horn sounds and the
system. See Vehicle Alarm System turn signals flash until 7 is pressed
0 36. again or the vehicle is turned on.
K : Press to unlock the driver door / : Press and release Q then
or all doors. See Remote Door immediately press and hold / for at
Unlock under Vehicle least four seconds to start the
Personalization 0 120. The turn engine from outside the vehicle
signal indicators flash to indicate
using the RKE transmitter. See
unlocking has occurred. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 30.
Remote Unlock Feedback under
Vehicle Personalization 0 120. Keyless Access Operation
Pressing K may also disarm the The Keyless Access system allows
Q : Press to lock all doors. The turn alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm the vehicles doors be to locked and
signal indicators may flash and/or System 0 36. unlocked without removing the RKE
the horn may sound on the second If equipped, memory seat positions transmitter from your pocket, purse,
press to indicate locking. See may be recalled when the vehicle is briefcase, etc. The RKE transmitter
Remote Lock Feedback under unlocked and the driver door is should be within 1 m (3 ft) of the
Vehicle Personalization 0 120. If a open. See Memory Seats 0 48 and door being opened, locked,
passenger door is open when Q is Vehicle Personalization 0 120 or unlocked. If the vehicle has this
pressed, all doors will lock and then feature, there will be buttons on the
Y : Press and hold until the trunk outside door handles.
the driver door will immediately begins to move.
unlock. If the driver door is open The vehicle can be customized to
when Q is pressed, all doors lock
7 : Press and release to initiate always unlock all doors on the first
vehicle locator. The exterior lamps lock/unlock button press. See
except the driver door. These flash and the horn chirps three
settings can be modified. See Vehicle Personalization 0 120.
Open Door Anti Lock Out under times. Press and hold 7 for at least
Vehicle Personalization 0 120. three seconds to sound the panic
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from Pressing the lock/unlock button will Passive Locking
the Driver Door cause all doors to lock if any of the The vehicle will lock several
When the doors are locked and the following occur: seconds after all doors are closed if
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) . It has been more than the vehicle is off and at least one
of the driver door handle, pressing five seconds since the first lock/ transmitter has been removed or
the lock/unlock button on the driver unlock button press. none remain in the vehicle.
door handle will unlock the driver . Two lock/unlock button presses If other electronic devices interfere
door. If the lock/unlock button is were used to unlock all doors. with the RKE transmitter signal, the
pressed again within five seconds, vehicle may not detect the RKE
all passenger doors will unlock. Pull . Any vehicle door has been
opened and all doors are now transmitter inside the vehicle.
the door handle to unlatch the door. If passive locking is enabled, the
closed.
doors may lock with the RKE
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from transmitter inside the vehicle. Do
the Passenger Doors not leave the RKE transmitter in an
When the doors are locked and the unattended vehicle.
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) Temporary Disable of Passive
of the door handle, pressing the Locking Feature
lock/unlock button on a passenger
door handle will unlock all doors. Temporarily disable passive locking
Pressing the lock/unlock button will by pressing and holding K on the
cause all doors to lock if any of the interior door switch with a door open
following occur: for at least four seconds, or until
three chimes are heard. Passive
. The lock/unlock button was used
locking will then remain disabled
to unlock all doors.
until Q on the interior door is
. Any vehicle door has been pressed, or until the vehicle is
opened and all doors are now turned on.
closed.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
To customize the doors to Programming with a Recognized key, counterclockwise, to the

automatically lock when exiting the Transmitter unlock position five times within
vehicle, see Remote Lock/Unlock/ A new transmitter can be 10 seconds.
Start under Vehicle Personalization programmed to the vehicle when The Driver Information Center
0 120. there is one recognized transmitter. (DIC) displays READY FOR
Keyed Access To program, the vehicle must be off REMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5.
and all of the transmitters, both 3. Place the new transmitter into
To access a vehicle with a dead currently recognized and new, must
transmitter battery, see Door Locks the transmitter pocket inside
be with you. the center console
0 32.
storage area.
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle 4. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
When the transmitter is
Only RKE transmitters programmed learned, the DIC will show that
to the vehicle will work. If a it is ready to program the next
transmitter is lost or stolen, a transmitter.
replacement can be purchased and
5. Remove the transmitter from
programmed through your dealer.
the transmitter pocket and
The vehicle can be reprogrammed
so that lost or stolen transmitters no press K.
longer work. Any remaining To program additional
transmitters will need to be transmitters, repeat Steps 35.
reprogrammed. Each vehicle can
have up to eight transmitters 1. Place the recognized When all additional transmitters
matched to it. transmitter inside the vehicle. are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
2. Insert the new vehicle key into 12 seconds to exit
the key lock cylinder on the programming mode.
driver door handle and turn the
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Programming without a 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional When all additional transmitters
Recognized Transmitter times. After the third time, all are programmed, press and
If there are no currently recognized previously known transmitters hold ENGINE START/STOP for
transmitters available, follow this will no longer work with the 12 seconds to exit
procedure to program up to eight vehicle. Remaining transmitters programming mode.
transmitters. This procedure will can be relearned during the
next steps. Starting the Vehicle with a Low
take approximately 30 minutes to Transmitter Battery
complete. The vehicle must be off The DIC display should now
and all of the transmitters you wish show READY FOR REMOTE If the transmitter battery is weak, the
to program must be with you. # 1. DIC may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED when you try to start
1. Insert the vehicle key into the 4. Place the new transmitter into the vehicle. The REPLACE
key lock cylinder on the driver the transmitter pocket. The BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
door handle and turn the key, transmitter pocket is inside the message may also be displayed at
counterclockwise, to the unlock center console storage area. this time.
position five times within 5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
10 seconds. When the transmitter is learned
The Driver Information Center the DIC will show that it is
(DIC) displays REMOTE ready to program the next
LEARN PENDING, transmitter.
PLEASE WAIT. 6. Remove the transmitter from
2. Wait for 10 minutes until the the transmitter pocket and
DIC displays PRESS ENGINE press K.
START BUTTON TO LEARN
and then press ENGINE To program additional
START/STOP. transmitters, repeat Steps 46.
The DIC displays will again
show REMOTE LEARN
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
To start the vehicle: Battery Replacement 1. Press the button on the

transmitter to extend the key.
Replace the battery if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY 2. Remove the battery cover by
message displays in the DIC. See prying with a finger.
Key and Lock Messages 0 115. 3. Remove the battery by pushing
on the battery and sliding it
Caution toward the key blade.
When replacing the battery, do 4. Insert the new battery, positive
not touch any of the circuitry on side facing up. Push the
the transmitter. Static from your battery down until it is held in
place. Replace with a CR2032
body could damage the
or equivalent battery.
transmitter.
5. Snap the battery cover back on
1. Open the center console to the transmitter.
storage and place the The battery is not rechargeable. To
transmitter in the transmitter replace the battery:
pocket.
Remote Vehicle Start
2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or If equipped, remote start allows the
N (Neutral), press the brake engine to be started from outside
pedal and press ENGINE the vehicle.
START/STOP. / : The remote start button is on
See Starting the Engine 0 231 the RKE transmitter.
Replace the transmitter battery as The climate control system will use
soon as possible. the previous settings during a
remote start.
Laws in some local communities
may restrict the use of remote
starters. For example, some laws
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
require a person using remote start The engine will continue to run for Canceling a Remote Start
to have the vehicle in view. Check 10 minutes. After 30 seconds, To cancel a remote start, do one of
local regulations for any repeat the steps to extend to the following:
requirements. 20 minutes. Remote start can be
extended only once. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See Start the vehicle before driving. vehicle and press and hold /
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) until the parking lamps turn off.
System 0 25. Extending Engine Run Time
To extend to 20 minutes, repeat flashers.
Starting the Vehicle Steps 13 while the engine is still
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
To start the engine using the remote running. An extension can be
start feature: requested 30 seconds after starting. Conditions in Which Remote Start
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the The remote start can be Will Not Work
vehicle. extended once.
The remote vehicle start feature will
For example, if the engine has been not operate if:
2. Press and release Q. running for five minutes, and the
. The transmitter is in the vehicle.
3. Immediately after completing remote start is extended, the engine
will run for a total of 20 minutes. . The hood is not closed.
Step 2, press and hold / for at
least four seconds or until the A maximum of two remote starts, . The hazard warning flashers
turn signal lamps flash. The or a single start with an extension, are on.
turn signal lamps flashing is allowed between ignition cycles. . The malfunction indicator lamp
confirms the request to remote The vehicle's ignition must be is on.
start the vehicle has been turned on and then back off before
received. . The engine coolant temperature
the remote start procedure can be is too high.
When the engine starts, the parking used again.
lamps will turn on and remain on as . The oil pressure is low.
long as the engine is running. The
doors will be locked and the climate
control system may come on.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. Two remote vehicle starts, or a driver door. Turn the key again
single remote start with an Warning (Continued) toward the front to unlock all
extension, have already doors.
. Young children who get into
been used. To lock or unlock the doors from the
unlocked vehicles may be
. The vehicle is not in P (Park). unable to get out. A child inside:
can be overcome by . Pushing down the manual lock
Door Locks extreme heat and can suffer knob on the driver door will lock
permanent injuries or even all doors. Pushing down the
{ Warning death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
manual lock knob on a
passenger door will lock that
Unlocked doors can be whenever leaving it. door only.
dangerous. . Outsiders can easily enter . Pull the door handle once to
. Passengers, especially through an unlocked door unlock the door. Pulling the
children, can easily open when you slow down or stop handle again unlatches the door.
the doors and fall out of a the vehicle. Locking the
moving vehicle. When a doors can help prevent this . Press Q or K on the power door
door is locked, the handle from happening. lock switch.
will not open it. The chance Keyless Access
of being thrown out of the To lock or unlock the doors from the
vehicle in a crash is The RKE transmitter must be within
outside:
increased if the doors are 1 m (3 ft) of the door or trunk being
not locked. So, all . Press Q or K on the Remote opened. Press the button on the
passengers should wear Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. door handle to open. See Keyless
safety belts properly and the See Remote Keyless Entry Access Operation in Remote
doors should be locked (RKE) System Operation 0 25. Keyless Entry (RKE) System
whenever the vehicle is Operation 0 25.
. Use the key in the driver door.
driven. Turn the key toward the rear to
(Continued) lock all doors. Turn the key
toward the front to unlock the
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Power Door Locks When Q is pressed on the power vehicle speed is above 13 km/h
door lock switch with the door open, (8 mph) for a manual transmission,
a chime will sound three times the doors will lock.
indicating that delayed locking is To unlock the doors:
active.
. Press K.
The doors will then lock
automatically five seconds after all . For automatic transmissions,
doors are closed. If a door is shift the vehicle into P (Park).
reopened before five seconds have . For manual transmissions turn
elapsed, the five-second timer will the vehicle off when parked.
reset once all the doors are closed
again. The automatic door lock feature
cannot be disabled.
Press Q on the door lock switch
See Vehicle Personalization 0 120.
again, or press Q on the RKE
K: Press to unlock the doors. transmitter, to override this feature Lockout Protection
Q: Press to lock the doors. and lock the doors immediately.
When locking is requested with the
Delayed locking can be driver door open and the vehicle is
Delayed Locking programmed through the Driver in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/
Information Center (DIC). See START, all the doors will lock and
This feature delays the actual
Vehicle Personalization 0 120. then the driver door will unlock.
locking of the doors until
five seconds after all doors are If the vehicle is off and locking is
closed. Automatic Door Locks
requested while a door is open,
Delayed locking can only be turned When the doors are closed, the when all doors are closed the
on when the Open or Unlocked ignition is on, and the shift lever is vehicle will check for RKE
Door Anti Lockout feature has been moved out of P (Park) for an transmitters inside. If an RKE
turned off. automatic transmission, or the transmitter is detected and the
number of RKE transmitters inside
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
has not reduced, the driver door will Manual Safety Locks To open a rear door when the safety
unlock and the horn will sound three lock is on:
times. 1. Unlock the door by activating
This can be manually overridden by the inside handle, by using the
pressing and holding Q on the power door lock switch, or by
power door lock switch. using the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter.
Open Door Anti Lockout
2. Open the door from the
Open Door Anti Lockout, when on, outside.
will unlock the driver door if locking
is requested while the driver door is To cancel the safety lock:
open. This feature can be turned on 1. Unlock the door and open it
or off using the vehicle from the outside.
personalization menus. See Vehicle 2. Insert the key into the safety
Personalization 0 120. If equipped, the safety lock is lock slot and turn it so the slot
located on the inside edge of the is in the vertical position. Do
Safety Locks rear doors. To use the safety lock: the same for the other door.
The rear door safety locks prevent 1. Insert the key into the safety
passengers from opening the rear lock slot and turn it so the slot
doors from inside the vehicle. is in the horizontal position.
2. Close the door.
3. Do the same for the other
rear door.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Doors Warning (Continued)

Trunk and set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See
{ Warning Climate Control Systems
in the Index.
Exhaust gases can enter the . If the vehicle is equipped
vehicle if it is driven with the with a power liftgate, disable
liftgate or trunk/hatch open, the power liftgate function.
or with any objects that pass
See Engine Exhaust 0 235.
through the seal between the
body and the trunk/hatch or
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains Trunk Release From inside the vehicle, press |
carbon monoxide (CO) which on the driver door.
For automatic transmissions the
cannot be seen or smelled. It can vehicle must be in P (Park). For Remote Trunk Release
cause unconsciousness and even manual transmissions the vehicle
death. From outside the vehicle, press and
must be off, or stationary with the
parking brake set. See Electric hold Y on the RKE transmitter.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: Parking Brake 0 242.
. Close all of the windows.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Emergency Trunk Release The emergency trunk release Vehicle Security

Handle handle is behind the center rear
seat. To access, press the button at This vehicle has theft-deterrent
the top of the center seat to unlock features; however, they do not make
the seatback and fold down. Pull the the vehicle impossible to steal.
release handle sideways to open
the trunk from the inside. Vehicle Alarm System
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
system.
Caution
Do not use the emergency trunk
release handle as a tie-down or
anchor point when securing items
in the trunk as it could damage
the handle.
The security light, on the instrument
panel near the windshield, indicates
the status of the system:
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. If the driver door is opened without To avoid setting off the alarm by
A door, the hood, or the trunk first unlocking with the RKE accident:
is open. transmitter, the horn will chirp and . Lock the vehicle with the RKE
Slow Flash : Alarm system is the lights will flash to indicate a transmitter after all occupants
armed. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not have exited.
started, or the door is not unlocked
Arming the Alarm System . Always unlock the vehicle with
by pressing K on the RKE
the RKE transmitter, or use the
1. Turn off the vehicle. transmitter during the 10-second
Keyless Access system.
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
2. Lock the vehicle with one of Unlocking the driver door with
activated.
the following: the key will not disarm the
The alarm will also be activated if system or turn off the alarm.
. Use the RKE transmitter. the passenger door, the trunk, or the
. With a door open, press the hood is opened without first Immobilizer
inside Q. disarming the system. When the
alarm is activated, the turn signals See Radio Frequency Statement
3. After 30 seconds the alarm flash and the horn sounds for about 0 374.
system will arm, and the 30 seconds. The alarm system will
indicator light will begin to then re-arm to monitor for the next Immobilizer Operation
slowly flash indicating the unauthorized event.
alarm system is operating. This vehicle has a passive
Disarming the System theft-deterrent system.
Pressing Q on the RKE
transmitter a second time will To disarm the system, do one of the The system does not have to be
bypass the 30-second delay following: manually armed or disarmed.
and immediately arm the alarm The immobilizer activates itself
system. . Press K on the RKE transmitter. automatically when the engine is
The vehicle alarm system will not . Start the engine. switched off by pressing ENGINE
arm if the doors are locked with START/STOP.
the key.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
The system checks whether the If the vehicle does not start and the Exterior Mirrors
vehicle is allowed to start with the security light stays on, there is a
transmitter used. If the transponder problem with the system. Turn the
in the transmitter is recognized, the vehicle off and try again. Convex Mirrors
vehicle can be started. If the RKE transmitter appears to be
undamaged, try another transmitter { Warning
or place the transmitter in the A convex mirror can make things,
transmitter pocket in the center like other vehicles, look farther
console. See Starting the Vehicle
away than they really are. If you
with a Low Transmitter Battery
cut too sharply into the right lane,
under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 25. you could hit a vehicle on the
The security light in the instrument right. Check the inside mirror or
If the vehicle does not start with the glance over your shoulder before
cluster comes on when there is a
other transmitter or when the changing lanes.
problem with arming or disarming
transmitter is in the pocket in the
the theft-deterrent system.
center console, see your dealer.
The system has one or more The passenger side mirror is convex
Do not leave the transmitter that shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
transmitters matched to an
disarms or deactivates the curved so more can be seen from
immobilizer control unit in your
theft-deterrent system, in the the driver seat.
vehicle. Only a correctly matched
vehicle.
transmitter will start the vehicle.
If the transmitter is ever damaged,
you may not be able to start your
vehicle.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors Reverse Tilt Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors If equipped with memory seats, the
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts
The vehicle has manual folding to a preselected position when the
mirrors. These mirrors can be folded vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
inward to prevent damage when allows the curb to be seen when
going through an automatic car parallel parking.
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward
the vehicle. Push the mirror outward The mirror(s) return to the original
to return it to the original position. position when:
. The vehicle is shifted out of
Heated Mirrors R (Reverse), or remains in
R (Reverse) for about
The vehicle has heated outside
30 seconds.
rearview mirrors.
To adjust the mirrors: . The ignition is turned off.
K : Press to heat the mirrors.
1. Press the switch (2) to select . The vehicle is driven in
See Dual Automatic Climate Control
the left or right mirror. R (Reverse) above a set speed.
System 0 210.
2. Press the arrows (1) to adjust To turn this feature on or off, see
the mirror. Automatic Dimming Vehicle Personalization 0 120.
3. Adjust the mirror to see a little Mirror
of the vehicle, and the area
behind the vehicle. The driver outside mirror
automatically adjusts for the glare of
Keep the switch (2) in the center headlamps behind you.
when not adjusting the mirrors.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Interior Mirrors Windows Power Windows
Interior Rearview Mirrors { Warning { Warning

Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear Children could be seriously
Never leave a child, a helpless
view of the area behind your injured or killed if caught in the
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
vehicle. path of a closing window. Never
especially with the windows
If equipped with OnStar, there are closed in warm or hot weather. leave keys in a vehicle with
three buttons at the bottom of the They can be overcome by the children. When there are children
mirror. See your dealer for more extreme heat and suffer in the rear seat, use the window
information on the system and how permanent injuries or even death lockout button to prevent
to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar from heat stroke. operation of the windows. See
Overview 0 378. Keys 0 24.
To avoid accidental OnStar calls,
clean the mirror with the ignition off.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
The rearview mirror automatically
dims to reduce the glare of the
headlamps from behind. This
feature comes on when the vehicle
is started.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
The power window switches on the Express Window Anti-Pinch Press o to prevent rear seat
driver door control all the windows. Feature passengers from operating the
Each passenger door has a switch windows. The indicator light
that controls only that window. If an object is in the path of the
window when the express-up is illuminates when on. Press again to
Power window switches work when active, the window will stop at the turn the feature off.
the ignition is in ON/RUN, ACC/ obstruction and auto-reverse to a
ACCESSORY, or Retained
Programming the Power
preset factory position. Weather Windows
Accessory Power (RAP). See conditions such as severe icing may
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) cause the window to auto-reverse. If the battery on the vehicle has
0 232. The window will return to normal been recharged or disconnected
Press the switch to lower the operation after the obstruction or and the windows cannot be closed
window. Pull the switch to raise the condition is removed. automatically, a warning message
window. will display in the Driver Information
Rear Window Lockout Center (DIC). To reprogram the
Express Window Operation windows:
Windows with an express-down or 1. The ignition must be in ON/
express-up feature allow the window RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
to be lowered or raised without or Retained Accessory
holding the switch. Pull a window Power (RAP).
switch up or press it down all the 2. Press and hold the power
way, release it, and the window window switch until the window
goes up or down automatically. Stop is fully open.
the window by pressing or pulling
the switch in the same direction a 3. Pull the power window switch
second time, or by briefly operating up until the window is fully
the switch to the first detent in either closed and keep holding the
direction. switch up for an additional
two seconds.
4. Repeat for each window.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Sun Visors Roof Open/Close : Press and hold the

rear or front of the switch (1) to
open or close the sunroof. The
Sunroof sunshade automatically opens with
On vehicles with a sunroof, the the sunroof, but must be closed
switches used to operate it are on manually.
the overhead console. The ignition Express-Open : Press and release
must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ the rear of the switch (1) to
ACCESSORY, or in Retained express-open the sunroof.
Accessory Power (RAP) to operate
the sunroof. See Ignition Positions Vent/Close : Press and hold the
0 229 and Retained Accessory rear of the switch (2) to vent the
Pull the sun visor down to block sunroof. Press and hold the front of
glare. Detach the sun visor from the Power (RAP) 0 232.
the switch (2) to close.
center mount to pivot to the side
window or, if equipped, extend The sunroof cannot be opened or
along the rod. closed if the vehicle has an
electrical failure.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Dirt and debris may collect on the

sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
44 Seats and Restraints
Seats and Replacing Safety Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Restraints Airbag System
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 59 Securing Child Restraints (With
Head Restraints When Should an Airbag
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 the Safety Belt in the
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Front Seats What Makes an Airbag
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 46 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 How Does an Airbag
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 What Will You See after an
Heated and Ventilated Front Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Passenger Sensing System . . . 63
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Rear Seats Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Rear Seat Adding Equipment to the
Pass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 51 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 68
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 68
Safety Belts Replacing Airbag System Parts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Child Restraints
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Safety Belt Use During Infants and Young Children . . . . 71
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 73
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 75
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 56 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 76
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Seats and Restraints 45
Head Restraints
Front Seats
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and Adjust the head restraint so that the To raise or lower the head restraint,
adjusted properly. top of the restraint is at the same press the button located on the side
height as the top of the occupant's of the head restraint, and pull up or
head. This position reduces the push the head restraint down, and
The vehicle's front seats have
chance of a neck injury in a crash. release the button. Pull and push on
adjustable head restraints in the
the head restraint after the button is
outboard seating positions.
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Rear Seats
The vehicles rear seats have head
restraints in the outboard seating
positions that cannot be adjusted.
The rear outboard head restraints
are not removable.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Front Seats To adjust the seat: Lumbar Adjustment

. Move the seat forward or
Power Seat Adjustment rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
{ Warning . Raise or lower the seat by
moving the rear of the control up
You can lose control of the or down.
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver . Raise or lower the front part of
seat while the vehicle is moving. the seat cushion by moving the
Adjust the driver seat only when front of the control up or down.
the vehicle is not moving.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 47.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment 0 46. To increase or decrease lumbar
support, slide the control forward or
rearward.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Reclining Seatbacks Warning (Continued)

The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if
For proper protection when the the vehicle is moving.
To adjust the seatback: vehicle is in motion, have the
. Tilt the top of the control seatback upright. Then sit well
rearward to recline. back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Memory Seats 3. Press and release SET. A beep transmission vehicles only)
will sound. automatically recalls the current
4. Immediately press and hold 1 drivers previously stored 1 or 2
until two beeps sound. position when the ignition is
changed from OFF to ON/RUN or
5. Repeat Steps 14 for a second ACCESSORY.
driver using 2.
See Auto Memory Recall under
To store positions to the S (Exit) Comfort and Convenience in
button and easy exit features, Vehicle Personalization 0 120.
repeat Steps 14 using S to store To stop recall movement, press B,
your position for getting out of the power mirror, or power seat
vehicle. controls. Turning the ignition off also
Manually Recalling Memory stops the recall.
Positions RKE transmitters are not labeled
The 1, 2, SET, and S (Exit) buttons with a number. If your memory seat
on the driver door are used to Press and hold 1, 2, or S to
position is stored to 1 or 2, but this
manually store and recall memory manually recall the previously position is not automatically
settings for the driver seat and stored memory positions. recalling, then store your positions
outside mirrors. To stop recall movement, release 1, to the other button or switch RKE
Storing Memory Positions 2, or B before the stored positions transmitters with the other driver.
To store positions to the 1 and 2 are reached; or press the SET, If the vehicles driver has changed,
buttons: power mirror, or power seat in some vehicles the Driver ID may
controls. be displayed for the next few
1. Place the ignition in ON/RUN ignition cycles.
or ACCESSORY. Automatically Recalling Memory
Positions (Auto Memory Recall) Easy Exit Driver Seat
2. Adjust the driver seat and the
outside mirrors to the desired If programmed in vehicle If programmed on in vehicle
driving position. personalization, the Auto Memory personalization, the easy exit
Recall feature (automatic feature automatically moves the
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
driver seat rearward to a preset Obstructions Heated and Ventilated

position when exiting the vehicle.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 120.
If something has blocked the driver Front Seats
seat while recalling a memory
The easy exit driver seat position, the recall may stop.
automatically activates when one of Remove the obstruction. Then do
{ Warning
the following occurs: one of the following: If you cannot feel temperature
. The vehicle is turned off and the . If automatically or manually change or pain to the skin, the
driver door is opened within a recalling the stored memory seat heater may cause burns. To
short time. position, press and hold the reduce the risk of burns, people
. The vehicle is turned off with the appropriate manual control for with such a condition should use
driver door open. two seconds. Try recalling again care when using the seat heater,
by pressing the appropriate especially for long periods of
RKE transmitters are not labeled memory button. If automatically time. Do not place anything on
with a number. If your memory seat recalling the position, try the seat that insulates against
position is stored to 1 or 2 but this recalling again by opening the heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
position is not automatically driver door and pressing K on cover, or similar item. This may
recalling, then store your positions the RKE transmitter.
to the other button or switch RKE cause the seat heater to
transmitters with the other driver. . If recalling the exit position, overheat. An overheated seat
press and hold the appropriate heater may cause a burn or may
To stop recall movement, press one manual control for the exit damage the seat.
of the memory, power mirror, feature not recalling for
or power seat controls; or press the two seconds. Then try recalling
power tilt and telescoping steering the exit position again.
wheel control, if equipped.
If the memory position is still not
recalling, see your dealer for
service.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Press the button once for the The heated or ventilated seat
highest setting. With each press of indicator lights do not turn on during
the button, the seat will change to a remote start.
the next lower setting, and then to The temperature performance of an
the off setting. The indicator lights unoccupied seat may be reduced.
on the buttons indicate three for the This is normal.
highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the heated seats are on The heated or ventilated seats will
high, the level may automatically be not turn on during a remote start
lowered after approximately unless they are enabled in the
30 minutes. vehicle personalization menu. See
Remote Vehicle Start 0 30 and
The passenger seat may take Vehicle Personalization 0 120.
The buttons are below the air vents longer to heat up.
on the center stack. To operate, the Remote Start Heated and
engine must be running. Ventilated Seats
Press L or M to heat the driver or During a remote start, the heated or
passenger seat. ventilated seats can be turned on
automatically. When it is cold
Press { or C to ventilate the driver outside, the heated seats turn on,
or passenger seat. A ventilated seat and when it is hot outside the
has a fan that pulls or pushes air ventilated seats turn on. The heated
through the seat. The air is not or ventilated seats are canceled
cooled. when the ignition is turned on. Press
the heated or ventilated seat button
to use the heated or ventilated seats
after the vehicle is started.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Rear Seats Safety Belts

This section of the manual
Rear Seat describes how to use safety belts
Pass-Through Door properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.
{ Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
The rear seat has a pass-through passenger(s) are not wearing
door in the center of the rear safety belts, injuries can be much
seatback. Press the button on top of worse than if you are wearing
the seatback and fold the center safety belts. You can be seriously
part of the seatback down to access injured or killed by hitting things
the trunk. There are two cupholders inside the vehicle harder or by
The rear seat has an armrest in the on the door. To close, lift the being ejected from the vehicle. In
center of the seatback. Pull the pass-through door and push it addition, anyone who is not
armrest down to lower it. To fold, lift rearward until it locks into place. buckled up can strike other
the armrest up and push it rearward passengers in the vehicle.
until it is flush with the seatback. It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why

Warning (Continued) as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear safety
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts?
passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
the vehicle that is not equipped A: Airbags are supplemental
It could be the windshield, the systems only; so they work with
with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts! safety belts not instead of
Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you them. Whether or not an airbag
check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together. is provided, all occupants still
restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because have to buckle up to get the
you stop over a longer distance and, most protection.
This vehicle has indicators as a when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the all Canadian provinces, the law
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 98. safety belts. That is why wearing requires wearing safety belts.
safety belts makes such good
Why Safety Belts Work sense. How to Wear Safety Belts
Questions and Answers About Properly
Safety Belts
This section is only for people of
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle adult size.
after a crash if I am wearing a
There are special things to know
safety belt?
about safety belts and children, and
A: You could be whether you are there are different rules for smaller
wearing a safety belt or not. children and infants. If a child will be
Your chance of being conscious riding in the vehicle, see Older
during and after a crash, so you Children 0 69 or Infants and Young
can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 71. Follow those rules for
much greater if you are belted. everyone's protection.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be Lap-Shoulder Belt
to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt All seating positions in the vehicle
in crashes than those who are would apply force on your have a lap-shoulder belt.
wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause The following instructions explain
There are important things to know serious or even fatal injuries. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the properly.
shoulder and across the chest. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
These parts of the body are best adjustable, so you can sit up
able to take belt restraining straight. To see how, see
forces. The shoulder belt locks if Seats in the Index.
there is a sudden stop or crash.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
. Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
. Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
for your seating position. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
. Never route the lap or the belt across you. Do not let
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
and snug on the hips, just it get twisted.
armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
The lap-shoulder belt may lock

if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a rear
seat passenger belt is pulled
out all the way, the child
restraint locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again. 3. Push the latch plate into the 4. To make the lap part tight, pull
buckle until it clicks. up on the shoulder belt.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Safety Belt Extender 0 56.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
If the webbing locks in the latch

plate before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
unlock.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
To unlatch the belt, push the button activation are met. Safety belt
on the buckle. The belt should pretensioners can also help tighten
return to its stowed position. the safety belts in a side crash or a
Always stow the safety belt slowly. rollover event.
If the safety belt webbing returns Pretensioners work only once. If the
quickly to the stowed position, the pretensioners activate in a crash,
retractor may lock and cannot be the pretensioners and probably
pulled out. If this happens, pull the other parts of the vehicle's safety
safety belt straight out firmly to belt system will need to be replaced.
unlock the webbing, and then See Replacing Safety Belt System
release it. If the webbing is still Parts after a Crash 0 56.
locked in the retractor, see your Do not sit on the outboard safety
dealer. belt while entering or exiting the A pregnant woman should wear a
Before a door is closed, be sure the vehicle or at any time while sitting in lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
safety belt is out of the way. If a the seat. Sitting on the safety belt portion should be worn as low as
door is slammed against a safety can damage the webbing and possible, below the rounding,
belt, damage can occur to both the hardware. throughout the pregnancy.
safety belt and the vehicle. The best way to protect the fetus is
Safety Belt Pretensioners
Safety Belt Use During to protect the mother. When a safety
Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely
This vehicle has safety belt that the fetus will not be hurt in a
pretensioners for the front outboard Safety belts work for everyone, crash. For pregnant women, as for
occupants. Although the safety belt including pregnant women. Like all anyone, the key to making safety
pretensioners cannot be seen, they occupants, they are more likely to belts effective is wearing them
are part of the safety belt assembly. be seriously injured if they do not properly.
They can help tighten the safety wear safety belts.
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Safety Belt Extender you in a crash. They can rip apart Safety belt hardware should be kept
under impact forces. If a belt is torn dry and free of dust or debris. As
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten or frayed, have it replaced necessary exterior hard surfaces
around you, you should use it. immediately. and safety belt webbing may be
But if a safety belt is not long Make sure the safety belt reminder lightly cleaned with mild soap and
enough, your dealer will order you light is working. See Safety Belt water. Ensure there is not excessive
an extender. When you go in to Reminders 0 98. dust or debris in the mechanism.
order it, take the heaviest coat you If dust or debris exists in the system
will wear, so the extender will be Keep safety belts clean and dry. please see the dealer. Parts may
long enough for you. To help avoid See Safety Belt Care 0 56. need to be replaced to ensure
personal injury, do not let someone proper functionality of the system.
else use it, and use it only for the Safety Belt Care
seat it is made to fit. The extender Keep belts clean and dry. Replacing Safety Belt
has been designed for adults. Never System Parts after a
use it for securing child restraints.
To wear it, attach it to the regular { Warning Crash
safety belt. For more information, Do not bleach or dye safety belt
see the instruction sheet that comes
webbing. It may severely weaken { Warning
with the extender.
the webbing. In a crash, they A crash can damage the safety
might not be able to provide belt system in the vehicle.
Safety System Check adequate protection. Clean and A damaged safety belt system
Check that the safety belt reminder, rinse safety belt webbing only may not properly protect the
safety belts, buckles, latch plates, with mild soap and lukewarm person using it, resulting in
and retractors, are all working water. Allow the webbing to dry. serious injury or even death in a
properly. Look for any other loose or
crash. To help make sure the
damaged safety belt system parts
Safety belts should be properly safety belt systems are working
that might keep a safety belt system
from performing properly. See your cared for and maintained. properly after a crash, have them
dealer to have it repaired. Torn or (Continued)
frayed safety belts may not protect
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Warning (Continued) Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word

AIRBAG is on the center of the
The vehicle has the following steering wheel for the driver and on
inspected and any necessary airbags: the instrument panel for the front
replacements made as soon as outboard passenger.
possible. . A frontal airbag for the driver.
. A frontal airbag for the front For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG
outboard passenger. is on the lower part of the
After a minor crash, replacement of instrument panel.
safety belts may not be necessary. . A knee airbag for the driver.
But the safety belt assemblies that For seat-mounted side impact
. A knee airbag for the front airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
were used during any crash may outboard passenger.
have been stressed or damaged. side of the seatback closest to
See your dealer to have the safety . A seat-mounted side impact the door.
belt assemblies inspected or airbag for the driver. For roof-rail airbags, the word
replaced. . A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
New parts and repairs may be airbag for the front outboard Airbags are designed to supplement
necessary even if the safety belt passenger. the protection provided by safety
system was not being used at the . A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags
time of the crash. and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce
Have the safety belt pretensioners directly behind the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an
checked if the vehicle has been in a inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
. A roof-rail airbag for the front very quickly to do their job.
crash, or if the airbag readiness light outboard passenger and the
stays on after you start the vehicle passenger seated directly
or while you are driving. See Airbag behind the front outboard
Readiness Light 0 99. passenger.
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
near the deployment opening.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Here are the most important things

to know about the airbag system: { Warning { Warning
Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against,
{ Warning force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag when
You can be severely injured or an eye, anyone who is up it inflates can be seriously injured
killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any or killed. Always secure children
wearing your safety belt, even airbag when it inflates can be properly in the vehicle. To read
with airbags. Airbags are seriously injured or killed. Do not how, see Older Children 0 69 or
designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any Infants and Young Children 0 71.
belts, not replace them. Also, airbag, as you would be if sitting
airbags are not designed to inflate on the edge of the seat or leaning
in every crash. In some crashes forward. Safety belts help keep
safety belts are the only restraint. you in position before and during
See When Should an Airbag a crash. Always wear a safety
Inflate? 0 60. belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of
crash helps reduce your chance the vehicle. The safety belts and There is an airbag readiness light
of hitting things inside the vehicle the front outboard passenger on the instrument cluster, which
or being ejected from it. Airbags airbags are most effective when shows the airbag symbol. The
are supplemental restraints to you are sitting well back and system checks the airbag electrical
the safety belts. Everyone in the upright in the seat with both feet system for malfunctions. The light
vehicle should wear a safety belt on the floor. tells you if there is an electrical
properly, whether or not there is problem. See Airbag Readiness
an airbag for that person. Occupants should not lean on or Light 0 99.
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver knee airbag is below the Driver Side Shown, Passenger
steering column. The front outboard Side Similar
The driver frontal airbag is in the passenger knee airbag is below the The seat-mounted side impact
center of the steering wheel. glove box. airbags for the driver and front
outboard passenger are in the side
The front outboard passenger
of the seatbacks closest to the door.
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Deployment thresholds are used to

Warning (Continued) predict how severe a crash is likely
to be in time for the airbags to
inflating airbag must be kept inflate and help restrain the
clear. Do not put anything occupants. The vehicle has
between an occupant and an electronic frontal sensors that help
airbag, and do not attach or put the airbag system determine the
anything on the steering wheel severity of the impact. Deployment
hub or on or near any other thresholds can vary with specific
airbag covering. vehicle design.
Do not use seat accessories that Frontal airbags are designed to
block the inflation path of a inflate in moderate to severe frontal
Passenger Side Shown, Driver seat-mounted side impact airbag. or near-frontal crashes to help
Side Similar reduce the potential for severe
Never secure anything to the roof
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags front outboard passenger's head
front outboard passenger, and by routing a rope or tiedown and chest.
second row outboard passengers through any door or window
are in the ceiling above the side opening. If you do, the path of an Whether the frontal airbags will or
windows. inflating roof-rail airbag will be should inflate is not based primarily
blocked. on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
{ Warning It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
If something is between an When Should an Airbag quickly the vehicle slows down.
occupant and an airbag, the Inflate? Frontal airbags may inflate at
airbag might not inflate properly different crash speeds depending on
or it might force the object into This vehicle is equipped with
whether the vehicle hits an object
that person causing severe injury airbags. See Airbag System 0 57.
straight on or at an angle, and
or even death. The path of an Airbags are designed to inflate if the
impact exceeds the specific airbag
(Continued) systems deployment threshold.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
whether the object is fixed or Seat-mounted side impact airbags What Makes an Airbag
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow are designed to inflate in moderate
or wide. to severe side crashes, depending
Inflate?
Frontal airbags are not intended to on the location of the impact. In a deployment event, the sensing
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in Seat-mounted side impact airbags system sends an electrical signal
rear impacts, or in many side are not designed to inflate in frontal triggering a release of gas from the
impacts. impacts, near-frontal impacts, inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
rollovers, or rear impacts. airbag causing the bag to break out
In addition, the vehicle has A seat-mounted side impact airbag of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
advanced technology frontal is designed to inflate on the side of and related hardware are all part of
airbags. Advanced technology the vehicle that is struck. the airbag module.
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
according to crash severity. Roof-rail airbags are designed to For airbag locations, see Where Are
inflate in moderate to severe side the Airbags? 0 59.
The vehicle also has seat position crashes, depending on the location
sensors that enable the sensing of the impact. In addition, these How Does an Airbag
system to monitor the position of the roof-rail airbags are designed to
driver seat and the front outboard inflate during a rollover or in a
Restrain?
passenger seat. Seat position severe frontal impact. Roof-rail In moderate to severe frontal or
sensors provide information that is airbags are not designed to inflate in near frontal collisions, even belted
used to adjust the deployment of the rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags occupants can contact the steering
frontal airbags. will inflate when either side of the wheel or the instrument panel. In
Knee airbags are designed to inflate vehicle is struck or if the sensing moderate to severe side collisions,
in moderate to severe frontal system predicts that the vehicle is even belted occupants can contact
impacts. Knee airbags are not about to roll over on its side, or in a the inside of the vehicle.
designed to inflate during vehicle severe frontal impact. Airbags supplement the protection
rollovers, in rear impacts, or in many In any particular crash, no one can provided by safety belts by
side impacts. say whether an airbag should have distributing the force of the impact
inflated simply because of the more evenly over the
vehicle damage or repair costs. occupant's body.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags the airbag module may be hot for
are designed to help contain the several minutes. For location of the Warning (Continued)
head and chest of occupants in the airbags, see Where Are the
outboard seating positions in the Airbags? 0 59. by opening a window or a door.
first and second rows. The rollover If you experience breathing
The parts of the airbag that come problems following an airbag
capable roof-rail airbags are into contact with you may be warm,
designed to help reduce the risk of deployment, you should seek
but not too hot to touch. There may medical attention.
full or partial ejection in rollover be some smoke and dust coming
events, although no system can from the vents in the deflated
prevent all such ejections. airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle has a feature that may
But airbags would not help in many prevent the driver from seeing out of automatically unlock the doors, turn
types of collisions, primarily the windshield or being able to steer on the interior lamps and hazard
because the occupant's motion is the vehicle, nor does it prevent warning flashers, and shut off the
not toward those airbags. See When people from leaving the vehicle. fuel system after the airbags inflate.
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 60. The feature may also activate,
Airbags should never be regarded { Warning without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
as anything more than a supplement
When an airbag inflates, there threshold. You can lock the doors,
to safety belts. turn off the interior lamps, and turn
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems off the hazard warning flashers by
What Will You See after using the controls for those
for people with a history of
an Airbag Inflates? asthma or other breathing trouble. features.
After the frontal, knee, and To avoid this, everyone in the
seat-mounted side impact airbags vehicle should get out as soon as { Warning
inflate, they quickly deflate, so it is safe to do so. If you have
quickly that some people may not A crash severe enough to inflate
breathing problems but cannot
even realize an airbag inflated. the airbags may have also
get out of the vehicle after an
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least damaged important functions in
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
partially inflated for some time after (Continued)
(Continued)
they inflate. Some components of
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
airbag modules and possibly

Warning (Continued) other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
the vehicle, such as the fuel to replace other parts.
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle . The vehicle has a crash sensing
appears to be drivable after a and diagnostic module which
moderate crash, there may be records information after a The words ON and OFF will be
concealed damage that could crash. See Vehicle Data visible during the system check.
Recording and Privacy 0 375 When the system check is
make it difficult to safely operate
and Event Data Recorders complete, either the word ON or
the vehicle.
0 376. OFF will be visible. See Passenger
Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians Airbag Status Indicator 0 99.
to restart the engine after a crash work on the airbag systems. The passenger sensing system
has occurred. Improper service can mean that turns off the front outboard
an airbag system will not work passenger frontal airbag and knee
In many crashes severe enough to properly. See your dealer for airbag under certain conditions. No
inflate the airbag, windshields are service. other airbag is affected by the
broken by vehicle deformation. passenger sensing system.
Additional windshield breakage may Passenger Sensing The passenger sensing system
also occur from the front outboard System works with sensors that are part of
passenger airbag. the front outboard passenger seat.
The vehicle has a passenger
. Airbags are designed to inflate The sensors are designed to detect
sensing system for the front
only once. After an airbag outboard passenger position. The the presence of a properly-seated
inflates, you will need some new passenger airbag status indicator occupant and determine if the front
parts for the airbag system. will light in the rearview mirror when outboard passenger frontal airbag
If you do not get them, the the vehicle is started. and knee airbag should be allowed
airbag system will not be there to inflate or not.
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
According to accident statistics, The passenger sensing system is

children are safer when properly Warning (Continued) designed to turn off the front
secured in a rear seat in the correct outboard passenger frontal airbag
child restraint for their weight Even if the passenger sensing and knee airbag if:
and size. system has turned off the front
outboard passenger airbag(s), no . The front outboard passenger
Whenever possible, children aged system is fail-safe. No one can seat is unoccupied.
12 and under should be secured in guarantee that an airbag will not . The system determines that an
a rear seating position. deploy under some unusual infant is present in a child
Never put a rear-facing child seat in circumstance, even though the restraint.
the front. This is because the risk to airbag(s) are off. . A front outboard passenger
the rear-facing child is so great, takes his/her weight off of the
if the airbag inflates. Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if seat for a period of time.
the airbag is off. If securing a . There is a critical problem with
{ Warning forward-facing child restraint in the airbag system or the
A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger passenger sensing system.
restraint can be seriously injured seat, always move the seat as far
When the passenger sensing
or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to system has turned off the front
airbag inflates. This is because secure child restraints in the rear outboard passenger frontal airbag
the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another and knee airbag, the off indicator
restraint would be very close to vehicle to transport the child will light and stay lit to remind you
the inflating airbag. A child in a when a rear seat is not available. that the airbags are off. See
forward-facing child restraint can Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
be seriously injured or killed if the 0 99.
passenger frontal airbag inflates The passenger sensing system is
and the passenger seat is in a designed to turn on the front
forward position. outboard passenger frontal airbag
(Continued) and knee airbag anytime the system
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
senses that a person of adult size is 3. Remove any additional items

sitting properly in the front outboard { Warning from the seat such as blankets,
passenger seat. cushions, seat covers, seat
If the airbag readiness light ever heaters, or seat massagers.
When the passenger sensing comes on and stays on, it means
system has allowed the airbags to that something may be wrong 4. Reinstall the child restraint
be enabled, the on indicator will light with the airbag system. To help following the directions
and stay lit as a reminder that the avoid injury to yourself or others, provided by the child restraint
airbags are active. have the vehicle serviced right manufacturer and refer to
For some children, including Securing Child Restraints (With
away. See Airbag Readiness
children in child restraints, and for the Safety Belt in the Front
Light 0 99 for more information,
very small adults, the passenger Seat) 0 83 or Securing Child
including important safety Restraints (With the Safety Belt
sensing system may or may not turn information.
off the front outboard passenger in the Rear Seat) 0 81.
frontal airbag and knee airbag, 5. If, after reinstalling the child
depending upon the persons If the On Indicator Is Lit for a restraint and restarting the
seating posture and body build. Child Restraint vehicle, the on indicator is still
Everyone in the vehicle who has The passenger sensing system is lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
outgrown child restraints should designed to turn off the front slightly recline the vehicle
wear a safety belt properly outboard passenger frontal airbag seatback and adjust the seat
whether or not there is an airbag for and knee airbag if the system cushion, if adjustable, to make
that person. determines that an infant is present sure that the vehicle seatback
in a child restraint. If a child restraint is not pushing the child
has been installed and the on restraint into the seat cushion.
indicator is lit: Also make sure the child
1. Turn the vehicle off. restraint is not trapped under
the vehicle head restraint.
2. Remove the child restraint from If this happens, adjust the head
the vehicle. restraint. See Head Restraints
0 45.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
6. Restart the vehicle. because that person is not sitting

The passenger sensing system properly in the seat. Use the { Warning
may or may not turn off the following steps to allow the system
to detect that person and enable the If the front outboard passenger
airbags for a child in a child airbag is turned off for an
restraint depending upon the front outboard passenger frontal and
knee airbags: adult-sized occupant, the airbag
childs size. It is better to will not be able to inflate and help
secure the child restraint in a 1. Turn the vehicle off. protect that person in a crash,
rear seat. Never put a 2. Remove any additional material resulting in an increased risk of
rear-facing child restraint in the from the seat, such as serious injury or even death. An
front seat, even if the on blankets, cushions, seat adult-sized occupant should not
indicator is not lit. covers, seat heaters, or seat ride in the front outboard
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an massagers. Also remove passenger seat, if the passenger
Adult-Sized Occupant laptops or other electronic airbag off indicator is lit.
devices.
3. Place the seatback in the fully Additional Factors Affecting
upright position.
System Operation
4. Have the person sit upright in
Safety belts help keep the
the seat, centered on the seat
passenger in position on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
during vehicle maneuvers and
extended.
braking, which helps the passenger
5. Restart the vehicle and have sensing system maintain the
the person remain in this passenger airbag status. See
position for two to Safety Belts and Child Restraints
three minutes after the on in the Index for additional
indicator is lit. information about the importance of
proper restraint use.
If a person of adult-size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
A thick layer of additional material, front passenger airbag(s) while a Servicing the
such as a blanket or cushion, child restraint or child occupant
or aftermarket equipment such as is on the seat. If the passenger
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat airbag(s) are turned on, the on Airbags affect how the vehicle
massagers can affect how well the indicator will be lit. should be serviced. There are parts
passenger sensing system If the front passenger seat gets wet, of the airbag system in several
operates. We recommend that you dry the seat immediately. If the places around the vehicle. Your
not use seat covers or other airbag readiness light is lit, do not dealer and the service manual have
aftermarket equipment except when install a child restraint or allow information about servicing the
approved by GM for your specific anyone to occupy the seat. See vehicle and the airbag system. To
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbag Readiness Light 0 99 for purchase a service manual, see
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68 important safety information. Service Publications Ordering
for more information about Information 0 373.
modifications that can affect how The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
the system operates.
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
{ Warning
A wet seat can affect the or other electronic device, is put on
performance of the passenger For up to 10 seconds after the
an unoccupied seat. If this is not vehicle is turned off and the
sensing system. Heres how: desired, remove the object from battery is disconnected, an airbag
. The passenger sensing system the seat. can still inflate during improper
may turn off the passenger
service. You can be injured if you
airbag(s) when liquid is soaked
into the seat. If this happens, the
{ Warning are close to an airbag when it
off indicator will be lit, and the inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
Stowing of articles under the
airbag readiness light on the They are probably part of the
passenger seat or between the
instrument panel will also be lit. airbag system. Be sure to follow
passenger seat cushion and
proper service procedures, and
. Liquid pooled on the seat that seatback may interfere with the
make sure the person performing
has not soaked in may make it proper operation of the passenger
work for you is qualified to do so.
more likely that the passenger sensing system.
sensing system will turn on the
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Adding Equipment to the trim is replaced with non-GM is modified for any other reason, call
covers, upholstery or trim, or with Customer Assistance. See
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle GM covers, upholstery or trim Customer Assistance Offices 0 366.
Adding accessories that change the designed for a different vehicle. Any
vehicle's frame, bumper system, object, such as an aftermarket seat Airbag System Check
height, front end, or side sheet heater or a comfort enhancing pad
metal may keep the airbag system or device, installed under or on top The airbag system does not need
from working properly. The of the seat fabric, could also regularly scheduled maintenance or
operation of the airbag system can interfere with the operation of the replacement. Make sure the airbag
also be affected by changing any passenger sensing system. This readiness light is working. See
parts of the front seats, safety belts, could either prevent proper Airbag Readiness Light 0 99.
airbag sensing and diagnostic deployment of the passenger
module, steering wheel, instrument airbag(s) or prevent the passenger Caution
panel, any of the airbag modules, sensing system from properly
ceiling or pillar garnish trim, the turning off the passenger airbag(s). If an airbag covering is damaged,
inside rearview mirror, front sensors, See Passenger Sensing System opened, or broken, the airbag
side impact sensors, or airbag 0 63. may not work properly. Do not
wiring. open or break the airbag
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
coverings. If there are any
Your dealer and the service manual airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels 0 318 for additional opened or broken airbag
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and important information. coverings, have the airbag
diagnostic module and airbag covering and/or airbag module
If you have to modify your vehicle replaced. For the location of the
wiring. because you have a disability and airbags, see Where Are the
In addition, the vehicle has a have questions about whether the Airbags? 0 59. See your dealer
passenger sensing system for the modifications will affect the vehicle's for service.
front outboard passenger position, airbag system, or if you have
which includes sensors that are part questions about whether the airbag
of the passenger's seat. The system will be affected if the vehicle
passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Replacing Airbag System Child Restraints The manufacturer's instructions that

come with the booster seat state the
Parts after a Crash weight and height limitations for that
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a
{ Warning lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle. . Sit all the way back on the seat.
A damaged airbag system may Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
not properly protect you and your
return to the booster seat.
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
help make sure the airbag Does the shoulder belt rest on
systems are working properly the shoulder? If yes, continue.
after a crash, have them If no, return to the booster seat.
inspected and any necessary . Does the lap belt fit low and
replacements made as soon as snug on the hips, touching the
possible. Older children who have outgrown thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
booster seats should wear the return to the booster seat.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to vehicle safety belts. . Can proper safety belt fit be
replace airbag system parts. See maintained for the length of the
your dealer for service. trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes Q: What is the proper way to
on when you are driving, the airbag wear safety belts?
system may not work properly. Have A: An older child should wear a
the vehicle serviced right away. See lap-shoulder belt and get the
Airbag Readiness Light 0 99. additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
belt should not cross the face or

neck. The lap belt should fit Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs. seriously injured. A safety belt restrained by the shoulder belt.
This applies belt force to the must be used by only one person The child could move too far
child's pelvic bones in a crash. at a time. forward increasing the chance of
It should never be worn over the head and neck injury. The child
abdomen, which could cause might also slide under the lap
severe or even fatal internal belt. The belt force would then be
injuries in a crash. applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly injuries. The shoulder belt should
restrained in a rear seating position. go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
{ Warning { Warning
Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the
to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt with the shoulder belt
safety belt cannot properly spread behind their back. A child can be
the impact forces. In a crash, they seriously injured by not wearing
can be crushed together and the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
(Continued) crash, the child would not be
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Infants and Young

Children
Warning (Continued) { Warning
Everyone in a vehicle needs wrapped around a childs neck. Never hold an infant or a child
protection! This includes infants and If the shoulder belt is locked and while riding in a vehicle. Due to
all other children. Neither the tightened around a childs neck, crash forces, an infant or a child
distance traveled nor the age and the only way to loosen the belt is will become so heavy it is not
size of the traveler changes the to cut it. possible to hold it during a crash.
need, for everyone, to use safety Never leave children unattended For example, in a crash at only
restraints. In fact, the law in every in a vehicle and never allow 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
state in the United States and in children to play with the safety infant will suddenly become a
every Canadian province says belts. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
children up to some age must be arms. An infant or child should be
restrained while in a vehicle. secured in an appropriate
Every time infants and young restraint.
{ Warning children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
Children can be seriously injured appropriate child restraints. Neither
or strangled if a shoulder belt is the vehicle's safety belt system nor
wrapped around their neck. The its airbag system is designed
shoulder belt can tighten but for them.
cannot be loosened if it is locked. Children who are not restrained
The shoulder belt locks when it is properly can strike other people,
pulled all the way out of the or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
For each type of child restraint,

{ Warning there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
Children who are up against, restraint, be sure it is designed to be
or very close to, any airbag when used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
it inflates can be seriously injured restraint will have a label saying that
or killed. Never put a rear-facing it meets federal motor vehicle safety
child restraint in the front standards. The restraint
outboard seat. Secure a manufacturer's instructions that
rear-facing child restraint in a rear come with the restraint state the
seat. It is also better to secure a weight and height limitations for a
forward-facing child restraint in a particular child restraint. In addition,
rear seat. If you must secure a there are many kinds of restraints
Child restraints are devices used to available for children with special
forward-facing child restraint in
restrain, seat, or position children in needs.
the front outboard seat, always the vehicle and are sometimes
move the front passenger seat as called child seats or car seats.
far back as it will go. { Warning
There are three basic types of
child restraints: To reduce the risk of neck and
. Forward-facing child restraints head injury in a crash, infants and
toddlers should be secured in a
. Rearward-facing child restraints rear-facing child restraint until age
. Belt-positioning booster seats two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
The proper child restraint for your
of their child restraint.
child depends on their size, weight,
and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Child Restraint Systems

{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal Forward-Facing Child Seat
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child restraint
crash, young children should provides restraint for the child's
A rear-facing child restraint provides body with the harness.
always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child

Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
{ Warning booklet, or both, and to this manual.
A child can be seriously injured or The child restraint instructions are
killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not
restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured
using the vehicles safety belt or child restraint can move around in a
LATCH system, following the collision or sudden stop and injure
Booster Seats instructions that came with that people in the vehicle. Be sure to
A belt-positioning booster seat is child restraint and the instructions properly secure any child restraint in
used for children who have in this manual. the vehicle even when no child is
outgrown their forward-facing child in it.
restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States
improve the fit of the vehicle's safety the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child
belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraint Passenger Safety Technicians
enough for the vehicle safety belts systems must be secured in vehicle (CPSTs) are available to inspect
to fit properly without a booster seat. seats by lap belts or the lap belt and demonstrate how to correctly
See the safety belt fit test in Older portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by use and install child restraints. In
Children 0 69. the LATCH system. See Lower the U.S., refer to the National
Anchors and Tethers for Children Highway Traffic Safety
(LATCH System) 0 76 for more Administration (NHTSA) website to
information. Children can be locate the nearest child safety seat
endangered in a crash if the child inspection station. For CPST
restraint is not properly secured in availability in Canada, check with
the vehicle. Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Securing the Child Within the

Child Restraint { Warning Warning (Continued)
A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the
{ Warning restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back
or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure
A child can be seriously injured or
airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat.
killed in a crash if the child is not
the back of the rear-facing child See Passenger Sensing System
properly secured in the child
restraint would be very close to 0 63 for additional information.
restraint. Secure the child
the inflating airbag. A child in a
properly following the instructions
forward-facing child restraint can
that came with that child restraint. When securing a child restraint in a
be seriously injured or killed if the
front passenger airbag inflates rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
Where to Put the and the passenger seat is in a
restraint to make sure it is
forward position.
Restraint compatible with this vehicle.
Even if the passenger sensing
According to accident statistics, Child restraints and booster seats
children and infants are safer when system has turned off the front
vary considerably in size, and some
properly restrained in an appropriate passenger frontal airbag, no
may fit in certain seating positions
child restraint secured in a rear system is fail-safe. No one can better than others.
seating position. guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the
Whenever possible, children aged circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the
12 and under should be secured in turned off. child restraint, you may not be able
a rear seating position. to access adjacent safety belts or
Secure rear-facing child restraints LATCH anchors for additional
Never put a rear-facing child
in a rear seat, even if the airbag passengers or child restraints.
restraint in the front. This is because
the risk to the rear-facing child is so is off. If you secure a Adjacent seating positions should
great if the airbag deploys. forward-facing child restraint in not be used if the child restraint
(Continued) prevents access to or interferes with
the routing of the safety belt.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Wherever a child restraint is rear-facing and forward-facing child The LATCH anchorage system can
installed, be sure to follow the seats can be properly installed be used until the combined weight
instructions that came with the child using either the LATCH anchors or of the child plus the child restraint is
restraint system and secure the the vehicles safety belts. Do not 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
child restraint system properly. use both the safety belts and the alone instead of the LATCH
Keep in mind that an unsecured LATCH anchorage system to secure anchorage system once the
child restraint can move around in a a rear-facing or forward-facing combined weight is more than
collision or sudden stop and injure child seat. 29.5 kg (65 lbs).
people in the vehicle. Be sure to Booster seats use the vehicles See Securing Child Restraints (With
properly secure any child restraint in safety belts to secure the child in the Safety Belt in the Front Seat)
the vehicle even when no child is the booster seat. If the manufacturer 0 83 or Securing Child Restraints
in it. recommends that the booster seat (With the Safety Belt in the Rear
be secured with the LATCH system, Seat) 0 81.
Lower Anchors and this can be done as long as the Child restraints built after March
booster seat can be positioned
Tethers for Children properly and there is no interference
2014 will be labeled with the
(LATCH System) specific child weight up to which the
with the proper positioning of the LATCH system can be used to
The LATCH system secures a child lap-shoulder belt on the child. install the restraint.
restraint during driving or in a crash. Make sure to follow the instructions
LATCH attachments on the child The following explains how to attach
that came with the child restraint, a child restraint with these
restraint are used to attach the child and also the instructions in this
restraint to the anchors in the attachments in the vehicle.
manual.
vehicle. The LATCH system is Not all vehicle seating positions or
designed to make installation of a When installing a child restraint with child restraints have lower anchors
child restraint easier. a top tether, you must also use and attachments or top tether
either the lower anchors or the anchors and attachments. In this
In order to use the LATCH system in safety belts to properly secure the
your vehicle, you need a child case, the safety belt must be used
child restraint. A child restraint must (with top tether where available) to
restraint that has LATCH never be attached using only the top
attachments. LATCH-compatible tether.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
secure the child restraint. See Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints with top
Securing Child Restraints (With the tethers are designed for use with or
Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 83 without the top tether being
or Securing Child Restraints (With attached. Others require the top
the Safety Belt in the Rear Seat) tether always to be attached. Be
0 81. sure to read and follow the
instructions for your child restraint.
Lower Anchors
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of

the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars forward movement and rotation of
built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint during driving or in Rear Seat
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
a crash. I : Seating positions with top
accommodate a child restraint with The child restraint may have a tether anchors.
lower attachments (2). single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). H : Seating positions with two
Either will have a single lower anchors.
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
To assist in locating the lower

anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
1. Outboard Lower Anchors The top tether anchors are on the

2. Center Lower Anchors rear seatback filler panel. Be sure to
use an anchor on the same side of
The outboard lower anchors (1) are the vehicle as the seating position
behind the vertical openings in the where the child restraint will be
seat trim. The center lower placed.
To assist in locating the top tether anchors (2) are in the crease
between the seatback and the seat Do not secure a child restraint in a
anchors, the top tether anchor position without a top tether anchor
symbol is near the anchor. cushion.
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
system secured in a rear seating

position. See Where to Put the { Warning Warning (Continued)
Restraint 0 75 for additional
information. To reduce the risk of serious or wrapped around a childs neck.
fatal injuries during a crash, do If the shoulder belt is locked and
Securing a Child Restraint not attach more than one child tightened around a childs neck,
Designed for the LATCH restraint to a single anchor. the only way to loosen the belt is
System Attaching more than one child to cut it.
restraint to a single anchor could Buckle any unused safety belts
{ Warning cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
If a LATCH-type child restraint is during a crash. A child or others the shoulder belt all the way out
not attached to anchors, the child could be injured. of the retractor to set the lock,
restraint will not be able to protect
and tighten the belt behind the
the child correctly. In a crash, the
child restraint after the child
child could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child { Warning restraint has been installed.
restraint properly using the Children can be seriously injured
anchors, or use the vehicle's or strangled if a shoulder belt is
safety belts to secure the wrapped around their neck. The Caution
restraint, following the instructions shoulder belt can tighten but
that came with the child restraint Do not let the LATCH
cannot be loosened if it is locked. attachments rub against the
and the instructions in this The shoulder belt locks when it is
manual. vehicles safety belts. This may
pulled all the way out of the damage these parts. If necessary,
retractor. It unlocks when the move buckled safety belts to
shoulder belt is allowed to go all avoid rubbing the LATCH
the way back into the retractor, attachments.
but it cannot do this if it is
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If you need to secure more than one 1.3. Attach and tighten the If the position you are
child restraint in the rear seat, see lower attachments on the using does not have a
Where to Put the Restraint 0 75. child restraint to the lower head restraint and you
This system is designed to make anchors. are using a single tether,
the installation of child restraints 2. If the child restraint route the tether over the
easier. When using lower anchors, manufacturer recommends that seatback.
do not use the vehicle's safety belts. the top tether be attached,
Instead, use the vehicle's anchors attach and tighten the top
and child restraint attachments to tether to the top tether anchor,
secure the restraints. Some if equipped. Refer to the child
restraints also use another vehicle restraint instructions and the
anchor to secure a top tether. following steps:
1. Attach and tighten the lower 2.1. Find the top tether
attachments to the lower anchor.
anchors. If the child restraint 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
does not have lower the top tether according If the position you are
attachments or the desired to your child restraint using does not have a
seating position does not have instructions and the head restraint and you
lower anchors, secure the child following instructions: are using a dual tether,
restraint with the top tether and route the tether over the
the safety belts. Refer to your seatback.
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the
instructions in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors
for the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
using a dual tether, route

the tether around the Warning (Continued)
head restraint.
see your dealer to have the
3. Before placing a child in the system inspected and any
child restraint, make sure it is necessary replacements made as
securely held in place. To soon as possible.
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and If the vehicle has the LATCH system
If the position you are back and forth. There should and it was being used during a
using has a fixed head be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of crash, new LATCH system parts
restraint and you are movement for proper may be needed.
using a single tether, installation. New parts and repairs may be
route the tether over the
necessary even if the LATCH
head restraint. Replacing LATCH System system was not being used at the
Parts After a Crash time of the crash.
{ Warning Securing Child Restraints

(With the Safety Belt in
A crash can damage the LATCH the Rear Seat)
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly When securing a child restraint in a
secure the child restraint, rear seating position, study the
resulting in serious injury or even instructions that came with the child
If the position you are death in a crash. To help make restraint to make sure it is
using has a fixed head sure the LATCH system is compatible with this vehicle.
restraint and you are working properly after a crash,
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If the child restraint has the LATCH 1. Put the child restraint on
system, see Lower Anchors and the seat.
Tethers for Children (LATCH 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
System) 0 76 for how and where to the lap and shoulder portions
install the child restraint using of the vehicles safety belt
LATCH. If a child restraint is secured through or around the restraint.
in the vehicle using a safety belt The child restraint instructions
and it uses a top tether, see Lower will show you how.
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 76 for top tether
anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
if a national or local law requires way out of the retractor to set
that the top tether be anchored, or if the lock. When the retractor
the instructions that come with the lock is set, the belt can be
child restraint say that the top strap tightened but not pulled out of
must be anchored. the retractor.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint. 3. Push the latch plate into the
Be sure to follow the instructions buckle until it clicks.
that came with the child restraint.
Position the release button on
If more than one child restraint the buckle, away from the child
needs to be installed in the rear restraint system, so that the
seat, be sure to read Where to Put safety belt could be quickly
the Restraint 0 75. unbuckled if necessary.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
(With the Safety Belt in
regarding the use of the top the Front Seat)
tether. See Lower Anchors and This vehicle has airbags. A rear
Tethers for Children (LATCH seat is a safer place to secure a
System) 0 76. forward-facing child restraint. See
7. Before placing a child in the Where to Put the Restraint 0 75.
child restraint, make sure it is In addition, the vehicle has a
securely held in place. To passenger sensing system which is
check, grasp the child restraint designed to turn off the front
at the safety belt path and outboard passenger frontal airbag
5. To tighten the belt, push down attempt to move it side to side and knee airbag under certain
on the child restraint, pull the and back and forth. When the conditions. See Passenger Sensing
shoulder portion of the belt to child restraint is properly System 0 63 and Passenger Airbag
tighten the lap portion of the installed, there should be no Status Indicator 0 99 for more
belt, and feed the shoulder belt more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of information, including important
back into the retractor. When movement. safety information.
installing a forward-facing child To remove the child restraint,
restraint, it may be helpful to Never put a rear-facing child seat in
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and the front. This is because the risk to
use your knee to push down on let it return to the stowed position.
the child restraint as you the rear-facing child is so great,
If the top tether is attached to a top if the airbag deploys.
tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
When using the lap-shoulder belt to

{ Warning Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in came with the child restraint and the
restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger following instructions:
or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to 1. Move the seat as far back as it
This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a will go before securing the
rear-facing child restraint would rear seat. forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System seatback to an upright position,
airbag. A child in a forward-facing 0 63 for additional information. if needed to get a tight
child restraint can be seriously installation of the child
injured or killed if the front restraint.
outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top
inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and When the passenger sensing
in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH system has turned off the front
System) 0 76 for top tether anchor outboard passenger frontal and
Even if the passenger sensing locations. knee airbags, the off indicator
system has turned off the front on the passenger airbag status
Do not secure a child seat in a
outboard passenger airbag(s), no indicator should light and stay
position without a top tether anchor
system is fail-safe. No one can lit when the vehicle is started.
if a national or local law requires
guarantee that an airbag will not See Passenger Airbag Status
that the top tether be anchored, or if
deploy under some unusual Indicator 0 99.
the instructions that come with the
circumstance, even though the child restraint say that the top strap 2. Put the child restraint on
airbag(s) are off. must be anchored. the seat.
Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that
in a rear seat, even if the forward-facing child restraints have
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be
(Continued) attached.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run

the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set
Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor
the buckle, away from the child lock is set, the belt can be
restraint system, so that the tightened but not pulled out of
safety belt could be quickly the retractor.
unbuckled if necessary.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt if needed.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
6. To tighten the belt, push down indicator in the passenger airbag
on the child restraint, pull the status indicator will come on and
shoulder portion of the belt to stay on when the vehicle is started.
tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed
belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the on indicator is lit, see If the
back into the retractor. When On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
installing a forward-facing child Restraint under Passenger Sensing
restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 63 for more information.
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint,
tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Storage 87
Storage Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 87 { Warning
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Do not store heavy or sharp
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 87 objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
Additional Storage Features cause the cover to open and
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 could result in injury.
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Pull the rear armrest down to
Glove Box access the rear cupholders.
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it. Center Console Storage
Cupholders
The front cupholders are in the
center console.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
88 Storage
There is storage under the center Additional Storage

console armrest. To open, press the
latch and lift up. Do not force the lid Features
backwards. There is a power outlet
inside. Convenience Net
See Power Outlets 0 94.
Attach four corner loops (1) to the

top two hooks on the vehicle (two
loops on one side, two loops on the
other) and attach the two center
loops (2) to the bottom hooks on the
vehicle.
If equipped, the convenience net is The net can be opened and objects
in the rear. Put small loads behind placed inside.
the net. It can also be positioned
into an envelope style to hold
smaller items. The net is not for
heavier loads. Store items as far
forward as you can.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Storage 89
Roof Rack System Caution
{ Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack

that weighs more than 75 kg
If something is carried on top of (165 lb) or hangs over the rear or
the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage
than the roof rack like paneling, the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
plywood, or a mattress the rests evenly between the
wind can catch it while the vehicle crossrails, making sure to fasten
is being driven. The item being cargo securely.
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
For larger objects, place a corner To prevent damage or loss of cargo
and damage the vehicle. Never when driving, check to make sure
loop (1) on each hook.
carry something longer or wider crossrails and cargo are securely
than the roof rack on top of the fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
vehicle unless using a GM rack will make the vehicles center
certified accessory carrier. of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
For vehicles with a roof rack, the braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
rack can be used to load items. For otherwise it may result in loss of
roof racks that do not have control. If driving for a long distance,
crossrails included, GM Certified on rough roads, or at high speeds,
crossrails can be purchased as an occasionally stop the vehicle to
accessory. See your dealer for make sure the cargo remains in its
additional information. place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle.
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 226.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
90 Instruments and Controls
Instruments and Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 100
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Controls Service Vehicle Soon Light . . . 102
Brake System Warning
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Brake System Messages . . . . . 113
Controls Electric Parking Brake Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 114
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 91 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 114
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 91 Service Electric Parking Brake Engine Cooling System
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 92 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 115
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 115
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Lane Departure Warning Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 115
(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . 115
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Indicators StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . 105 Object Detection System
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System (TCS)/ Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Ride Control System
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Driver Mode Control Light . . . . 105 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 106 Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 118
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 106 Starting the Vehicle
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 107 Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Engine Coolant Temperature Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 107 Transmission Messages . . . . . . 119
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 107 Vehicle Reminder
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 98 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . 99 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 120
Passenger Airbag Status
Information Displays Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 120
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Driver Information Window Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 100 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 110
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Instruments and Controls 91
Vehicle Personalization Controls Steering Wheel Controls

Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 120
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
Some audio functions can be

controlled through the steering
wheel controls.
To adjust the steering wheel: b / g : Press to interact with
Bluetooth or voice recognition.
1. Pull the lever down. See Bluetooth 0 195 or Voice
2. Move the steering wheel up or Recognition 0 189.
down and in or out for a $ / i : Press to decline an
comfortable position. incoming call, or to end a current
3. Pull the lever up to lock the call. Press to silence the vehicle
steering wheel in place. speakers while using the
infotainment system. Press again to
Do not adjust the tilt and telescope turn the sound on. Press to cancel
lever while driving. voice recognition.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
_ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio With the ignition on or in ACC/ Heavy snow or ice can overload the
source. ACCESSORY, move the lever to wiper motor.
select the wiper speed.
Use the thumbwheel to select the Wiper Parking
next or previous favorite radio HI : Use for fast wipes.
If the ignition is put in OFF while the
station, MP3 track, USB track, and LO : Use for slow wipes. wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they
Bluetooth Audio track. will immediately stop.
Use _ SRC to skip to the next song If the windshield wiper lever is then
or show using Pandora or Stitcher. moved to OFF before the driver
See Pandora Internet Radio 0 149 door is opened or within 10 minutes,
or Stitcher Internet Radio 0 153. the wipers will restart and move to
the base of the windshield.
+ x : Press + to increase the
volume. Press to decrease. If the ignition is turned off while the
INT : Move the windshield wiper wipers are performing wipes due to
Horn windshield washing or Rainsense,
lever to INT. Turn the x INT band the wipers continue to run until they
on the wiper lever to adjust the
Press a on the steering wheel pad reach the base of the windshield.
sensitivity.
to sound the horn. Rainsense
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
Windshield Wiper/Washer 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move With Rainsense, a sensor near the
the wiper lever down. For several top center of the windshield detects
wipes, hold the wiper lever down. the amount of water on the
windshield and controls the
Clear snow and ice from the wiper frequency of the windshield wiper.
blades and windshield before using
them. If frozen to the windshield, Keep this area of the windshield
carefully loosen or thaw them. clear of debris to allow for best
Damaged blades should be system performance.
replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 291.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
INT : Move the windshield wiper The wiper operations return to Clock
lever to INT. Turn the x INT band normal when the transmission is no
on the wiper lever to adjust the longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle Time and Date
sensitivity. speed has increased. 1. Press HOME on the radio
n L : Pull the windshield wiper faceplate.
lever toward you to spray windshield 2. Touch Config on the
washer fluid and activate the wipers. Home Page.
The wipers will continue until the
lever is released or the maximum 3. Select Time and Date.
wash time is reached. When the 4. Select the desired setting to
windshield wiper lever is released, change.
. Turn the band up for more additional wipes may occur
depending on how long the Set Time : Touch + or to increase
sensitivity to moisture. or decrease the hours and minutes.
windshield washer had been
. Turn the band down for less activated. See Washer Fluid 0 286 If auto timing is set, the time
sensitivity to moisture. for information on filling the displayed on the clock may not
. Move the windshield wiper lever windshield washer fluid reservoir. update immediately when driving
out of the INT position to into a new time zone.
deactivate Rainsense. { Warning Set Date : Touch + or to increase
Wiper Arm Assembly Protection or decrease the year, month,
In freezing weather, do not use and day.
When using an automatic car wash, the washer until the windshield is
move the windshield wiper lever to warmed. Otherwise the washer 12hr/24hr Format : Touch to select
OFF. This disables the automatic fluid can form ice on the 12 hour or 24 hour time format.
Rainsense windshield wipers. windshield, blocking your vision. Press Back to save.
With Rainsense, if the transmission
is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
speed is very slow, the wipers will
automatically stop at the base of the
windshield.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Power Outlets Certain power accessory plugs may

Caution
not be compatible with the
The accessory power outlets can be accessory power outlet and could
used to plug in electrical equipment, overload vehicle or adapter fuses. Hanging heavy equipment from
such as a cell phone or MP3 player. If a problem is experienced, see the power outlet can cause
your dealer. damage not covered by the
The vehicle has an accessory
power outlet on the center stack and vehicle warranty. The power
inside the center console storage. outlets are designed for
Caution
accessory power plugs only, such
To use the outlet, the ignition must as mobile phone charge cords.
Adding any electrical equipment
be in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY. Remove the cover to to the vehicle may damage it or
access the outlet and replace when keep other components from
not in use. working as they should. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not use
Caution
equipment exceeding
Leaving electrical equipment on maximum amperage rating of
for extended periods will drain the 10 amperes. Check with your
battery. Always turn off electrical dealer before adding electrical
equipment when not in use and equipment.
do not plug in equipment that
exceeds the maximum amperage When adding electrical equipment,
rating. be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
This circuit is protected by a fuse the equipment. See Add-On
and has a maximum current level. Electrical Equipment 0 268.
Do not use equipment exceeding
the maximum amperage rating.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Warning Lights, Some warning lights come on briefly

when the engine is started to
Gauges, and indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
Indicators and stays on while driving, or when
Warning lights and gauges can one of the gauges shows there may
signal that something is wrong be a problem, check the section that
before it becomes serious enough explains what to do. Waiting to do
to cause an expensive repair or repairs can be costly and even
replacement. Paying attention to the dangerous.
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Instrument Cluster
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Speedometer Caution
nears empty, a message in the
Driver Information Center (DIC)
The speedometer shows the displays. See Fuel System
vehicle's speed in either kilometers If the engine is operated with the Messages 0 115. The vehicle still
per hour (km/h) or miles per rpms in the warning area at the has a little fuel left, but the vehicle
hour (mph). high end of the tachometer, the should be fueled soon. An arrow on
vehicle could be damaged, and the fuel gauge indicates the side of
Odometer the damage would not be covered the vehicle the fuel door is on.
by the vehicle warranty. Do not
The odometer shows how far the Here are four things that some
operate the engine with the rpms
vehicle has been driven, in either owners ask about. These are
kilometers or miles. in the warning area.
normal and do not indicate a
problem with the fuel gauge:
Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge . At the service station, the gas
The trip odometer shows how far pump shuts off before the gauge
the vehicle has been driven since reads full.
the trip odometer was last reset. . It takes a little more or less fuel
The trip odometer is accessed and to fill up than the gauge
reset through the Driver Information indicated. For example, the
Center (DIC). See Driver gauge may have indicated the
Information Center (DIC) 0 108. fuel tank was half full, but it
actually took a little more or less
Tachometer than half the fuel tank's capacity
to fill it.
The tachometer displays the engine
. The indicator moves a little while
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm). turning a corner or speeding up.
When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge goes back to empty
gauge shows how much fuel is left when the ignition is turned off.
in the fuel tank. When the indicator
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Engine Coolant Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt

Temperature Gauge Reminder Light
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.
When the vehicle is started this light

flashes and a chime may come on
to remind the front passenger to
fasten their safety belt. Then the
light stays on solid until the belt is
When the vehicle is started this light buckled. This cycle may continue
flashes and a chime comes on to several times if the passenger
This gauge shows the engine remains or becomes unbuckled
coolant temperature. remind drivers to fasten their safety
belt. Then the light stays on solid while the vehicle is moving.
If the indicator needle moves to the until the belt is buckled. This cycle If the front passenger safety belt is
hot side of the gauge, the engine is may continue several times if the buckled, neither the chime nor the
too hot. driver remains or becomes light comes on.
If the vehicle has been operated unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving. The front passenger safety belt
under normal driving conditions, pull reminder light and chime may turn
off the road, stop the vehicle, and If the driver safety belt is buckled, on if an object is put on the seat
turn off the engine as soon as neither the light nor chime such as a briefcase, handbag,
possible. comes on. grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
reminder light and/or chime, remove symbol. While the vehicle is moving,
the object from the seat or buckle if a second row passenger that was { Warning
the safety belt. previously buckled becomes
unbuckled, the corresponding safety If the airbag readiness light stays
Second Row Passenger Belt belt symbol will change to flashing on after the vehicle is started or
Reminder Light red and a chime may sound. comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
Airbag Readiness Light working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
This light shows if there is an crash, or they could even inflate
electrical problem with the airbag without a crash. To help avoid
system. The system check includes injury, have the vehicle serviced
the airbag sensor(s), passenger right away.
sensing system, the pretensioners,
Second row seating positions
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
monitored for safety belt use are
represented by a colored symbol in
the crash sensing and diagnostic Passenger Airbag Status
module. For more information on the
the Driver information Center (DIC)
airbag system, see Airbag System
Indicator
indicating safety belt status. When
0 57. This vehicle has a passenger
the vehicle is started, three safety
sensing system. See Passenger
belt symbols come on and stay on
Sensing System 0 63 for important
for several seconds in the
safety information. The rearview
instrument cluster to alert the driver
mirror has a passenger airbag
that passengers may need to fasten
status indicator.
their safety belts. After the
passenger safety belt is buckled,
the corresponding safety belt
symbol in the instrument cluster The airbag readiness light comes on
turns green. If a safety belt is not for several seconds when the
initially buckled, the instrument vehicle is started. If the light does
cluster displays a gray safety belt not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
problem with the lights or the The light turns off when the engine
passenger sensing system. See is started. If it does not, have the
your dealer for service. vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the light stays on, or comes on
{ Warning while driving, there could be a
problem with the electrical charging
If the airbag readiness light ever system. Have it checked by your
When the vehicle is started, the
comes on and stays on, it means dealer. Driving while this light is on
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF for several that something may be wrong could drain the battery.
seconds as a system check. Then, with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others, If a short distance must be driven
after several more seconds, the with the light on, be sure to turn off
status indicator will light either ON have the vehicle serviced right
all accessories, such as the radio
or OFF to let you know the status of away. See Airbag Readiness
and air conditioner.
the front outboard passenger frontal Light 0 99 for more information,
airbag and knee airbag. including important safety
information.
Malfunction Indicator
If the word ON is lit on the Lamp (Check Engine
passenger airbag status indicator, it
means that the front outboard Light)
Charging System Light
passenger frontal airbag and knee This light is part of the vehicles
airbag are allowed to inflate. emission control on-board
If the word OFF is lit on the diagnostic system. If this light is on
passenger airbag status indicator, it while the engine is running, a
means that the passenger sensing malfunction has been detected and
system has turned off the front the vehicle may require service. The
outboard passenger frontal airbag light should come on to show that it
and knee airbag. is working when the ignition is in
The charging system light comes on Service Mode. See Ignition
If, after several seconds, both status briefly when the ignition is turned Positions 0 229.
indicator lights remain on, or if there on, but the engine is not running, as
are no lights at all, there may be a a check to show the light is working.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If the light continues to flash, find a

Caution safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
off and wait at least 10 seconds
Modifications to the engine, before restarting the engine. If the
transmission, exhaust, intake, light is still flashing, follow the
or fuel system, or the use of previous guidelines and see your
replacement tires that do not dealer for service as soon as
Malfunctions are often indicated by
meet the original tire possible.
the system before any problem is
specifications, can cause this light
noticeable. Being aware of the light If the light is on steady : A
and seeking service promptly when to come on. This could lead to
malfunction has been detected.
it comes on may prevent damage. costly repairs not covered by the
Diagnosis and service may be
vehicle warranty. This could also required.
affect the vehicles ability to pass
Caution an Emissions Inspection/ Check the following:
If the vehicle is driven continually Maintenance test. See . A loose or missing fuel cap may
with this light on, the emission Accessories and Modifications cause the light to come on. See
control system may not work as 0 272. Filling the Tank 0 266. A few
well, the fuel economy may be driving trips with the cap
lower, and the vehicle may not properly installed may turn the
If the light is flashing : A
run smoothly. This could lead to light off.
malfunction has been detected that
costly repairs that might not be could damage the emission control . Poor fuel quality can cause
covered by the vehicle warranty. system and increase vehicle inefficient engine operation and
emissions. Diagnosis and service poor driveability, which may go
may be required. away once the engine is warmed
up. If this occurs, change the
To help prevent damage, reduce
fuel brand. It may require at
vehicle speed and avoid hard
least one full tank of the proper
accelerations and uphill grades.
fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel
0 264.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If the light remains on, see your The vehicle may not pass Service Vehicle Soon
dealer. inspection if:
Light
Emissions Inspection and . The light is on when the engine
Maintenance Programs is running.
If the vehicle requires an Emissions . The light does not come on
Inspection/Maintenance test, the when the ignition is in
test equipment will likely connect to Service Mode.
the vehicle's Data Link . Critical emission control systems
Connector (DLC). have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the For vehicles with this light, it comes
vehicle would not be ready for on if a condition exists that may
inspection and might require require the vehicle to be taken in for
several days of routine driving service.
before the system is ready for If the light comes on, take the
inspection. This can happen if vehicle to your dealer for service as
the 12-volt battery has recently soon as possible.
been replaced or run down, or if
The DLC is under the instrument the vehicle has been recently
panel to the left of the steering Brake System Warning
serviced.
wheel. Connecting devices that are Light
not used to perform an Emissions See your dealer if the vehicle will
not pass or cannot be made ready The vehicle brake system consists
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
for the test. of two hydraulic circuits. If one
service the vehicle may affect
circuit is not working, the remaining
vehicle operation. See Add-On
circuit can still work to stop the
Electrical Equipment 0 268. See
vehicle. For normal braking
your dealer if assistance is needed.
performance, both circuits need to
be working.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If the warning light comes on, there

Warning (Continued)
Service Electric Parking
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.
Brake Light
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
Electric Parking Brake

Light
This light should come on briefly The service electric parking brake
when the engine is started. If it does light should come on briefly when
not come on then, have it fixed so it starting the vehicle. If it does not
will be ready to warn you if there is come on, have the vehicle serviced
a problem. by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, If this light stays on, there is a
there is a base brake problem. problem with a system on the
The parking brake status light vehicle that is causing the parking
comes on when the brake is brake system to work at a reduced
{ Warning applied. If the light continues level. The vehicle can still be driven,
flashing after the parking brake is but should be taken to a dealer as
The brake system might not be released, or while driving, there is a soon as possible. See Electric
working properly if the brake problem with the electric parking Parking Brake 0 242. If a message
system warning light is on. brake system. A message may also displays in the Driver Information
Driving with the brake system display on the Driver Information Center (DIC), see Brake System
warning light on can lead to a Center (DIC). See Brake System Messages 0 113.
crash. If the light is still on after Messages 0 113 for more
the vehicle has been pulled off information.
(Continued) If the light does not come on,
or remains flashing, see your dealer.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Antilock Brake System If both the ABS and the brake This light changes to amber and
system warning light are on, the flashes to indicate that the lane
(ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not marking has been crossed without
functioning and there is a problem using a turn signal in that direction.
with the regular brakes. See your See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
dealer for service. 0 263.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 102 and Brake System Messages Traction Off Light
0 113.
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started. Lane Departure Warning
If the light does not come on, have it
(LDW) Light
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
If the light comes on while driving, This light comes on briefly while
stop as soon as it is safely possible starting the engine. If it does not,
and turn off the vehicle. Then start have the vehicle serviced by your
the engine again to reset the dealer. If the system is working
system. If the ABS light stays on, normally, the indicator light then
If equipped, this light comes on
or comes on again while driving, the turns off.
briefly while starting the vehicle. If it
vehicle needs service. A chime may
does not come on, have the vehicle The traction off light comes on when
also sound when the light comes on
serviced. the Traction Control System (TCS)
steady.
This light is green if LDW is on and has been turned off by pressing and
If the ABS light is the only light on, releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
ready to operate.
the vehicle has regular brakes, but button.
the antilock brakes are not
functioning. This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not Traction Control System If the light is on and flashing, the
limited. Adjust driving accordingly. TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light is actively working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 245. See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 245.
StabiliTrak OFF Light
Driver Mode Control Light
This light comes on briefly when the

engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
This light comes on briefly while If the system is working normally,
starting the engine. If it does not, the indicator light turns off. This light comes on and the display
have the vehicle serviced by your will change to say Sport, Tour,
dealer. If the light is on and not flashing, the Perf, or Track when the Sport,
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak Touring, Performance, or Track
This light comes on when the system have been disabled.
StabiliTrak system is turned off. modes are selected.
A Driver Information Center (DIC) See Driver Mode Control 0 247 and
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction message may display. Check the
Control System (TCS) is also off. Track Driver Mode 0 249.
DIC messages to determine which
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the feature(s) is no longer functioning
system does not assist in controlling and whether the vehicle requires
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and service. See Ride Control System
the StabiliTrak systems, and the Messages 0 117.
warning light turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 245.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and

Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle. This light should come on briefly as
See Tire Pressure Monitor the engine is started. If it does not
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation 0 312. come on, have the vehicle serviced
Monitor System (TPMS), this light by your dealer.
comes on briefly when the engine is Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it
started. It provides information means that oil is not flowing through
about tire pressures and the TPMS. Caution the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
When the Light Is On Steady
Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See
This indicates that one or more of maintenance can damage the your dealer.
the tires are significantly engine. Driving with the engine oil
underinflated. low can also damage the engine. Low Fuel Warning Light
A Driver Information Center (DIC) The repairs would not be covered
tire pressure message may also by the vehicle warranty. Check
display. See Tire Messages 0 118. the oil level as soon as possible.
Stop as soon as possible, and Add oil if required, but if the oil
inflate the tires to the pressure value level is within the operating range
shown on the Tire and Loading and the oil pressure is still low,
Information label. See Tire Pressure have the vehicle serviced. Always
0 309. follow the maintenance schedule This light is near the fuel gauge and
for changing engine oil. comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
It also comes on when the fuel tank High-Beam On Light Cruise Control Light
is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.
Security Light
This light comes on when the For vehicles with cruise control, the
high-beam headlamps are in use. cruise control light is white when the
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam cruise control is on and ready, and
Changer 0 126. turns green when the cruise control
is set and active.
The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it Lamps On Reminder The light turns off when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
does not come on, have the vehicle
Control 0 251.
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation This light comes on when the
0 37. exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 126.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Door Ajar Light Information Displays

Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC displays information about
the vehicle. It also displays warning 1. SET/CLR: Press to set,
messages if a system problem is or press and hold to clear, the
If equipped, this light comes on detected. See Vehicle Messages menu item displayed.
when a door is open or not securely 0 113. All messages appear in the
DIC display in the center of the
2. \: Use the band to scroll
latched. Before driving, check that through the items in
all doors are properly closed. See instrument cluster.
each menu.
Door Ajar Messages 0 114. The vehicle may also have features
that can be customized through the 3. MENU: Press to display the
controls on the radio. See Vehicle DIC menus. This button is also
Personalization 0 120. used to return to or exit the last
screen displayed on the DIC.
DIC Operation and Displays
Trip/Fuel Menu Items
The DIC has different displays,
which can be accessed by using the Press MENU on the turn signal
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever lever until Trip/Fuel Menu is
to the left of the steering wheel. The displayed. Use \ to scroll through
DIC displays trip, fuel, vehicle the following possible menu items:
system information, and warning . Digital Speedometer
messages if a system problem is
detected. . Trip
. Fuel Range
. Average Fuel Economy
. Instantaneous Fuel Economy
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. Average Vehicle Speed Average Fuel Economy fuel economy, this display cannot be
. Navigation This display shows the approximate reset. On some models, this display
average liters per 100 kilometers (L/ is shown on the same page with the
Digital Speedometer average fuel economy display.
100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).
The speedometer, available on This number is calculated based on Average Vehicle Speed
some vehicles, shows how fast the the number of L/100 km (mpg)
vehicle is moving in either This display shows the average
recorded since the last time this speed of the vehicle in kilometers
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles menu item was reset. This number
per hour (mph). The speedometer per hour (km/h) or miles per
reflects only the approximate hour (mph). This average is
cannot be reset. average fuel economy that the calculated based on the various
Trip vehicle has right now, and will vehicle speeds recorded since the
change as driving conditions last reset of this value. The average
This display shows the current change. The fuel economy can be
distance traveled in either speed can be reset by pressing
reset by pressing SET/CLR while SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the Average Fuel Economy display
the last reset for the trip odometer. Speed display is showing.
is showing. On some models, this
The trip odometer can be reset to display is shown on the same page Navigation
zero by pressing SET/CLR while the with the instantaneous fuel
trip odometer display is showing. This display shows the Navigation
consumption display. information when guidance is
Fuel Range Instantaneous Fuel Economy selected.
This display shows the approximate The instantaneous fuel consumption Vehicle Information Menu Items
distance the vehicle can be driven display shows the current fuel
without refueling. The fuel range Press MENU on the turn signal
economy in liters per 100 lever until Vehicle Information menu
estimate is based on an average of kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per
the vehicle's fuel economy over gallon (mpg). This number reflects is displayed. Use \ to scroll
recent driving history and the only the approximate fuel economy through the following possible menu
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel that the vehicle has right now and items:
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. changes frequently as driving . Battery Voltage
conditions change. Unlike average
. Speed Warning
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. Units Units additional maintenance is
. Tire Pressure Monitoring recommended in the Maintenance
Move \ to switch between metric Schedule. See Maintenance
. Remaining Oil Life or US when the Units display is Schedule 0 349.
active. Press SET/CLR to confirm
Battery Voltage the setting. This will change the Remember, the Remaining Oil Life
This display, available on some displays on the cluster and DIC to display must be reset after each oil
vehicles, shows the current battery either metric or English (US) change. It will not reset itself. Also,
voltage. If the voltage is in the measurements. be careful not to reset the Oil Life
normal range, the value will display. display accidentally at any time
Tire Pressure Monitoring other than when the oil has just
For example, the display may read
Battery Voltage 15.0 Volts. The This display will show a vehicle with been changed. It cannot be reset
vehicle's charging system regulates the approximate pressures of all accurately until the next oil change.
voltage based on the state of the four tires. Tire pressure is displayed To reset the engine oil life system,
battery. The battery voltage can in either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds press SET/CLR while the Oil Life
fluctuate while viewing this per square inch (psi). See Tire display is active. See Engine Oil
information on the DIC. This is Pressure Monitor Operation 0 312. Life System 0 277.
normal. See Charging System Light Remaining Oil Life
0 100. If there is a problem with the Head-Up Display (HUD)
battery charging system, the DIC This display shows an estimate of
the oil's remaining useful life. If 99%
will display a message.
is displayed, that means 99% of the
{ Warning
Speed Warning current oil life remains. If the HUD image is too bright or
This display is used to set the When the remaining oil life is low, too high in your field of view, it
vehicle speed at which the speed the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON may take you more time to see
warning chime sounds and the alert message will appear on the display. things you need to see when it is
is displayed. The speed can be set See Engine Oil Messages 0 115. dark outside. Be sure to keep the
by pressing SET/CLR while the The oil should be changed as soon HUD image dim and placed low in
speed warning display is showing. as possible. See Engine Oil 0 275. your field of view.
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
With HUD, some information . Transmission Position PAGE (Display View) : Press to
concerning the operation of the . Shift Up Meter select the display view. Turn
vehicle is projected onto the clockwise or counterclockwise to
windshield. The image is projected . Cruise Control Active brighten or dim the display. Turn
through the HUD lens on top of the completely counterclockwise to turn
instrument panel. The information the display off.
appears as an image focused out The HUD image will automatically
toward the front of the vehicle. dim and brighten to compensate for
outside lighting. The HUD
Caution brightness control can also be
adjusted as needed.
If you try to use the HUD image
as a parking aid, you may The HUD image can temporarily
misjudge the distance and light up depending on the angle and
damage your vehicle. Do not use The HUD control is to the left of the position of the sunlight on the HUD
the HUD image as a parking aid. steering wheel. display. This is normal.
To adjust the HUD image: Polarized sunglasses could make
the HUD image harder to see.
The HUD may display some of the 1. Adjust the driver seat.
following alerts or information for
2. Start the engine.
vehicles equipped with these
features: Use the following settings to adjust
. Speedometer the HUD.
. Tachometer
$ (Image Adjustment) : Press
down or up to center the HUD
. High Beam Indicator Symbol image. The HUD image can only be
. Forward Collision Alert Warnings adjusted up and down, not side
to side.
. Audio Functions
. Navigation
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
HUD Views Page three displays: HUD Troubleshooting

There are four HUD pages that can Check that:
be viewed in the HUD display. . Nothing is covering the
Page one displays: HUD lens.
. HUD brightness setting is not
too dim or too bright.
. HUD is adjusted to the proper
Page four displays: height.
. Polarized sunglasses are
not worn.
Page two displays: . Windshield and HUD lens are
clean.
If the HUD image is not correct,
contact your dealer.
Care of the HUD The windshield is part of the HUD
Clean the inside of the windshield to system. See Windshield
remove any dirt or film that could Replacement 0 292.
reduce the sharpness or clarity of
the HUD image.
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe
the lens gently, then dry it.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and Brake System Messages

Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages BRAKE FLUID LOW
indicate the status of the vehicle or BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message displays when the
some action that may be needed to
This message displays when the brake fluid level is low. See Brake
correct a condition. Multiple
vehicle has detected that the battery Fluid 0 287.
messages may display one after the
other. voltage is dropping beyond a RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
reasonable point. The battery saver
The messages that do not require system starts reducing features of This message displays if the Electric
immediate action can be the vehicle that may be noticed. At Parking Brake is on while the
acknowledged and cleared by the point that features are disabled, vehicle is in motion. Release it
pressing SET/CLR. The messages this message displays. Turn off before attempting to drive. See
that require immediate action cannot unnecessary accessories to allow Electric Parking Brake 0 242.
be cleared until that action is the battery to recharge.
performed. All messages should be SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
taken seriously and clearing the LOW BATTERY This message displays when there
messages does not correct the is a problem with the brake boost
This message is displayed when the
problem. system. When this message
battery voltage is low. See Battery -
The following are some of the North America 0 288. displays, the brake pedal may be
vehicle messages that may be harder to push and the stopping
displayed depending on your SERVICE BATTERY distance may be longer. See your
vehicle content. CHARGING SYSTEM dealer for service.
This message is displayed when SERVICE PARKING BRAKE
there is a fault in the battery
charging system. Take the vehicle to This message displays when there
your dealer for service. is a problem with the Electric
Parking Brake. See your dealer for
service.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
STEP ON BRAKE TO LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN engine, the air conditioning
RELEASE PARK BRAKE compressor automatically turns off.
This message will display when the
When the coolant temperature
This message displays when driver side rear door is open. Close
returns to normal, the air
attempting to release the Electric the door completely.
conditioning compressor turns back
Parking Brake without the brake on. The vehicle can continue to be
pedal applied. See Electric Parking
PASSENGER DOOR OPEN
driven.
Brake 0 242. This message will display when the
front passenger door is open. Close If this message continues to appear,
Cruise Control Messages the door completely. have the system repaired by your
dealer as soon as possible to avoid
CRUISE SET TO XXX RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN damage to the engine.
This message displays when the This message will display when the ENGINE OVERHEATED
cruise control is set and shows the passenger side rear door is open. IDLE ENGINE
speed it was set to. See Cruise Close the door completely.
Control 0 251. This message displays when the
TRUNK OPEN engine coolant temperature is too
Door Ajar Messages This message will display when the hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
trunk is open. Close the trunk idle until it cools down.
DRIVER DOOR OPEN completely. ENGINE OVERHEATED
This message will display when the STOP ENGINE
driver door is open. Close the door Engine Cooling System
completely. Messages This message displays and a
continuous chime sounds if the
HOOD OPEN A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH engine cooling system reaches
ENGINE TEMP unsafe temperatures for operation.
This message will display when the
Stop and turn off the vehicle as
hood is open. Close the hood This message displays when the soon as it is safe to do so to avoid
completely. engine coolant becomes hotter than severe damage. This message
the normal operating temperature. clears when the engine has cooled
To avoid added strain on a hot to a safe operating temperature.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Engine Oil Messages OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP may be reduced. Anytime this
ENGINE message stays on, or displays
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON repeatedly, the vehicle should be
This message displays when the taken to your dealer for service as
This message displays when vehicle's engine oil pressure is low.
service is required for the vehicle. soon as possible.
The oil pressure light also appears
See your dealer. on the instrument cluster. See
See Engine Oil 0 275 and Engine Oil Pressure Light 0 106.
Fuel System Messages
Maintenance Schedule 0 349.
Stop the vehicle immediately, as FUEL LEVEL LOW
Acknowledging the CHANGE engine damage can result from This message displays when the
ENGINE OIL SOON message will driving a vehicle with low oil vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
not reset the system. See pressure. Have the vehicle serviced soon as possible.
Remaining Oil Life under Driver by your dealer as soon as possible
Information Center (DIC) 0 108 and when this message is displayed.
Engine Oil Life System 0 277. Key and Lock Messages
ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL Engine Power Messages NO REMOTE DETECTED
On some vehicles, this message ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays when the
displays when the engine oil level transmitter battery is weak on
This message displays when the vehicles with Keyless Access. See
may be too low. Check the oil level vehicle's engine power is reduced.
before filling to the recommended Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Reduced engine power can affect Transmitter Battery under Remote
level. If the oil is not low and this the vehicle's ability to accelerate.
message remains on, take the Keyless Entry (RKE) System
If this message is on, but there is no Operation 0 25.
vehicle to your dealer for service. reduction in performance, proceed
See Engine Oil 0 275. to your destination. The
performance may be reduced the
next time the vehicle is driven. The
vehicle may be driven at a reduced
speed while this message is on, but
maximum acceleration and speed
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
NO REMOTE DETECTED Lamp Messages Object Detection System

PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART Messages
or NO REMOTE DETECTED AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL
PRESS CLUTCH TO RESTART ON/OFF FORWARD COLLISION
This message displays if the RKE This message is displayed when the ALERT OFF
transmitter is no longer detected in automatic light control has been This message displays when the
the vehicle. Press the brake pedal turned on or off. See Automatic Forward Collision Alert has been
or clutch to restart the vehicle. Headlamp System 0 127. turned off.
REPLACE BATTERY IN CHECK XXX TURN FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED
REMOTE KEY SIGNAL LAMP CLEAN WINDSHIELD
This message displays when the When one of the turn signals is out, This message displays when the
battery in the Remote Keyless Entry this message displays to show camera is blocked. Cleaning the
(RKE) transmitter needs to be which bulb needs to be replaced. outside of the windshield behind the
replaced. See Battery See Bulb Replacement 0 293 and rearview mirror may correct the
Replacement under Remote Replacement Bulbs 0 294. issue. The Lane Departure Warning
Keyless Entry (RKE) System TURN SIGNAL ON system will not operate. Forward
Operation 0 25. Collision Alert (FCA) may not work
This message is displayed if the or may not work as well.
USE TRANSMITTER POCKET turn signal has been left on. Turn off
TO START the turn signal. LANE DEPARTURE WARNING
This message displays when trying
UNAVAILABLE
to start the vehicle if an RKE This message displays when
transmitter is not detected. The attempting to activate the Lane
transmitter battery may be weak. Departure Warning (LDW) system
See Starting the Vehicle with a Low when it is temporarily unavailable.
Transmitter Battery under Remote The LDW system does not need
Keyless Entry (RKE) System service.
Operation 0 25.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
This message could be due to the SERVICE SIDE DETECTION need service. For cleaning, see
camera being blocked. Cleaning the SYSTEM "Washing the Vehicle" under
outside of the windshield behind the Exterior Care 0 338.
rearview mirror may correct the If this message remains on after
continued driving, the vehicle needs
issue.
service. Side Blind Zone Alert
Ride Control System
PARK ASSIST OFF (SBZA) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert Messages
(RCTA) features will not work. Take
This message displays when the SERVICE TRACTION
the vehicle to your dealer.
Parking Assist system has been CONTROL
turned off or when there is a SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF
temporary condition causing the This message displays when there
system to be disabled. This message indicates that the is a problem with the Traction
driver has turned the Side Blind Control System (TCS). See Traction
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA Zone Alert (SBZA) system off. Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 245.
If this message remains on after SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM
continued driving, the vehicle needs UNAVAILABLE SERVICE STABILITRAK
service. Do not use the Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) and This message indicates that Side This message displays if there is a
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) and Rear problem with the StabiliTrak system.
features. Take the vehicle to your Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are See Traction Control/Electronic
dealer. disabled either because the sensor Stability Control 0 245.
is blocked and cannot detect
SERVICE PARKING ASSIST vehicles in the blind zone, or the Security Messages
This message displays if there is a vehicle is passing through an open
area, such as the desert, where THEFT ATTEMPTED
problem with the Parking Assist
system. Do not use this system to there is insufficient data for This message displays if the vehicle
help you park. See your dealer for operation. This message may also detects a tamper condition.
service. activate during heavy rain or due to
road spray. The vehicle does not
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Service Vehicle Messages SERVICE VEHICLE SOON Tire Messages

SERVICE AC SYSTEM This message displays if there is a SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
problem with the vehicle. Take the
This message displays if there is a vehicle to your dealer for service.
SYSTEM
problem with the air conditioning This message displays if there is a
system. Take the vehicle to your Starting the Vehicle problem with the Tire Pressure
dealer for service. Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
Messages Pressure Monitor Operation 0 312
SERVICE POWER STEERING for more information.
PRESS BRAKE TO START
This message displays and a chime
may sound when there may be a This message is displayed when TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
problem with the power steering attempting to start an automatic This message displays when the
system. If this message displays transmission equipped vehicle system is learning new tires. See
and a reduction in steering without first pressing the brake Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
performance or loss of power pedal. 0 312 for more information.
steering assistance is noticed, see PRESS CLUTCH TO START
your dealer. TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD
This message is displayed when AIR TO TIRE
SERVICE SUSPENSION attempting to start a manual
SYSTEM On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
transmission equipped vehicle
Monitor System (TPMS), this
This message displays when the without first pressing the clutch
message displays when the
Magnetic Ride Control system has pedal.
pressure in one or more of the
detected a malfunction and the SERVICE KEYLESS START vehicle's tires is low.
vehicle speed will be limited. The SYSTEM There is also an icon with the
system must be serviced. See your
This message is displayed if there is warning that will indicate the
dealer. See Driver Mode Control
a problem with the pushbutton start location of the low tire.
0 247 and SPEED LIMITED TO
XXX under Vehicle Speed system. Take the vehicle to your The low tire pressure warning light
Messages 0 120. dealer for service. will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light 0 106.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If a tire pressure message displays, PERFORMANCE MODE SPORT MODE ON or SPORT

inflate the tires until the tire pressure ACTIVATED MODE OFF
is equal to the values shown on the
Tire and Loading Information label. This message displays when the These messages display when the
See Tires 0 303, Vehicle Load automatic transmission enters shift lever is moved into or out of
Limits 0 226, and Tire Pressure performance mode. See Sport Shift mode. See Sport Shift
0 309. Performance Mode in Automatic Mode in Automatic Transmission
Transmission 0 236. 0 236.
More than one tire pressure
message can be received at a time. SERVICE TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
To read the other messages that This message displays if there is a ENGINE
may have been sent at the same problem with the transmission. See This message displays and a chime
time, press the SET/CLR button. your dealer. sounds if the transmission fluid in
The DIC also shows the tire the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
pressure values. See Driver SHIFT DENIED transmission fluid temperature high
Information Center (DIC) 0 108. This message displays when using can cause damage to the vehicle.
the Active Select mode and Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
Transmission Messages attempting to shift to a gear not allow the transmission to cool. This
appropriate for the vehicle speed message clears when the fluid
1 4 SHIFT
and engine revolutions per temperature reaches a safe level.
This message displays when you minute (rpm). See Manual Mode
can only shift from 1 (First) to 0 238.
4 (Fourth) instead of 1 (First) to
2 (Second). See Manual SHIFT TO PARK
Transmission 0 240. This message displays when the
transmission needs to be shifted to
P (Park). This may appear when
attempting to remove the RKE
transmitter from the vehicle if the
vehicle is not in P (Park).
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Reminder Washer Fluid Messages Vehicle

Messages WASHER FLUID LOW ADD Personalization
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE FLUID Use the audio system controls to
WITH CARE This message may display when the access the personalization menus
This message displays when ice washer fluid level is low. Fill the for customizing vehicle features.
conditions are possible. windshield washer reservoir as soon The following are all possible
as possible. See Engine personalization features. Depending
Compartment Overview 0 274 for
Vehicle Speed Messages the location of the windshield
on the vehicle, some may not be
available.
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX washer reservoir. Also, see Washer
Fluid 0 286. HOME : Press to display the Home
This message displays when a Page screen.
malfunction is present in the
Magnetic Ride Control system. The
Window Messages TUNE/MENU : Press to enter
vehicle speed will be limited to a menus and select menu items. Turn
OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/ to scroll through the menus.
value determined by the vehicle PASSENGER WINDOW
when the shock absorber system / BACK : Press to exit or move
has failed and the shocks are in This message is displayed when the backward in a menu.
their full soft mode. Have the vehicle window needs to be reprogrammed.
serviced as soon as possible. If the vehicle's battery has been Entering the Personalization
discharged or disconnected, you Menus
may need to program each front The ignition must be in the ON
window for the express-up feature to position.
work. See Power Windows 0 40.
1. Press HOME.
2. Select the Config screen
button.
3. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
highlight the desired setting.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
4. Press the TUNE/MENU knob to Radio Settings Select to enable or disable.

select the desired See USB 0 158 and Bluetooth
Select and the following may
setting menu. Audio 0 163.
display:
The following list of menu items may . Auto Volume XM Channel Art
be available:
. Gracenote Options When on, the radio will
. Languages automatically update the XM screen
. XM Channel Art and background graphics.
. Time and Date
. Max Startup Volume Select On or Off.
. Radio Settings
. Number of Favorite Pages Max Startup Volume
. Phone Settings
. XM Categories Select the maximum volume level at
. Navigation Settings
. Software Versions Menu startup even if a higher volume had
. Display Settings been set when the radio was
. Vehicle Settings Auto Volume turned off.
Each menu is detailed in the When selected, this feature will
Number of Favorite Pages
following information. Alternatively, automatically adjust the volume to
minimize the effects of unwanted Select to set the number of FAV
the touch screen may be used to
background noise that can result pages to be displayed.
select.
from changing road surfaces, driving XM Categories
Languages speeds, or open windows. This
feature works best at lower volume Select or deselect any category to
Select Languages, then select from be used in XM mode.
the available language(s). settings where background noise is
typically louder than the sound Software Version Menu
Time and Date system volume.
Select to display information about
To adjust the time and date settings, Select Off, Low, Medium, or High. the system and software.
see Clock 0 93.
Gracenote Options
Select to improve voice recognition
and media groupings.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Phone Settings See Assistance Systems for Parking . Speed Limits: Select to display
or Backing 0 254. the posted speed limit on the
See Phone in Configure Menu
map, when available.
0 181. Display Off
Select to turn off the display. The Vehicle Settings
Navigation Settings
display will return when any button Select and the following may
See Configure Menu 0 181. is pressed or the screen is touched. display:
Display Settings Map Settings . Climate and Air Quality
Select and the following may Select to enter the submenu to . Comfort and Convenience
display: change Automatic Zoom, enable . Collision/Detection Systems
. Home Page Menu Speed Limit to display on the map,
and change Map Display settings. . Lighting
. Rear Camera Options
. Map Display: Select to change . Power Door Locks
. Display Off the screen background. . Remote Lock/Unlock/Start
. Map Settings To change the overall brightness . Return to Factory Settings?
Home Page Menu setting for the display, use the
vehicle interior lighting Climate and Air Quality
Select to customize the first page of instrument panel illumination
the Home Page. Select and the following may
control. display:
Rear Camera Options The Automatic setting adjusts . Auto Fan Speed
Select and the following may the screen background
automatically depending on . Remote Start Auto Cool Seat
display:
the exterior lighting conditions. . Remote Start Auto Heat Seat
. Camera
The Day setting brightens the Auto Fan Speed
. Symbols map background.
. Guide Lines This feature sets the climate control
The Night setting darkens the fan speed to maintain the interior
Select to turn an option on and off. map background. temperature.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Select High, Medium, or Low. See Easy Exit Driver Seat under Collision/Detection Systems
Memory Seats 0 48. Select and the following may
Remote Start Auto Cool Seat
Select On or Off. display, if equipped:
When on and it is hot outside, the
ventilated seats will turn on Auto Memory Recall . Side Blind Zone Alert
automatically. When on, this feature will recall the . Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Select to turn on or off. stored seat positions for the Remote Side Blind Zone Alert
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
Remote Start Auto Heat Seat being used. See Memory Seats This allows the Side Blind Zone
When on and it is cold outside, the 0 48. Alert feature to be turned on or off.
heated seats will turn on See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
Select On or Off. 0 261.
automatically.
Select to turn on or off. Chime Volume Select On or Off.
This allows the selection of the Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Comfort and Convenience chime volume level.
Select and the following may This allows the Rear Cross Traffic
Select Normal or High. Alert feature to be turned on or off.
display:
Button Chime See Assistance Systems for Parking
. Easy Exit Driver Seat
or Backing 0 254.
. Auto Memory Recall Select to turn this feature on or off.
Select On or Off.
. Chime Volume Reverse Tilt Mirror
Lighting
. Button Chime This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. Select and the following may
. Reverse Tilt Mirror display:
Select Off, On - Driver and
Easy Exit Driver Seat Passenger, On - Driver, or On - . Vehicle Locator Lights
This feature moves the seat Passenger. . Exit Lighting
rearward to a preset position
allowing the driver more room to exit
the vehicle.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Locator Lights Select On or Off. Remote Unlock Feedback

Select to turn this feature on or off. Auto Door Unlock If equipped, this allows the selection
When on, the turn signals flash and of what type of feedback is given
the headlamps and back-up lamps This allows the selection of which when unlocking the vehicle with the
doors will automatically unlock when RKE transmitter.
will turn on when K is pressed on the vehicle is shifted into P (Park)
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) and for a manual transmission when Select Flash Lights or Off.
transmitter when it is dark outside. the ignition is turned off. Remote Lock Feedback
Exit Lighting Select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off. This allows the selection of what
This allows the selection of how Delayed Door Lock type of feedback is given when
long the exterior lamps stay on locking the vehicle with the Remote
when leaving the vehicle when it is When on, this feature will delay the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
dark outside. locking of the doors. To override the
delay, press the power door lock Select Lights and Horn, Lights Only,
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 1 Minute, switch on the door. Horn Only, or Off.
or 2 Minutes.
Select On or Off. Remote Door Unlock
Power Door Locks
Remote Lock/Unlock/Start This allows the selection of which
Select and the following may doors will unlock when pressing K
display: Select and the following may
display: on the RKE transmitter.
. Open Door Anti Lock Out
. Remote Unlock Feedback Select Driver Door or All Doors.
. Auto Door Unlock When set to Driver Door, the driver
. Remote Lock Feedback
. Delayed Door Lock door will unlock the first time K is
. Remote Door Unlock pressed and all doors will unlock
Open Door Anti Lock Out
. Passive Door Unlock when K is pressed a second time.
When on, this feature will keep the When set to All Doors, all of the
. Passive Door Lock
driver door from locking when the doors will unlock with the first press
door is open. If off, the Delayed . Remote Left in Veh. Reminder of K.
Door Lock menu will be available.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of what
doors will unlock when using the
button on the driver door to unlock
the vehicle.
Select All Doors or Driver
Door Only.
Passive Door Lock
This allows passive locking to be
turned on or off and selects
feedback. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 25.
Select On with Horn Chirp, On,
or Off.
Remote Left in Veh. Reminder
Select to turn this feature on or off.
This feature sounds an alert when
the RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle.
Return to Factory Settings?
Select to return all vehicle
personalization to the default
settings.
Select Yes or No.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
126 Lighting
Lighting Exterior Lighting 5 : Turns on the headlamps

together with the parking lamps.
Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting Headlamp High/
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 126 Low-Beam Changer
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 The headlamps must be on for this
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 feature to work.
Daytime Running Push the turn signal lever away
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 from you to turn the high beams on.
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 The 3 indicator light turns on in the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 127 instrument cluster when the
Turn and Lane-Change high-beam headlamps are on.
The exterior lamp control is on the
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Push the lever away from you to
instrument panel to the left of the
Interior Lighting steering wheel. return to low beams.
Instrument Panel Illumination There are four positions:
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Flash-to-Pass
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 O : Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic light control off or To flash the high beams, pull the
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 lever toward you. The lamps remain
on again.
Lighting Features on high beam as long as the lever
AUTO : Automatic operation of the is held.
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
headlamps at normal brightness and
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
other exterior lamps.
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 130
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Lighting 127
Daytime Running The automatic headlamp system

defaults to on with each ignition
Lamps (DRL) cycle.
The vehicle has DRL that illuminate
at full intensity when the following Hazard Warning Flashers
occur:
. During daylight conditions.
. The engine is running.
If the lamp control is turned to ;
or 5 the DRL will illuminate at
reduced intensity.
There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument panel. Do not cover the
Automatic Headlamp sensor; otherwise the headlamps
System will come on when they are not
When it is dark enough outside and needed.
the exterior lamp control is in the The system may also turn on the
automatic position, the headlamps headlamps when driving through a
and parking lamps will turn on and parking garage or tunnel.
| : Press this button on the center
off automatically. See Exterior Lamp stack near the audio system, to
Controls 0 126. When it is bright enough outside, make the front and rear turn signal
the headlamps turn off. lamps flash on and off. Press again
The automatic headlamp system to turn the flashers off.
turns off when the exterior lamp
control is turned to P or the ignition
is off.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
128 Lighting
Turn and Lane-Change Raise or lower the lever until the Interior Lighting
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
Signals change. Hold it there until the lane
change is completed. If the lever is Instrument Panel
briefly pressed and released, the Illumination Control
turn signal flashes three times.
The turn signal can be turned off
manually by moving the lever back
to its original position.
If after signaling a turn or lane
change, the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
Move the turn signal lever all the may be burned out.
way up or down to signal a turn. Have any burned out bulbs
An arrow on the instrument cluster replaced. If a bulb is not burned out, This feature controls the brightness
flashes in the direction of the turn or check the fuse. See Fuses 0 295. of the instrument panel controls and
lane change. infotainment display screen. The
thumbwheel is to the left of the
steering column on the instrument
panel.
D : Move the thumbwheel up or
down to brighten or dim the
instrument panel controls and
infotainment display screen.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Lighting 129
Dome Lamps turned off. They turn off immediately Rear Reading Lamps
if the ignition is turned on and all
doors are closed.
Reading Lamps
Front Reading Lamps
The dome lamps are in the The rear reading lamps are in the
overhead console. headliner.
+ : Press to turn the lamp on Press ( or ) to turn the lamp
or off. on or off.
4 : Press to automatically turn on
the lamps when a door is opened, The front reading lamps are in the
the vehicle is unlocked, or the overhead console.
ignition is turned off. Press ( or ) to turn the lamp
When the interior lamps are set to on or off.
door activated, they operate
automatically only when it is dark.
The lamps dim to off after all doors
are closed. They turn off about
10 minutes after the ignition is
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
130 Lighting
Lighting Features Battery Power Protection

To prevent the battery from being
Entry Lighting drained, the glove box, trunk, and
Some exterior lamps and most of reading lamps automatically turn off
the interior lamps turn on briefly 10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off.
when K is pressed on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. The lamps are reactivated if any of
After about 30 seconds the exterior the following occur:
lamps turn off, and then the dome . The ignition is turned on.
and remaining interior lamps will dim
. The vehicle is unlocked.
to off.
. The trunk is opened.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Locator Lights under
Vehicle Personalization 0 120.
Exit Lighting
The exterior lamps will illuminate an
area with limited lighting for a set
amount of time when the ignition is
turned to LOCK/OFF.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 120.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Infotainment System 131
Infotainment Navigation
Using the Navigation
Introduction
System System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
165
168 Infotainment
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . 169 Read the following pages to
Introduction Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 become familiar with these features.
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 OnStar Destination
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . .
132
134
Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configure Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
180
181
{ Warning
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Global Positioning Taking your eyes off the road for
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 too long or too often while using
Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . 187 any infotainment feature can
Radio Problems with Route cause a crash. You or others
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . 141 could be injured or killed. Do not
If the System Needs
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 give extended attention to
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . 188 infotainment tasks while driving.
Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Database Coverage Limit your glances at the vehicle
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 148 Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 displays and focus your attention
Quick Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 on driving. Use voice commands
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . 149 Voice Recognition whenever possible.
Stitcher Internet Radio . . . . . . . . 153 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Bluetooth Phone/Devices The infotainment system has built-in
Audio Players Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 features intended to help avoid
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 distraction by disabling some
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 functions when driving. These
Trademarks and License functions may gray out when they
OnStar System Agreements are unavailable. Many infotainment
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
132 Infotainment System
features are also available through Overview

the instrument cluster and steering
wheel controls. The infotainment system is controlled by using the center stack controls,
infotainment display, steering wheel controls, and voice recognition.
Before driving:
. Become familiar with the See Using the System 0 134.
operation, center stack controls,
and infotainment display options.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
control or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 217.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 232.
1. SRCE (Source) 6. t SEEK

2. HOME
7. SEEK u
3. VOL/O (Volume/Power) 8. NAV (Navigation)
4. 5 /> (Phone/Mute) 9. BACK}
5. FAV (Favorites) 10. TUNE/MENU
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
11. DEST (Destination) FAV : Press to display the current . AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
12. RPT (Repeat) favorite page number above the equipped): Press to seek to the
presets. Keep pressing to scroll previous strong station.
Infotainment Controls through the favorites pages. The
The controls on the center stack are stored stations for each list shows u SEEK:
used to start primary functions while on the bottom of the display. The . USB or Bluetooth Audio: Press
using the infotainment system. number of preset Favorite Pages to seek the next track.
can be changed by touching Config
SRCE : Press to change the audio on the Home Page. Scroll through . USB or Bluetooth Audio: Press
sources such as AM Radio, FM the Configure Menu and select and hold to fast forward through
Radio, SiriusXM (if equipped), and Radio Settings, then select Number a track.
USB/iPod. of Favorite Pages. . AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
HOME : Press to go to the Home equipped): Press to seek to the
Page. See Home Page in this t SEEK: next strong station.
section. . USB or Bluetooth Audio: Press NAV:
to seek to the beginning of the
VOL/O: . Press to view the vehicle's
current or previous track. If the
. Turn to adjust the volume. track has been playing for less current position while in the
than five seconds, it seeks the map view.
. Press to turn the system on
and off. previous track. If longer than . Continue pressing to cycle
five seconds, the current track through the full map and split
5 />: starts from the beginning. views.
. . USB or Bluetooth Audio: Press
Press to enter the phone BACK } : Press to return to the
main page. and hold to quickly reverse
through a track. Release to previous display in a menu.
. Press and hold to mute or return to the playing speed. See TUNE/MENU : Turn to manually
unmute the infotainment system. USB 0 158. tune to a radio station.
See Bluetooth 0 195.
DEST:
. Press to enter a destination.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. If a destination has already been _ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio Home Page
entered, press to access the source.
Destination Menu. See
Destination 0 171. Use the thumbwheel to select the
next or previous favorite radio
RPT : Press to repeat the last voice station, MP3 track, USB, and
guidance prompt. Bluetooth Audio.
Infotainment Display Icons Use _ SRC to skip to the next song
The touch icons are on the or show using Stitcher. See Stitcher
infotainment display and highlighted Internet Radio 0 153.
when a feature is available. Some
+ x : Press + to increase the Infotainment Display Options
toggle display icons highlight when
active and gray out when inactive. volume. Press to decrease.
The Home Page allows access to
many of the features.
Steering Wheel Controls Using the System
Back : Touch to return to the
Depending on the vehicle options, The infotainment system is previous page.
some audio functions can be controlled by touching the display,
and by using the center stack Home : Touch to go back to the
controlled through the steering Home Page.
wheel controls. controls.
Voice recognition, through the Fav : Touch to display a page of
b / g : Press to answer incoming steering wheel controls, can be stored favorite AM, FM,
calls, interact with Bluetooth, or start or SiriusXM (if equipped) stations.
voice recognition. See Bluetooth used to control the infotainment
features. Keep touching Fav to scroll through
0 195 or Voice Recognition 0 189. the favorite pages.
$ / i : Press to decline incoming Press b / g on the steering wheel
controls to begin voice recognition. More r : This icon may display
calls or to end a current call. Press
to silence the vehicle speakers See Voice Recognition 0 189. depending on the number of options
while using the infotainment system. stored on the Home Page. Touch to
Press again to turn the sound on. go to the next page.
Press to cancel voice recognition.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
q Previous : Press to go to the 4. Touch Done. Touch the Now Playing icon to
previous page. To move Home Page icons: display the active source page. The
sources available are AM, FM,
Next r : Press to go to the 1. Touch Sort. SiriusXM (if equipped), USB/iPod,
next page. 2. Touch an icon to switch with Pandora (if equipped), Stitcher, and
another icon. Bluetooth Audio.
Home Page Customization
3. Touch Done. See AM-FM Radio 0 139, Satellite
Radio 0 142, Pandora Internet
To restore the first Home Page Radio 0 149, and Stitcher Internet
defaults: Radio 0 153.
1. Touch Menu.
2. Touch Restore Home Page
Defaults.
3. Touch Yes or Cancel.
Home Page Features
The first Home Page can be
customized. The touch icons are highlighted Touch the Navigation icon to display
when a feature is available. a map of the current vehicle
To add Home Page icons:
Various functions are disabled when position. See Using the Navigation
1. Touch Menu. the vehicle is moving. System 0 165, Maps 0 168,
2. Touch Customize. Navigation Symbols 0 169, and
Configure Menu 0 181.
3. Touch an icon to add or
remove from the first Home
Page. A f indicates it will be
displayed. The maximum
number of icons on the first
Home Page is eight.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Touch the Destination icon to Touch the Config icon to display the Touch the Pictures icon to view
display the Destination Entry home Config main page. From this display, pictures on your USB drive or SD
page or the Destination Menu. The adjust features such as Time and card. Pictures on the SD card can
infotainment display options provide Date, radio, phone, navigation, only be viewed through a USB
access to a variety of ways to enter vehicle, and display. See Configure adapter.
a destination. See Destination Menu 0 181.
0 171.
Touch the FM icon to display the FM

Touch the Tone icon to display the main page and play the current or
Touch the Phone icon to display the Tone main page. Adjust the tone last tuned FM station. See AM-FM
Phone main page. See Bluetooth and speakers by touching the icons Radio 0 139.
0 195. to change the levels of sound for
treble, midrange, bass, fade, and
balance. See AM-FM Radio 0 139.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Touch the AM icon to display the Touch the Pandora icon (if Touch the Bluetooth icon to display
AM main page and play the current equipped) to display the Pandora the Bluetooth Audio main page to
or last tuned AM station. See home page and stream play music through a Bluetooth
AM-FM Radio 0 139. personalized radio stations based device. See Bluetooth Audio 0 163.
on artists, songs, genres, and
comedians. See Pandora Internet
Radio 0 149.
Touch the XM icon (if equipped) to Touch the iPod icon to display the
display the XM main page and play iPod main page and play the current
the current or last tuned SiriusXM or last track selected. See USB
channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 139 Touch the Stitcher icon (if equipped) 0 158.
and Satellite Radio 0 142. to display the Stitcher home page
and stream news, sports, and
entertainment shows through the
audio system. See Stitcher Internet
Radio 0 153.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Touch the USB icon to display the Touch the Fuel icon (if equipped) to Touch the Quick Info icon to access
USB main page and play the current display detailed nationwide fuel information on Audio Info. See
or last track selected. See USB prices. See SiriusXM Travel Link Quick Info 0 148.
0 158. Fuel Prices under Satellite Radio
0 142
Touch the Messages icon (if

Touch the Weather icon (if equipped) to display the Text
equipped) to display the weather Touch the Movies icon (if equipped) Message Inbox. See Text
main page. Select other to show detailed local movie theater Messaging 0 202.
weather-related options from that listings, start times, and ratings if
list. See SiriusXM Travel Link available. See SiriusXM Travel Link
Weather under Satellite Radio Movie Listings in Satellite Radio
0 142. 0 142.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Radio Infotainment System Settings

and Vehicle Information and Tone Settings
Radio Displays AM-FM Radio To access the tone settings, touch
For vehicles with high gloss the Tone Settings icon on the Home
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a Playing the Radio
Page. Tone settings are specific to
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
VOL/O: each source.
Before wiping the surface with the
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle . Press to turn the radio on or off. To adjust the settings:
brush to remove dirt that could . Turn to increase or decrease the . Bass: Touch + or to change
scratch the surface. Then use the volume of the active source. the level.
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to
clean. Never use window cleaners The steering wheel controls can . Mid (Midrange): Touch + or to
or solvents. Periodically hand wash also be used to adjust the volume. change the level.
the microfiber cloth separately, See Steering Wheel Controls 0 134. . Treble: Touch + or to change
using mild soap. Do not use bleach To play the infotainment system with the level.
or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly the ignition off, see Retained . EQ: Touch or turn the TUNE/
and air dry before next use. Accessory Power (RAP) 0 232. MENU knob to cycle through the
Audio Source preset EQ options.
Caution
Press SRCE on the center stack or . Fade: Touch F or R for more
Do not attach a device with a SRC on the steering wheel controls sound from the front or rear
suction cup to the display. This to display and scroll through the speakers. The middle position
may cause damage and would available sources AM, FM, SiriusXM balances the sound between the
not be covered by the warranty. (if equipped), Pandora (if equipped), front and rear speakers.
Stitcher, USB, and Bluetooth Audio. . Balance: Touch L or R for more
sound from the left or right
Software Updates speakers. The middle position
See www.chevrolet.com for software balances the sound between the
updates. left and right speakers.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Finding a Station 1. Touch the AM icon on the steering wheel controls,

Home Page or select AM by or saying Tune FM or FM
Press SRCE on the center stack or
pressing SRCE on the center through voice recognition.
SRC on the steering wheel controls
stack, pressing SRC on the 2. Touch Menu to display the FM
to select AM, FM, SiriusXM (if
steering wheel controls, Stations List or FM
equipped), Pandora (if equipped),
or saying Tune AM or AM Category List.
Stitcher, USB, and Bluetooth Audio.
through voice recognition.
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to find 3. Touch to select an option. To
2. Touch Menu to display the AM update the FM Station List,
a radio station. To select a preset
Station List. touch Refresh.
station, press FAV to scroll through
the favorite pages and then touch a 3. Touch to select an option. To
update the AM Station List, SiriusXM (If Equipped)
preset on the radio or touch a preset
icon on the infotainment display. touch Refresh.
Seeking a Station FM
Press t SEEK or SEEK u to
search for a station.
AM
1. Touch the XM icon on the

Home Page or select XM by
pressing SRCE on the center
1. Touch the FM icon on the stack, pressing SRC on the
Home Page or select FM by steering wheel controls,
pressing SRCE on the center or saying Tune XM or XM
stack, pressing SRC on the through voice recognition.
2. Touch the Menu icon to display
the SiriusXM categories.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
3. Touch a category and then turn To change the number of favorite Radio Data System (RDS)
the TUNE/MENU knob to scroll pages displayed:
the XM Category List. Press to RDS features are available for use
1. Touch Config on the only on FM stations that broadcast
select an option. Home Page. RDS information. With RDS, the
Storing Radio Station Presets 2. Touch Radio Settings. radio can:
Up to 36 preset stations can be 3. Touch Number of Favorite . Seek to stations broadcasting
stored. AM, FM, and SiriusXM Pages. the selected type of
channels can be mixed. programming.
Recalling a Preset Station
1. From the AM, FM, or SiriusXM . Receive announcements
main page, touch and hold one To recall a preset station from a concerning local and national
of the preset icons at the favorites page, do one of the emergencies.
bottom of the display. After a following:
. Display messages from radio
few seconds, a beep is heard . Touch Fav at the top bar to stations.
and the new preset information display the preset pop-up. Touch
displays on that icon. one of the preset icons to go to This system relies on receiving
the selected preset station. specific information from these
2. Repeat for each preset.
stations and only works when the
. In the AM, FM, or SiriusXM main information is available. It is
Mixed-Band Presets
page, touch one of the preset possible that a radio station could
Each favorite page can store icons to go to the selected broadcast incorrect information that
six preset stations. The presets preset station. causes the radio features to work
within a page can be different radio improperly. If this happens, contact
bands. the radio station.
To scroll through the pages, touch When information is broadcast from
Fav at the top bar. The current page the current FM station, the station
number displays above the presets. name or call letters display on the
The stored stations for each favorite audio display. RDS can provide a
page display on the presets.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
program type (PTY) for current When SiriusXM is active, the 2. Select TuneSelect.
programming and the name of the channel name, number, category 3. Select Save Alert for Artist
program being broadcasted. name, song title, and artist appear Playing or Save Alert for Song
on the display. SiriusXM may update Playing.
Satellite Radio the background picture at any time.
4. Touch OK to confirm.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Touch the XM icon on the Home
Page to access the XM To turn TuneSelect On or Off:
Audio Menu. 1. Touch Menu when in SiriusXM.
TuneSelect 2. Select TuneSelect.
3. Select Alerts Active to turn the
alerts on or off.
To delete TuneSelect Alerts:
1. Touch Menu when in SiriusXM.
2. Select TuneSelect.
Vehicles with a valid SiriusXM 3. Touch Delete Alerts.
satellite radio subscription can
receive SiriusXM programming. 4. Select the alert to delete.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide An alert will be sent when the radio 5. Touch OK to confirm.
variety of programming and sees that search criteria on any
SiriusXM Categories
commercial-free music, coast to SiriusXM channel is met and offer
coast, and in digital-quality sound. the option to tune to that song or SiriusXM channels are organized in
See www.siriusxm.com or call artist. Up to 10 artists and songs categories.
1-888-601-6296. can be saved in the TuneSelect list.
To store an Artist or Song:
1. Touch Menu when the Artist or
Song is on SiriusXM.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Adding or Removing SiriusXM SiriusXM Channel Graphics Real-time traffic information is

Categories SiriusXM provides updated category provided to fully integrate the
background graphics and the radio navigation system to display current
will automatically update the display. traffic conditions for the chosen
SiriusXM may send updated route. See Configure Menu 0 181.
category graphics to the vehicle. A message displays to indicate the
When this happens, the background SiriusXM NavTraffic subscription is
graphics may appear to be incorrect not activated.
but the radio will update once all of If activated, traffic information
the graphics have been downloaded displays:
from SiriusXM.
. Unscheduled traffic incident
To turn SiriusXM channel graphics data, such as accidents and
To customize which SiriusXM on or off:
categories are used and displayed disabled vehicles.
in the system: 1. Press HOME on the center . Scheduled traffic incident data,
stack. such as road construction and
1. Press HOME on the center
stack or touch the Config icon 2. Select XM. road closures.
on the Home Page. 3. Touch Menu on the SiriusXM . Traffic flow information (rate of
2. Select Radio Settings from the Now Playing icon. speed data). Flow data might not
Settings Menu list. 4. Touch the XM Channel Art to be available in all markets.
3. Select XM Categories. turn on or off. Traffic information is delivered to the
vehicle by the SiriusXM Radio
4. Select or deselect any category NavTraffic (If Equipped) satellites. SiriusXM NavTraffic
to be used in SiriusXM mode.
The navigation system may have a provides continuously updated
A checkmark will indicate that traffic information.
SiriusXM NavTraffic receiver. It is a
the category is selected.
subscription service provided SiriusXM NavTraffic currently
Press Show All XM Categories to through SiriusXM Satellite Radio. broadcasts the traffic information for
restore all SiriusXM categories. A service fee is required to receive many markets nationally. The
the SiriusXM NavTraffic service. service may be available in more
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
cities in the future. See Traffic Events on Route : Touch to For more detailed information and
www.siriusxm.com for more details display a list of reported traffic coverage details on SiriusXM Travel
on local coverage. conditions on the current route. The Link go to www.siriusxm.com.
To access the traffic features, touch option is toned down if no route is
active. SiriusXM Travel Link Fuel Prices
Traffic from the Navigation Menu or
while in the map view. Traffic Settings : Touch to When SiriusXM Travel Link
customize traffic options. information is available, the system
will display a list of fuel stations
SiriusXM Travel Link (If close to the vehicle location. The list
Equipped) will include fuel station name,
direction, distance and price. The
The infotainment system may have list can be sorted by distance or
SiriusXM Travel Link. It is a price and there are four different
subscription service provided fuel types to choose from. As the
through SiriusXM Satellite Radio. vehicle is moving a direction arrow
A service fee is required to receive and distance to fuel station will
the SiriusXM Travel Link service. update. The arrow represents the
When subscribed to SiriusXM Travel direction to the fuel station from the
All Traffic Events : Touch to view a Link, one or more services may be
list of reported traffic conditions for current vehicle position. The
available. distance represents the straight line
up to approximately 100 km (70 mi).
It could take some time to display . Travel Link Fuel Prices: Detailed distance between the vehicle
the information received. nationwide fuel price information location and the fuel station.
may be available. From the Home Page, touch the
The information is displayed with an
arrow and distance. The arrow . Travel Link Movie Listings: Fuel icon. The system displays the
indicates the distance in a straight Detailed local movie theater current fuel prices.
line and the direction of the event listings, start times, and ratings To change the fuel information on
from the vehicle's current position. may be available. display touch the Fuel Menu icon to:
. Travel Link Weather: National
and Local Weather gives current
and forecasted weather.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. Sort Fuel Stations By Price or By SiriusXM Travel Link Movie distance from the current vehicle
Distance: The default sort Listings location. The direction and distance
method is by distance. When SiriusXM Travel Link will update every 10 seconds as the
. Choose Fuel Type: The fuel information is available the movie vehicle is moving. The direction
available fuel types are Regular feature provides movie showtimes arrow represents the location of the
(unleaded), Mid-Range, and theater information for movies theater from the current vehicle
Premium, and Diesel. close to the vehicle location. The location. The distance represents
Movie feature provides detailed the straight line distance between
For more information on the fuel the vehicle location and the theater.
station, select the fuel station name. theater and movie information
The display will show the fuel including showtimes. Movie details are available when a
station name, address, phone From the Home Page, touch the movie is selected. The details
number, distance, amenities and the Movies icon. The system displays include Cast, Synopsis, and Theater
last time the fuel price was updated. the Movie and Theater search page. Information. Select the appropriate
If a fuel station does not appear in option to display more information.
To search movies:
the list it may be new or the price Cast and Synopsis:
may not have been updated in the . Select the Movie field to choose
. Playtime
past 24 hours. a movie name.
. Select the Theater field to . Rating (G, PG-13, R, etc.)
If equipped with Navigation, see
Destination 0 171 for more choose a specific theater. . Theater Name
information on navigation routing . Select the Date field to choose . Showtimes
features. which date to search movie and/ Theater information includes
Allow up to five minutes after turning or theaters. address, phone number, distance,
on the vehicle for the fuel . Touch Search to view a list of and amenities.
information to appear. movies or theaters.
SiriusXM Travel Link Weather
When searching by movie, a list will
display movies to select. When a Whether near home or on a long
movie is selected a theater list will road trip, detailed weather
appear with a direction arrow and information is available.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
From the Home Page, touch the Extended Forecast . Midway point from current
Weather icon. The system displays position to final destination.
the current weather page. . Current weather condition of the
Current Condition destination city.
The current weather page shows Weather Alerts
the current weather condition in the From the XM Weather Menu, touch
city of the vehicle's current position. the Weather Alerts option to display
On this page, select Menu to access any current weather advisory
other weather options, such as warnings in effect near the current
Extended Forecast, Weather Along position.
the Route, Weather Around Other Touch to show the extended
Cities, and Weather Alerts. Some forecast. Weather Around Other Cities
options may only be present on Select this option to view weather
Weather Along the Route
vehicles equipped with navigation. conditions around or in a specific
city entered by name or selected
from the map.
Restore to Current Location
Touch Restore Current Location to
display the weather condition for the
city where the vehicle is currently
located, if the system was modified
to view weather conditions in
If a destination is set, there is the another city.
Allow approximately 15 minutes for
option to view weather conditions
the current weather in the area to
for up to three locations along the
display.
route:
. Current vehicle position.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Troubleshooting devices are plugged into the SiriusXM Satellite Radio

XM Travel Link services use the accessory power outlet. If there is Service
SiriusXM Satellite Signal and GPS interference or static, unplug the
item from the accessory power SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
Satellite Signal to provide this gives digital radio reception from
feature. outlet.
coast to coast in the 48 contiguous
When the vehicle is started, it can FM United States, and in Canada. Just
take up to five minutes for the radio as with FM, tall buildings or hills can
FM signals only reach about 16 to
to receive the travel Link services. interfere with satellite radio signals,
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
causing the sound to fade in and
Travel Link Messages radio has a built-in electronic circuit
out. In addition, traveling or standing
that automatically works to reduce
No GPS Signal : Move the vehicle under heavy foliage, bridges,
interference, some static can occur,
into a position that is visible to garages, or tunnels may cause loss
especially around tall buildings or
the sky. of the SiriusXM signal for a period
hills, causing the sound to fade in
of time.
Acquiring Signal : Radio is and out.
downloading the activation
AM Cellular Phone Usage
information or not receiving a good
Cellular phone usage can cause
signal. Move the vehicle to open sky The range for most AM stations is
interference with the vehicle's radio.
and restart the vehicle. greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
No XM Signal : Reception is
station frequencies to interfere with Backglass Antenna
blocked. Move the vehicle into
each other. Static can occur when The AM-FM antenna is integrated
open sky.
things like storms and power lines with the rear window defogger in the
interfere with radio reception. When rear window. Do not scratch the
Radio Reception this happens, try reducing the treble inside surface or damage the lines
Frequency interference, and static on the radio. in the glass. If the inside surface is
can occur during normal radio damaged, it could interfere with
reception if items such as cell phone radio reception. For proper radio
chargers, vehicle convenience
accessories, and external electronic
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
reception, the antenna connector

Caution (Continued)
Quick Info
needs to be properly attached to the
post on the glass.
the backglass antenna due to
If attaching a cell phone antenna to metallic tinting materials will not
the glass, attach it between the grid be covered by the vehicle
lines. warranty.
Caution
Multi-Band Antenna
Using a razor blade or sharp
The multi-band antenna is located
object to clear the inside rear on the roof of the vehicle. It is used
window can damage the rear Quick Info gives access to quick
for OnStar (if equipped), SiriusXM
window antenna and/or the rear information on Audio, OnStar
Satellite Radio, and GPS (Global
window defogger. Repairs would Turn-by-Turn (if equipped), 5-day
Positioning System). Keep clear of
not be covered by the vehicle Forecast, Nearby Fuel Stations, and
obstructions for clear reception.
warranty. Do not clear the inside Movie Show Times.
If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is
rear window with sharp objects. open, reception can also be To access, touch the Quick Info icon
affected. on the Home Page or press INFO
on the center stack. Depending on
the system and if the options are
Caution available for that region, some
options may be grayed out.
Do not apply aftermarket glass
tinting with metallic film. The Audio Info : Displays information
metallic film in some tinting on the current item playing.
materials will interfere with or OnStar Turn by Turn : Displays
distort the incoming radio the next maneuver in a route. See
reception. Any damage caused to OnStar Destination Download
(Continued) 0 180.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
5-day Forecast : Displays the stations. To set up an account, or for or Bluetooth 0 195. For first-time
5-day forecast for the weather more information, go to use, set up stations before
station closest to the current www.pandora.com. connecting to the vehicle. The
location. See SiriusXM Travel Link A phone or tablet with Internet Pandora icon will be available on
Weather in Satellite Radio 0 142. connection and the Pandora the Home Page and the source
Nearby Fuel Stations : Displays application installed is required. pop-up displays if the latest
fuel prices and distances for close Personal cell phone data plans are application is installed on the
fuel stations. See SiriusXM Travel used. Make sure the latest version device.
Link Weather under SiriusXM is installed on the device and the Using the iPhone, iPod touch,
Travel Link (If Equipped) in Satellite volume is turned up. or iPad
Radio 0 142. To install Pandora: 1. Plug the device into the USB
Movie Showtimes : Displays a list . On an Android phone or port. The phone screen must
of movies playing in the theaters Android Tablet, go to the Android be unlocked.
closest to current location. See Play Store, and search for
SiriusXM Travel Link Movie 2. To launch, do one of the
Pandora. Install to the phone, following:
Listings in Satellite Radio 0 142. not to the SD card.
. Launch the application on
Pandora Internet Radio . On a BlackBerry phone, go to the device.
the BlackBerry App World and
Pandora (if equipped) is a free . Touch the Pandora icon on
search for Pandora.
Internet radio service that streams the Home Page.
personalized radio stations based . On an iPhone, iPad, or iPod
touch, go to the iTunes Store . Press b / g and say
on artists, songs, genres, and
and search for Pandora. Pandora or Tune
comedians. Create stations using
Pandora.
the Pandora website or smartphone Launching Pandora
application, then use - (thumbs up) . Accept any notification on
Connect the iPhone, iPad, or iPod the screen of the device.
or , (thumbs down) to personalize touch to the USB port, or connect
an Android or BlackBerry through To relaunch Pandora, press SRCE
Bluetooth. See USB 0 158 on the center stack or press SRC on
the steering wheel controls.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If nothing happens when the 2. Use one of the following to Using a BlackBerry Phone
available Pandora icon is touched, launch: The phone must be unlocked. To
download the latest Pandora . Launch the application on launch Pandora service:
application and retry. the device. 1. Pair the BlackBerry phone
Pandora will always be highlighted . Touch the Pandora icon on using Bluetooth.
on the Home Page when an iPhone, the Home Page.
iPad, or iPod touch is connected 2. Use one of the following to
using the USB port. To use, log into . Press b / g and say launch:
your account. Pandora or Tune . Launch the application on
If the Please See Device message Pandora. the device.
is shown, the login screen may After Pandora has been launched, . Touch the Pandora icon on
display on the device. press SRCE on the center stack or the Home Page.
If the Please unlock your phone or press SRC on the steering wheel
controls to access Pandora . Press b / g and say
restart the app message is shown,
then the phone may be locked. features. Pandora or Tune
Unlock the phone, close the app, Pandora.
If nothing happens when the
then restart the app and make sure available Pandora icon is touched, After Pandora has been launched,
the Home Page is visible on the download the latest Pandora press SRCE on the center stack or
phone/device. application and retry. press SRC on the steering wheel
If Pandora is shut down on the controls to access Pandora
If the Please See Device message features.
phone or another audio app is used, is shown, the login screen may
Pandora may not start on the next display on the device. If nothing happens when the
ignition cycle. If iPod source is available Pandora icon is touched,
selected, it may show iPod and then If the "Please unlock your phone or download the latest Pandora
switch to Pandora. restart the app" message is shown, application and retry.
then the phone may be locked.
Using an Android Phone Unlock the phone, close the app, If the Please See Device message
then restart the app to ensure is shown, the login screen may
1. Pair the Android phone using display on the device.
Bluetooth. proper communication.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If the "Please unlock your phone or J : Touch on the infotainment

restart the app" message is shown, display to pause playback. Touch
then the phone may be locked. again to resume.
Unlock the phone, close the app,
and then restart the app to ensure Tuning Pandora Stations : When
proper communication. Pandora is playing, use b / g on
the steering wheel to tune to any
Pandora Menus Pandora Station on the device.
Touch Menu on the Pandora
main page. } : Touch while playing a track to 1. Press b / g on the steering
bookmark either the track or the wheel.
artist. Bookmarks are viewable on 2. Say Tune Pandora <Classic
www.pandora.com. Rock> Radio.
, : When touched, Pandora stores Pandora voice control will not work
the information, changes to the next until Pandora is launched the first
track, and does not play the track on time during that ignition cycle.
this station again. This helps
Pandora choose which tracks Pandora Skip Limit
should not play on this station. This Pandora limits the number of skips
feature is only available on allowed on their service. When the
Pandora has a menu system with user-created stations.
the following: skip limit is reached, , will not skip
Shuffle : Touch to play the stations
- : When touched, Pandora stores the currently playing track, but ,
in random order. this information and - is feedback will be recorded.
highlighted for the remainder of the
User-Created Stations : Touch to track. This helps Pandora choose Pandora Advertisement
play a user-created station. which tracks should play on this Pandora may display
Pandora Features station. advertisements. Artist name and
l : When touched, Pandora track title will not be displayed and
Pandora has features to rate tracks, the skip track option is not available.
skip tracks, or change stations. changes to the next track.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Switching Between Pandora and . Have at least one station Loss of Audio
Stitcher created. Loss of Pandora audio can happen
To switch between Pandora and . For Android and BlackBerry in different ways:
Stitcher, touch the application icon devices, check that the device is . Weak or lost data connection.
on the iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad. paired with the vehicle, and the
This is not required for Android Bluetooth icon on the display is . Device needs to be charged.
devices. See Stitcher Internet Radio highlighted. . Application needs to be
0 153. . For iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad relaunched.
Pandora Troubleshooting devices, check that the USB . Connection between phone and
cable is connected to the USB radio lost.
Unable to Connect Device to port and the screen is unlocked.
Vehicle . If any iPhone, iPod touch,
. Close Pandora on the device or iPad is connected to
If the device is unable to connect to and launch again. Devices that Bluetooth and the dock
the USB or Bluetooth: allow multitasking may require connector, go to the Airplay icon
1. Turn the vehicle off. an extra step to quit the Pandora on the device and select dock
application. See the cell phone connector or disconnect and
2. Open and close the driver door, manufacturer's user guide.
wait about 30 seconds, and try reconnect the dock connector on
to connect the device again. Thumbs Up or Thumbs Down the device.
Error . The volume is too low. Turn up
Unable to Start Pandora
If there is an error trying to rate a the volume on the device.
If the device is unable to launch
Pandora: track with the , or - icons, the . The battery saver and task
message Thumbs Down Error or manager applications on the
. Check that the latest version of Thumbs Up Error will display. phone can cause Pandora to
Pandora is installed. Touch OK to retry. function incorrectly. Remove
. Check that there is an active those apps from the phone or
account logged into Pandora. remove Pandora and Bluetooth
from the task lists.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If the connection is lost between the Devices that allow multitasking may A phone or tablet with Internet
application and device, a message require an extra step to quit the connection is required for this
Please unlock your phone or restart Pandora application. Close Pandora application. Personal cell phone
the phone app and try again will on the device and launch again. data plans are used. Make sure the
display. Touch OK to retry. Unlock the phone and check that latest version is installed on the
If touching OK does not clear the Home Page is displayed on the device and the volume on the
issue on the phone, see Please phone/device. device is turned up.
Unlock Your Phone or Restart See the cell phone manufacturer's BlackBerry phones are not
Phone App and Try Again under user guide. supported for this application.
"Common Pandora Messages" To install Stitcher:
following. See www.pandora.com/help for
more information. If the service will . On an Android phone or Tablet
Common Pandora Messages not work, see your dealer for with Internet connection, go to
Please See Device : When not assistance. the Android Play Store, search
logged in or when authentication for Stitcher, and install to the
failed, see the device. Touch OK to Stitcher Internet Radio phone, not to the SD card.
continue. . On an iPhone, iPad, or iPod
Stitcher SmartRadio is an Internet
Paused or Audio Paused : radio service that streams news, touch, go to the iTunes Store
Playback is paused on the radio or sports, and entertainment shows and search for Stitcher.
the device. Touch J or play on the through the audio system. Create Launching Stitcher
device. personalized, on-demand stations or
discover new shows through Connect the iPhone, iPad, or iPod
No Stations Found : Logged in but Stitcher's preset stations. To set up touch to the USB port, or connect
no stations have been created. an account, download the Android through Bluetooth. See
Touch OK to continue. application from the Android Market USB 0 158 or Bluetooth 0 195. For
Please Unlock Your Phone or or iTunes Store, or go to first-time use, set up the stations
Restart Phone App and Try www.stitcher.com. before connecting to the vehicle.
Again : Communication failure The Stitcher icon will be available
between the radio and the phone on the Home Page and source
application, or the device is locked.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
pop-up displays if the latest If nothing happens when the . Touch the Stitcher icon on
application is installed on the available Stitcher icon is touched, the Home Page.
device. download the latest Stitcher
application and retry. . Press b / g and say
Using the iPhone, iPod touch, Stitcher or Tune Stitcher.
or iPad Stitcher will always be highlighted
on the Home Page when an iPhone, 3. If Stitcher does not begin
1. Plug the device into the USB playing, select a category and
iPad, or iPod touch is connected
port. The phone screen must then a station.
using the USB port. To use, log into
be unlocked.
your account. After Stitcher has been launched,
2. Use one of the following to press SRCE on the center stack or
If the Please See Device message
launch: press SRC on the steering wheel
is shown, the login screen may
. Touch the application on display on the device. controls to access Stitcher features.
the device. If nothing happens when the
If the "Please unlock your phone or
. Touch the Stitcher icon on restart the app" message is shown, available Stitcher icon is touched,
the Home Page. then the phone may be locked. download the latest Stitcher
Unlock the phone, close the app, application and retry.
. Press b / g and say then restart the app to make sure If the Please See Device message
Stitcher or Tune Stitcher. the Home Page is visible on the is shown, the login screen may
. Accept any notification on phone/device. display on the device.
the screen of the device. Using an Android Phone If the Please unlock your phone or
3. If Stitcher does not begin 1. Pair the Android phone using restart the app message is shown,
playing, select a category and Bluetooth. then the phone may be locked.
then a station. Unlock the phone, close the app,
2. Use one of the following to then restart the app to ensure
After Stitcher has been launched, launch:
press SRCE on the center stack or proper communication.
press SRC on the steering wheel . Touch the application on
controls to access Stitcher features. the device.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Stitcher Menus Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to - : When touched, Stitcher stores
Touch Menu on the Stitcher display the first 24 stations of that this information and - is
main page. sub-category.
highlighted for the remainder of the
Current Station Playlist : While show. This helps Stitcher provide a
listening to a show, turn the TUNE/ personalized listening experience.
MENU knob to display the menu list
of shows available for the current
l : When touched, Stitcher
changes to the next show.
station.
J : Touch on the infotainment
Stitcher Features display to pause playback. Press
Stitcher service has features to rate again to resume.
or skip shows, or change stations.
Stitcher Advertisement
Stitcher has a menu system with the Stitcher may display
following: advertisements. Artist name and title
My On Demand Stations : Displays may not display and the skip track
a list of favorite stations and shows. option is not available.
Select and store programs as Stitcher Troubleshooting

favorites on the device. Favorite Unable to Connect Device to
station lists can be created to Vehicle
include favorite shows which can be
accessed through My On Demand q : When touched, the current If the device is unable to connect to
Stations. show is added to the favorites the USB or Bluetooth:
Stitcher Station Categories : station. 1. Turn the vehicle off.
Displays categories by topic. , : When touched, Stitcher 2. Open and close the driver door,
When a category then sub-category changes to the next show. This wait about 30 seconds, and try
is selected, the radio will start helps Stitcher provide a to connect the device again.
playing the first program in that personalized listening experience.
sub-category.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
The battery saver and task manager extra step to quit the Stitcher If touching OK does not clear the
applications on the phone can application. See the cell phone issue, see Please Unlock Your
cause Stitcher to function manufacturer's user guide. Phone or Restart Phone App and
incorrectly. Remove those apps Try Again under Common Stitcher
from the phone or remove Stitcher Loss of Audio Messages following.
and Bluetooth from the task lists. Loss of Stitcher audio can happen
due to: Common Stitcher Messages
Unable to Start Stitcher Please Try Again Later : A general
. Weak or lost data connection.
If the device is unable to launch error has occurred. A data
Stitcher: . Device needs to be charged. connection may be unavailable due
. Check that the latest version of . Application needs to be to a weak or lost signal or the
Stitcher is installed. relaunched. Stitcher service being temporarily
down. Touch OK to continue.
. Check that there is an active . Connection between phone and
account logged into Stitcher. radio is lost. Paused or Audio Paused :
Playback is paused on the radio or
. For Android devices, check that . If any iPhone, iPod touch,
the device. Touch J or play on the
the device is paired with the or iPad is connected to
Bluetooth and the dock device.
vehicle, and the Bluetooth icon
on the display is highlighted. connector, go to the Airplay icon Please See Device : When the user
on the device and select dock is not logged in or when
. For iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad
connector or disconnect and authentication failed, see the
devices, check that the USB reconnect the dock connector on device. Touch OK to continue.
cable is connected to the USB the device. Disconnect the phone from the radio
port and the screen is unlocked and follow the Stitcher account login
and the Home Page is showing. . The volume is too low. Turn up
the volume on the device. process on the phone.
. Close Stitcher on the device and
If the connection is lost between the No Stations Found : Logged in but
launch again. Devices that allow no stations have been created.
multitasking may require an application and device, a message
Please unlock your phone or restart Touch OK to continue.
the phone app and try again will
display. Touch OK to retry.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Please Choose a New Station : 2. The system does a search to Info : Touch to turn file name
The end of the station has been find the picture folders. information on or off.
reached and there is no more A Please wait message S : Touch to display a previous
content to play. Select a new station displays until the search is picture if not in slide show mode.
through the Stitcher menu. finished.
Please Unlock Your Phone or
r : Touch to toggle between slide
show mode and manual mode.
Restart Phone App and Try
Again : Communication failure T : Touch to display a next picture if
between the radio and the phone not in slide show mode.
application or the device is locked. E : Touch to manually turn a
See www.stitcher.com/help for more picture 90 degrees
information. If the service will not counterclockwise.
work, send an e-mail to Menu : Touch to open the Picture
feedback@stitcher.com or see your Viewer Settings display. Slide
dealer for assistance. 3. A list displays. Select a picture Picture Viewer Main, Slideshow
to view. Timer, and Shuffle Images display
Pictures as options for configuring the view
Pictures can only be viewed using of images stored in the system.
USB devices. If pictures are on an If the displayed picture is not used
SD card, transfer to a USB device within six seconds, the upper and
or use a USB-SD adapter. lower bar options will disappear.
A maximum 5Mb uncompressed Touch-tap the display to re-show the
photo size is supported, however to upper and lower bar.
achieve this, use a 4 Megapixel or
lower resolution camera setting.
Only jpeg, bmp, gif, and png files
are supported. 4. Once a picture displays, the
following options are available:
1. Touch the Pictures icon on the
Home Page.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Audio Players connected to the radio, Gracenote

identifies the music collection and
multiple rock genres in the media
library; normalization will group all
delivers the correct album, artist those into one rock genre.
USB name, genres, and cover art on the Normalization default is off.
Playing from a USB display. If information is missing,
Gracenote will fill it in.
A USB mass storage or Certified
Windows Vista/Media Transfer Searching Music Library Using
Protocol (MTP) device can be Voice Recognition
connected to the USB port. Voice Recognition : Gracenote
The USB port is in the center improves music search and
console under the armrest. navigation by identifying bands,
artists, and albums names that may
The USB icon displays when a USB be hard to pronounce, irregular
device is connected. spellings, and nicknames. For To turn Normalization on:
USB Media Formats example, Gracenote helps the
system understand artist names like 1. Touch the Config icon on the
The USB port will support the INXS or Mtley Cre. It also Home Page.
following media formats: allows the use of names like: The 2. Select Radio Settings and then
. MP3 Boss, G.N.R, The Fab Four, and select Gracenote Options.
thousands of other famous artist
. Unprotected WMA 3. Touch Normalization to turn on
nicknames as voice commands to
or off.
. Unprotected AAC access music. See Voice
Recognition 0 189. Cover Art : The Gracenote
Other formats may be supported. embedded database contains cover
Normalization : Normalization
Gracenote helps to improve the voice
art or album art information for the
music on the USB device. If the
Gracenote technology embedded recognition accuracy for titles that
music is recognized by Gracenote
into the radio helps manage and sound similar. It also helps group
and does have cover art, Gracenote
navigate the USB device music long lists of genres into 10 common
will use the cover art found in the
collection. When a USB device is genres. For example, there may be
embedded database and display it
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
on the radio. User predefined cover not be available until the radio has . File systems supported: FAT32,
art will always be used first. If no completed indexing the device. NTFS, Linux, and HFS+.
cover art is found Gracenote will Devices with more music may take . The following restrictions apply
use generic genre graphics or longer to index. The device will for the data stored on a USB
images of artists. index when plugged into the radio MP3 player or USB device:
for the first time. When Indexing is
More Like This removed from the display, the radio Maximum folder structure
The Gracenote database contains is ready to support music search. depth: eight levels.
attributes for Music, such as genre, On the next connection or ignition Maximum number of MP3/
era of music, region, artist type, cycle, Indexing will show briefly on WMA files that can be
mood, etc. Use this to create a the display. The radio is searching displayed: 10,000.
playlist of up to 30 songs "more like" for changes to the device and
currently listened to song. This preparing the music list. If there are Playlist entries must be in the
playlist will be stored in the Playlist no changes, the voice recognition form of relative paths.
menu when the device is music search will be available. The The system attribute for
reconnected. If songs are removed radio will index and store two folders/files that contain audio
from the device, the system will devices with up to 10,000 songs on data must not be set.
simply skip over those songs and each device.
play the next available song. To play a USB device, do one of the
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives following:
Use the infotainment display or
. The USB MP3 players and USB . Connect the USB and it begins
voice recognition to create a More
Like This Playlist. See Voice drives connected must comply to play.
Recognition Commands in Voice with the USB Mass Storage . Touch the Now Playing icon on
Recognition 0 189. Class specification (USB MSC). the Home Page.
. Hard disk drives are not . Press SRCE on the center stack
Gracenote Indexing supported. to scroll until the USB source
While Gracenote is indexing, . The radio will not be able to play display is available.
infotainment features are available back write-protected music.
including selecting music from the
menu. Voice recognition music will
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
. Press b / g on the steering J : Touch this icon on the USB Menu

wheel controls to select songs infotainment display to start, pause, The following are available through
by Artist, Album, Song Title, or resume play of the current media the USB Menu:
or Song Genre. See Voice source.
Recognition 0 189. Shuffle : Touch to play the tracks
t SEEK: randomly. Touch again to stop
The following playlist formats are shuffle.
supported: . Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous track. Play More Like This:
. M3U (Standard and Extended)
If the track has been playing for 1. Touch to automatically create a
. iTunes less than five seconds, the playlist of songs that are like
. previous track plays. If playing the song currently playing.
PLS (Standard)
longer than five seconds, the
. WAX current track restarts. 2. The radio will show Playlist
Creation Succeeded and
. ASX . Press and hold to reverse continue playing the
. RMP quickly through playback. current song.
Release to return to playing
The radio supports plugging a cell speed. Elapsed time displays. Playlist Creation Failed may
phone in as a USB drive as long as appear if a song is not found in
the cell phone supports USB mass u SEEK: the Gracenote Database.
storage class or has USB disc drive Delete Automatic Playlist : Touch
. Press to seek to the next track.
support enabled. to delete a More Like This playlist.
. Press and hold to advance
While the USB source is active, use Folders : Touch to open a folder list
the following to operate USB quickly through playback.
Release to return to playing to access the files within the folder
function: structure.
speed. Elapsed time displays.
TUNE/MENU : Turn to scroll
Playlists:
through the list. Turn quickly to fast
scroll alphabetically through large 1. Touch to view the playlists on
lists. the USB.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
2. Select a playlist to view the list 3. Select a song from the list to There may be problems with the
of all songs in that playlist. begin playback. operation and function in the
3. Select a song from the list to following situations:
Songs:
begin playback. . When connecting an iPod on
1. Touch to display a list of all which a more recent version of
Artists: songs on the USB. the firmware is installed than is
1. Touch to view the list of artists 2. Songs are displayed as they supported by the infotainment
on the USB. are stored on the disc. To begin system.
2. Select an artist name to view a playback, select a song from . When connecting an iPod on
list of all albums by the artist. the list. which firmware from other
3. To select a song, touch All File System and Naming providers is installed.
Songs or touch an album and The songs, artists, albums, and To connect an iPod:
then select a song from the list. genres are taken from the files 1. Connect one end of the
Albums: song information and are only standard iPod USB cable to the
displayed if present. The radio iPod's dock connector.
1. Touch to view the albums on displays the file name as the track
the USB. name if the song information is not 2. Connect the other end to the
available. USB port in the center console.
2. Select the album to view a list
of all songs on the album. iPod music information displays on
Playing from an iPod
the radios display and begins
3. Select a song from the list to This feature supports the following playing through the vehicles audio
begin playback. iPod models: system.
Genres: . iPod classic (6th generation) The iPod battery recharges
1. Touch to view the genres on . iPod nano (3G, 4G, 5G, automatically while the vehicle is on.
the USB. and 6G) The iPod shuts off and stops
charging when the vehicle is
2. Select a genre to view a list of . iPod touch (1G, 2G, 3G, shut off.
all songs of that genre. and 4G)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
iPod Menu 2. The radio will show "Playlist 2. Select an album name to view
Creation Succeeded" and a list of all songs on the album.
continue playing the 3. Select the song from the list to
current song. begin playback.
Delete Automatic Playlist : Touch
to delete a More Like This playlist. Songs:
1. Touchiew a list of all songs on
Playlists: the iPod.
1. Touch to view the playlists on 2. Select the song from the list to
the iPod. begin playback.
Use the iPod Menu to select: 2. Select a playlist name to view
a list of all songs in the playlist. Genres:
Shuffle : Touch to play the tracks
3. Select the song from the list to 1. Touch to view the genres on
randomly. Touch again to stop
begin playback. the iPod.
shuffle.
2. Select a genre name to view a
Play More Like This : Allows the Artists: list of artists of that genre.
radio to create playlists with songs/
1. Touch to view the artists on 3. Select an artist to view albums
tracks that are similar to what is
the iPod. or all albums to view all albums
being listen to. The radio will create
a playlist with up to 30 similar 2. Select an artist name to view a of that genre.
songs. The playlist will appear in the list of all albums with songs by
the artist. Podcasts:
Playlist category of the menu for
future listening. 3. Select an album. 1. Touch to view the podcasts on
the iPod.
1. Touch to automatically create a 4. Select the song from the list to
playlist of songs that are like begin playback. 2. Select a podcast name to
the song currently playing. begin playback.
Albums:
1. Touch to view the albums on
the iPod.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Composers: iPhone, iPod touch and iPad 5. Touch Yes.

1. Touch to view the composers Troubleshooting Pair the phone again and the device
on the iPod. When an iPhone, iPod touch, will have to index again.
2. Select the composer to view a or iPad are connected through USB
and Bluetooth, the audio may not be Bluetooth Audio and Voice
list of songs by that composer. Recognition
heard when the iPod source on the
3. Select a song from the list to radio is selected. If a phone call is See Bluetooth Audio 0 163 and
begin playback. received while listening to the iPod Voice Recognition 0 189 for
Audiobooks: source and there is no audio for the information using voice recognition
iPod after the source, then go to the with Bluetooth audio.
1. Touch to view the audiobooks Airplay icon on the device and
on the iPod. Make sure all devices have the
select dock connector or disconnect latest software downloaded.
2. Select the audiobook from the and reconnect the dock connector
list to begin playback. on the device.
Bluetooth Audio
Some functionality may differ based
Playing from an iPhone or iPad If equipped, music may be played
on operating system version on
This feature supports the following device. from a paired Bluetooth device. See
iPhone or iPad models: Pairing a Phone/Device under
USB Troubleshooting Bluetooth 0 195.
. iPhone (2G, 3G, 3GS, 4, 4S,
and 5) If the device is not being recognized To play music through a Bluetooth
or the music is missing display device:
. iPad (1G, 2G) information, restore the radio
1. Power on the device, pair, and
Follow the same instructions as defaults:
connect the device.
stated earlier for using an iPod. To 1. Touch Config.
use voice recognition to play music, 2. Music can be launched by
say Play USB, Play Artist, Play 2. Touch Radio Settings. doing one of the following:
Album, Play Song, or Play 3. Touch Software . Touch the Bluetooth icon on
Genre. See Voice Recognition Versions Menu. the Home Page.
0 189.
4. Touch Clear and Reset Radio.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. Press SRCE until Bluetooth Bluetooth Audio Menu Some phones support sending
Audio is selected. Touch Menu on the infotainment Bluetooth music information to
. Press SRC on the steering display and the following may display on the radio. When the radio
wheel controls until display: receives this information, it will
Bluetooth Audio is selected. check to see if any album art is
Shuffle : Press the TUNE/MENU available and display it.
See Steering Wheel knob to turn shuffle on or off. Not all
Controls 0 134. devices support the shuffle feature. When playing music on the radio
. Use voice recognition. See from a Bluetooth device, make sure
When selecting Bluetooth audio, the the Bluetooth device is unlocked
Voice Recognition 0 189. Bluetooth device internal music and the intended music application
The music can be controlled by player may not open depending on is showing on the home page.
either the infotainment controls or the status of the device. All devices
the controls on the device. launch and play back audio For iPhone/iPod touch and iPad
differently. Make sure the correct devices, Bluetooth Audio will not
When a phone is connected to the work if the device is connected
system through Bluetooth Audio the audio source is playing on the
device for Bluetooth audio playback through the USB and Bluetooth at
phone notifications and sounds may the same time.
not be heard on the phone until on the radio. When the vehicle is
Bluetooth is disconnected. not moving, use the device to begin
Notification features may vary based playback.
on the phone. Check the phones When selecting Bluetooth audio as
manufacture information for a source, the radio may source to
notification support. Bluetooth Audio Paused display and
no audio playing. Touch play on the
device or touch J to begin
playback. This may happen
depending on how the device
communicates over Bluetooth.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
OnStar System Navigation The available line items may display

on the Navigation Menu:
OnStar 4G LTE Using the Navigation
System
Press NAV on the center stack or
touch the Navigation icon on the
Home Page to access the
navigation map.
Press NAV again to change
If equipped with OnStar 4G LTE, up between alternative views of the
to seven devices, such as normal split and full map. Destination Entry/Route Menu
smartphones, tablets, and laptops,
can be connected to high-speed Touch to enter the Destination Entry
Internet through the vehicles built-in display where a destination can be
Wi-Fi hotspot. entered when guidance is inactive.
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Touch to enter Route Menu to
(1-888-466-7827) to connect to an modify the current route, cancel
OnStar Advisor for assistance. See destination, or add a waypoint when
www.onstar.com for vehicle guidance is active.
availability, details, and system
limitations. Service and connectivity
may vary by make, model, year, The Menu icon at the bottom right
carrier, availability, and conditions. side of the display accesses the
4G LTE service is available in select Navigation Menu.
markets. 4G LTE performance is
based on industry averages and
vehicle systems design. Some
services require a data plan.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Heading Indicator Map Modes Map Settings

Touch to enter the submenu to
change Map Display settings and
enable Speed Limit display on map.
Traffic
Touch Heading Indicator to display Touch to change the view of the

the Map View. There are three maps while using the navigation
indicator settings: function. The system offers a variety
. 2D North Up : Displays North at of full and split views. Some views
the top of the map regardless of are only selectable when route
the direction the vehicle is guidance is active. Touch Traffic to display the Traffic
traveling. Menu. Touch the desired option.
. 2D Heading Up : Displays the Options available are:
direction the vehicle is traveling. . All Traffic Events : Touch to view
The shaded triangle icon points all reported traffic events while
North. on or off a planned route.
. 3D Heading Up : Is the same as . Traffic Events on Route : Touch
2D Heading Up, but the map is An alternative method to change the to view traffic events while on a
in 3D. view of the maps would be to touch planned route.
the map mode icon.
. Traffic Settings : Touch to
customize traffic options. This
feature can also be accessed by
touching the traffic light icon
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
displayed at the left lower side of Touch to display a search list of Current Position Info
the map. See Configure Menu nearby POIs. Select the Touch to display a split map view
0 181 in this section. desired POI. showing detailed information about
Show POIs on Map POIs Along Route the vehicle position. This feature
can also be accessed by touching
Touch to display a search list of the vehicle information tab on the
POIs that lie along or near the route lower center of the display. The
to the destination. Select the location can be saved to the
desired POI. Address Book by touching Save in
Exit List the split view.
Touch to display a list of the next Destination Position Info
three highway exits if available. Touch to display a split map view
Select an exit to display a list of showing the final destination. The
routeable POIs associated with location can be saved to the
Touch to customize which major
that exit. Address Book by touching Save in
POI categories are displayed on
the map. Switch Route Time/Destination the split view.
Nearby POIs Touch to customize the Arrival/ Map Adjustments
Travel time and Waypoint/
The system lets you adjust the scale
Destination information displayed in
the main map view. of view on the map. Also, as you
drive, the map scrolls automatically
based on the direction of travel.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Map Scales Scroll Features
Touch the cycling arrows located at

the top of the map display to toggle
. To scroll within the map, touch from the normal top bar (Back,
anywhere on the map and the Home, and Fav) to the audio
scroll symbol displays. information bar.
There are two methods to change
. Tap the map to center at that
the map scale:
location on the map. Maps
. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob This section includes basic
. Touch and hold the map in any
clockwise or counterclockwise to information about the map
zoom out or in. direction outside the scroll
symbol to scroll the map in that database.
. Touch the Map Scale + or direction. The data is stored in internal flash
icons on the lower corners of the memory that is used in the
. Scroll speed increases when
map or the different zoom navigation system.
indications to change the zoom touching closer to the edge of
level. the display. Detailed Areas
The map scale bar times out if . Press NAV or BACK / on the Road network attributes are
the zoom level is not changed center stack to exit map scrolling contained in the map database for
within a few seconds. and return to the current vehicle detailed areas. Attributes include
location on the map. information such as street names,
The scale can be configured for
street addresses, and turn
English or metric units. To change
restrictions. A detailed area includes
from English to metric, see Driver
all major highways, service roads,
Information Center (DIC) 0 108.
and residential roads. The detailed
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
areas include points of interest

(POIs) such as restaurants, airports,
banks, hospitals, police stations,
gas stations, tourist attractions, and
historical monuments. The
navigation system provides full
route guidance in the detailed map The destination symbol marks the
areas. final destination after a route has
The map database may not include been planned.
data for newly constructed areas,
map database corrections, or long
term construction projects.
If waypoints have been added to the
Navigation Symbols current route, each waypoint
destination displays estimated time
Following are the most common
and distance.
symbols that appear while in a
map view. The waypoint symbol marks one or
more set waypoints.
A waypoint is a stopover destination
point added to the planned route.
The estimated time and distance to
the destination are displayed.
This symbol indicates that the map
view is North up: North up displays
The vehicle symbol indicates the
North at the top of the map display
current position and heading
regardless of the direction the
direction of the vehicle on the map.
vehicle is traveling.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Select this display symbol to change The No GPS symbol appears when Driving on a Route
the view to Heading up or 3D. there is no Global Positioning
System (GPS) satellite signal. Urgent Maneuver Alert
The system will give an indication
that the next maneuver is close.
This symbol indicates that the map

view is Heading up. This symbol at the bottom of a map
Heading up view displays the display changes the current map
direction the vehicle is traveling at mode display.
the top of the map display. The
shaded triangle indicates North. Driving on a Highway
Touch this display symbol to change

to 3D mode.
The 3D symbol is the same as the
Heading up symbol, but the map is
in 3D. This symbol on the right of the map
display shows the speed limit while
on a route. The speed limit may not
be accurate due to changes from
the Department of Transportation, Driving on a Residential Road
the local municipalities or older map
data. Always follow the posted
speed limit on the road.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Destination QWERTY or ABC : Touch to toggle If no state or province has been

between QWERTY or ABC entered previously, the city and
keyboard character layouts. state fields are not available. Touch
Symbols or : Use to select the display at the right of the city
symbols. name to select a state or province.
Space : Use to enter a space If the state or province was

between characters or the words of previously set and is displayed,
a name. touch the display at the right of the
city name to change the selected
Delete : Touch to delete an state or province.
incorrect character that has been
selected. To make name selection easier, the
If route guidance is not active, touch system highlights only characters
the Destination icon on the Home Last 5 : Touch to select any of the that are available after the
Page to access the Destination last five cities or street names previously entered one.
Entry menu. Several options can be entered if available.
selected to plan a route by entering
destinations. Some destination Address Entry
entry items such as Previous
Destinations, Address Book, and My
Home may be grayed out if no
destination was previously entered
or saved.
Letters of the alphabet, symbols,
punctuation, and numbers, when Touch the Address icon to access
available, display on the navigation the Enter Address display. Set a
display as alpha/numeric keyboards. State : Enter a state name.
route by entering the state name,
The alpha keyboard appears when city name, street name, house City : Enter a city name.
data needs to be entered. number, and intersection. Street : Enter a street name.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
House No. : Enter a valid address 4. Select <country to change>.

number. 5. Enter State/Province and
Junction : Enter a street name that confirm the selection.
intersects with the selected street. The destination in other countries
Entering the city name first: can also be changed using voice
1. Enter the city name. recognition. See Voice Recognition
0 189.
2. Enter the street name. Touch
Delete to delete an incorrectly Points of Interest (POI)
5. Touch Start Guidance and the
entered character.
route calculates.
A list displays if six or fewer
names are available. If there To Enter a Destination in Another
are more than six, there is a Country
match counter with a number To change the destination address
of available streets. Touch List from the United States to another
to view the list and select the country, the country will need to Touch the POI icon on the
street. change in the navigation system. To Destination Entry page. Several
3. Enter the house number. change the country address: options can be selected to plan a
1. Touch the Destination icon on route.
4. Touch Done at any time and
the system tries to resolve a the Home Page.
destination based on the 2. Touch the Address icon to
entered information, then display the Enter Address
shows it on the display. display.
3. Go to the State/Province line
option and select. The
Province entry display appears.
Select the Country line option.
The Country List displays.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
The POI List allows selection of a Address Book

destination search by Category,
Name, or Telephone Number.
Entering by POI name:
If no destination is saved to the

7. Touch Start Guidance and the address book, save a destination:
route calculates. 1. Touch the Destination icon on
Previous Destinations the Home Page.
2. Enter an address using any of
the destination methods
1. Select Search by Name. (Address Entry, POI
2. Make sure the correct country, Entry, etc.).
state/province, and city are 3. On the Destination
present, then select Search. Confirmation display,
Add the city location to narrow select Save.
down the results of the search. Select a destination from the
Previous Destination List. Up to 4. The system displays the
3. Enter the POI name. 15 points that have been previously options Name, Number, Icon,
4. Select a few of the characters entered can be recalled. If the list is and Done. Touch Done to save
or spell the name in full, by full, the oldest destinations are the destination.
using the alpha keyboard. automatically deleted once the 5. To customize the address book
newest destinations are added. entry, select Name, Number,
5. Touch Done, or if the list has
six or fewer items, a list of or Icon.
POIs will immediately display.
6. Touch the desired POI.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If a destination is already saved to 4. To customize the address book To enter the location as coordinates,
the address book, touch the entry, select Name, Number, latitude and longitude:
Destination icon on the Home Page or Icon. 1. Touch the Destination icon on
to display the Address Book option. the Home Page. Touch the
Latitude/Longitude Coordinates
Choose a destination by selecting Latitude and Longitude option
an address that has been stored in to show the display above.
the address book. 2. Select Latitude or Longitude to
1. Touch the Address Book change. Enter the coordinates
option. A list displays the in degrees, minutes, and
address book entries. seconds. Then touch Done to
2. Select the destination from save and exit.
Choose a destination based on
the list. latitudinal and longitudinal 3. Touch Search if the information
3. Touch Start Guidance and the coordinates. is correct.
route calculates. 4. Touch Start Guidance. The
To edit Address Book entries: route calculates.
1. Select an item from the Favorite Routes

address book.
2. On the Destination
Confirmation display,
select Edit.
3. The system displays the
options Name, Number, Icon,
and Delete. Touch Delete to Adding a Favorite Route:
delete the destination from the 1. Touch the Destination icon on
address book. the Home Page to display the
Favorite Routes option.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
2. Touch the Favorite Routes Deleting a Favorite Route: My Home

option to display Add Favorite 1. Touch the Destination icon on
Route. the Home Page to display the
3. Select Add Favorite Route and Favorite Routes option. Touch
enter a favorite route name. this option to display the list of
4. Touch OK and the display available favorite routes.
returns to the favorite 2. Scroll and select the route to
routes list. be deleted. If no home destination is entered,
5. Select the favorite route and 3. Touch Edit. save a destination by touching the
add a waypoint using any of Destination icon on the Home Page.
4. Touch Delete Favorite Route. Enter a destination using any of the
the destination methods, such
as address entry, POI Changing the route name: destination entry methods (Address
entry, etc. Entry, POI Entry, etc.). Select Save
1. Touch the Destination icon on
as Home from the Destination
Selecting a Favorite Route: the Home Page to display the
Confirmation display.
Favorite Routes option. Touch
1. Touch the Destination icon on this option to display the list of If a destination is already saved as
the Home Page to display available favorite routes. home, touch the Destination icon on
Favorite Routes. the Home Page to display the My
2. Touch the Edit option.
2. Touch the Favorite Routes Home option. Touch this option to
option to display a list of 3. Select Edit Name. start route guidance.
available favorite routes. 4. Using the keypad, enter
3. Scroll and select a favorite the name.
route. 5. Touch Done. The new name
4. Touch the Start Guidance will be in the Favorite
option. The route calculates. Routes Menu.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Select from Map Travel Guide Entering by POI Category
. Touch the Destination icon on Touch the Travel Guide option on

the Home Page to display the the Destination Entry page. Several
Select from Map option. Touch options can be selected to plan a
this option to access the map route. 1. Select Category from the POI
display with a scroll symbol List menu to access the POI
centered on the map. Selection option.
. Touch Zoom in/out on the 2. Enter the necessary
display and touch the map to information by first selecting
locate the destination to select. the location line item to access
Touch and hold a finger on the the Location menu.
map to activate fast scrolling.
. Touch Go on the bottom of the
display access the Destination
Confirmation display. The Travel Guide POI entry list
. Touch Start Guidance. The route allows selection of a destination
calculates. search by category or name.
3. Select any of the line options

such as Nearby.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
4. Select Category from the POI Entering by POI name:

Selection menu to access the
POI List.
The Travel Guide POI will have

some detailed information about the
1. Select Search by Name. selection made. This information
may include:
2. Make sure the correct country,
5. Select any of the line options state/province, and city are . Brief Description
such as All POIs. present, then select Search. . Address
6. Select Sort Method from the 3. Enter the POI name.
POI Selection menu to access . Number
the Search Order menu. Select 4. Select a few of the characters . Hours of Operation
one of the two options or spell the name in full, by
available. These options are By using the alpha keyboard. . Price
Distance or By Name. 5. Select Done, or if the list has . Website
7. Select Search. six or fewer items, a list of Photos may not be available for
POIs will immediately display. certain locations or countries.
8. Select the desired POI.
6. Press the desired POI.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Destination Confirmation Route Options Under the Route Options menu,

Multiple options are available on the there are route preferences that by
Destination Confirmation display: default are all enabled.
A checkmark placed next to each
Start Guidance : Touch to start a preference indicates this. All of
route calculation to the displayed these preferences are used when
destination. calculating the route. If any of these
Show on Map : Touch to switch to preferences are unselected, the
the map view with the displayed route will be calculated without
destination centered on the map. including these preferences.
Route Options : Touch to change Use Highways : Deselect to avoid
route options. See Route Options Touch to display various route major roads.
following. options.
Use Toll Roads : Deselect to avoid
Call : Touch to initiate a phone call Alternative Routes : If enabled, the toll roads.
to the displayed phone number, system will provide an additional
display after Start Guidance has Use Ferries : Deselect to avoid
if phone capability is available. ferries.
been selected. Select Fastest,
Save as Home : Touch to save the Shortest, or Eco calculated routes Use Tunnels : Deselect to avoid
displayed destination as your home before selecting GO. tunnels.
destination. The home destination
will be stored at the top of the list of Fastest : This calculates for the Use Time Restricted : Deselect to
destinations in the address book. quickest route. avoid time restricted roads.
Save/Edit : Touch to save the Shortest : This calculates for the Use Car Train : Deselect to avoid
displayed destination into the shortest route. car trains.
address book. If the displayed Eco : This calculates for the most
destination is already stored in the fuel efficient route based on speed
address book, Edit will show as the and distance.
menu item.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Menu with Route Guidance Destination List segment of roads. A maximum of

Active eight avoided segments are
allowed.
Avoid List
Select Avoid List to display a list of
avoided road segments with the
option to remove the avoided items
from the list.
Detour
Select Destination List to view Touch Detour to display the route
options for organizing waypoints. detour options. Select to detour the
Several functions can be performed
after a destination has been whole route or by a specific
Turn List
entered. Touch the Destination icon distance.
on the Home Page to access the Route Options
Route Menu.
This feature can be accessed from
Cancel Guidance the Destination Confirmation Menu
Touch Cancel Guidance to cancel and Destination Menu with Route
the current route. Guidance Active. See Destination
Confirmation previously in this
section.
Voice Prompt
Select Turn List to view a list of
Select Voice Prompt to view options
maneuvers for the entire route.
to disable or manage navigation
Touch the Avoid option next to one
voice prompts and traffic alert
of the turn maneuvers to avoid a
prompts.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Waypoints To delete a waypoint: Instead of deleting individual

Up to three waypoints can be added 1. From the Route menu, touch waypoints, select Delete All
to the current route. The waypoints Waypoint List. Waypoints to delete all waypoints at
can be sorted (moved) or deleted. the same time.
2. Touch Delete Waypoints.
To save a destination list as a
favorite route, select Save as
Favorite.
OnStar Destination
Download
The destination download lets an
OnStar subscriber ask an OnStar
Advisor to download a destination to
To add a waypoint: the navigation system. OnStar will
3. Select the waypoints to be send address information and
1. From the Destination List deleted. Touch Delete.
menu, touch Add Waypoint. location coordinates of the
The Sort Waypoint feature allows destination into the navigation
2. Enter the waypoint by any of reorganization of the destination list. system.
the add destination methods.
The system calculates and To sort a waypoint: Using Destination Download
highlights the route and the 1. From the Route menu, touch The navigation radio display must
route can be started. Waypoint List. be turned on before a download.
3. To add more waypoints, touch 2. Touch Sort Waypoints. The navigation system displays
Add Waypoint to add the Please wait as the address is
waypoint in the order desired 3. Select the waypoint to move.
searched within the map database.
on the route. 4. Select the location to move the
waypoint to.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If the address is not found within the Call : Touch to initiate a call with a Previous Destinations
map database, the system may use Bluetooth Phone or OnStar Previously downloaded OnStar
latitude and longitude coordinates to Hands-Free Calling (if available). destinations are saved under
locate the destination. Save as Home : Touch to set an Previous Destinations in the
If the system is unable to locate the address as a home destination. navigation system, where they can
address, the Destination Not Found Save : Touch to save the be accessed or saved to the
message displays. downloaded destination to the Address Book.
Route Guidance Not Active address book.
Configure Menu
If an OnStar destination is Route Guidance Active
downloaded while route guidance is The Configuration Menu is used to
If an OnStar destination is adjust features and preferences,
not active, the navigation system downloaded while route guidance is
shows a pop-up display with the such as Sound, Radio, Nav
already active, the system shows a (Navigation), Display, or Time
following functions: pop-up display with the following Settings.
function:
. Touch Start Guidance; the
navigation system adds the
downloaded destination before
the next waypoint of the existing
route (closest to the current
vehicle position).
. All other options on the pop-up 1. Touch the Config icon on the
display operate as described Home Page.
under Route Guidance Not
Start Guidance : Touch to start Active.
route calculation to the
destination(s) received.
Show on Map : Touch to access
the Map display.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Time and Date Settings Radio Settings

Touch the Config icon on the Home
Page or press CONFIG on the
center stack to enter the menu
options. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob
or touch-tap the scroll bar to scroll
through the available options. Press
the TUNE/MENU knob or touch
Radio Settings to display the radio
2. Touch-tap the scroll bar until settings menu. Touch this feature to
the desired option displays. make changes for radio information
Select the desired settings to From Time and Date Settings, touch displayed, preset pages, Auto
change. See the information to display the Time and Date Volume Control, and XM Categories
that follows for details on each Settings menu. Restore. See Satellite Radio 0 142,
setting. for more information about XM
Automatic Clock Update : When
Languages enabled, this feature will set the Categories.
clock automatically. The Radio Settings are:
Page or press CONFIG on the Set Time : Touch + or to increase Auto Volume : Select OFF, Low,
center stack to enter the menu or decrease the Hours and Minutes Medium, or High sensitivity to
options. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob displayed on the clock. automatically adjust the volume to
or touch-tap the scroll bar to scroll Set Date : Touch + and to minimize the effects of unwanted
through the available options. Press increase or decrease the day. background noise that can result
the TUNE/MENU knob or touch from changing road surfaces, driving
Languages to display the Set Time Format : Touch the 12 speeds, or open windows. This
languages. Select the desired Hour option for standard time; touch feature works best at lower volume
language. the 24 Hour option for military time. settings where background noise is
Touch Back on the infotainment typically louder than the sound
display to save the adjustments. system volume.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Gracenote Options : Touch to Phone Settings Various navigation system settings

enable/disable Normalization used are available through the
See Bluetooth 0 195 in the Phone
to improve voice recognition and Configuration Menu. Some options
section for more information on
media groupings. See USB 0 158 are only available after a route is
phone settings.
and Bluetooth Audio 0 163. planned.
XM Channel Graphics : Touch to Navigation Settings
enable/disable the XM Audio page Touch the Config icon on the Home
background on the XM Channel Page to enter the setup menu. Turn
display. the TUNE/MENU knob or touch-tap
Startup Volume : Touch to set the the scroll bar until the Navigation
maximum volume level for startup Settings option displays. Select this
that will be used even if a higher feature to make changes to Voice
volume had been set when the radio Prompt, Traffic Settings, Route
was turned off. Options, and Home Address.
Number of Favorite Pages : Touch Navigation Settings Options Touch Navigation Settings to access
to select the number of FAV pages the navigation system settings.
to be displayed.
Voice Prompt
XM Categories : Touch to
customize which available XM
Categories are used and displayed.
Software Version Information :
Touch to display information about
the system and update software if
available.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
The Voice Prompt menu allows Traffic Events : Touch to enable or Show Traffic Events on Map :
changes to the voice prompt disable the traffic feature. Touch to display traffic icons on
features. Traffic Alert Prompts : Touch to the map.
Navigation Voice Prompts : Select enable or disable the traffic voice
the check box on the right side to prompts.
turn the voice instructions on or off Route Based on Traffic
while traveling on a planned route. Conditions : Touch to display a
Select the box submenu of options.
Traffic Alert Prompts : Select the . Route Based on Traffic
check box on the right side to turn Conditions: Touch to enable or
the traffic voice prompt on or off disable the route feature.
while traveling on a planned route.
. Automatic Recalculation: Touch . Show All On: Touch to enable
Navigation Volume : Select to enable automatic route
Navigation Volume to change the display of all traffic icons on
recalculation. the map.
volume of the navigation prompts.
. Recalculation after Confirmation: . Hide All Off: Touch to disable
Traffic Settings Touch to enable route display of all traffic icons on
recalculation after confirmation. the map.
Sort Method : Touch to display a . User Defined: Touch to define
submenu of sort options. the individual types of icons that
. Sort by Distance: Touch to are displayed for traffic flow and
display traffic events in order of traffic conditions.
distance with the closest event
shown first.
. Sort By Road Name: Touch to
Touch to display the Traffic display traffic events in
Settings menu. alphabetical order.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Traffic Flow Traffic Conditions

The traffic flow status will display in The following traffic condition icons
green, yellow, or red lines beside may display:
the road.
. Red indicates significantly
impaired traffic flow with average
speed less than 40 km/h Alert Road Condition
(25 mph).
. Yellow indicates slightly impaired Stopped Traffic Traffic Jam
traffic flow with average speed
between 40 and 73 km/h (25 and
45 mph).
. Green indicates normal traffic
flow with average speed above
73 km/h (45 mph). Road Visibility Other
Closed Roads, Traffic Delays,
Delete Saved Destinations
Roadwork, Incidents, and Accident Road Closed
Advisories
Select the traffic event group for
display while in the map view. Some
events may cover more than one
traffic condition. See the following
traffic conditions.
Lane Narrows Road Work,

Construction
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Touch to delete all saved Display Settings While in Map Settings, touch Map
destinations. A Delete Saved Display to change the display
Destinations submenu displays. background.
Page or press CONFIG on the
Select the desired options for Map Display : Touch to change the
center stack, then select Display
deletion and touch Delete at the display background.
Settings from the list.
bottom to continue. A confirmation
displays requesting to delete or To change the overall brightness
cancel. setting for the display, use the
vehicle interior lighting instrument
Guidance Alerts panel illumination control.
Global Positioning
System (GPS)
The position of the vehicle is
determined by using satellite
The following options may display: signals, various vehicle signals, and
Select icons for Home Page : map data.
Touch to customize the first page of At times, other interference such as
Touch to enable the guidance alert the Home Page. the satellite condition, road
pop-up to be viewed on the map or Display Off : Touch to turn off the configuration, condition of the
on the main displays such as audio, display. The display will return when vehicle, and/or other circumstances
weather, phone, etc. A checkmark any radio icons are touched or the can affect the navigation system's
appears to indicate the guidance infotainment display is touched (if ability to determine the accurate
alert mode is on. equipped). position of the vehicle.
Map Settings : Touch to enter the The GPS shows the current position
Vehicle Settings
submenu to change Map Display of the vehicle using signals sent by
See Vehicle Personalization 0 120. settings and enable Speed Limit the GPS Satellites. When the
display on map. vehicle is not receiving signals from
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
the satellites, a symbol appears on . The vehicle is traveling on . The tire pressure for the tires is
the map display. See Navigation winding roads or long straight incorrect.
Symbols 0 169. roads. . This is the first navigation use
This system might not be available . The vehicle is approaching a tall after the map data is updated.
or interference can occur if any of building or a large vehicle. . The 12-volt battery is
the following are true: . The surface streets run parallel disconnected for several days.
. Signals are obstructed by tall to a freeway. . The vehicle is driving in heavy
buildings, trees, large trucks, . The vehicle has been transferred traffic where driving is at low
or a tunnel. by a vehicle carrier or a ferry. speeds, and the vehicle is
. Satellites are being repaired or . stopped and started repeatedly.
The current position calibration
improved. is set incorrectly.
For more information if the GPS is Problems with Route
. The vehicle is traveling at high
not functioning properly, see speed. Guidance
Problems with Route Guidance
. The vehicle changes directions Inappropriate route guidance can
0 187 and If the System Needs
more than once, or the vehicle is occur under one or more of the
Service 0 188.
turning on a turn table in a following conditions:
Vehicle Positioning parking lot. . The turn was not made on the
. The vehicle is entering and/or road indicated.
At times, the position of the vehicle
on the map could be inaccurate due exiting a parking lot, garage, or a . Route guidance might not be
to one or more of the following lot with a roof. available when using automatic
reasons: . The GPS signal is not received. rerouting for the next right or
left turn.
. The road system has changed. . A roof carrier is installed on the
vehicle. . The route might not be changed
. The vehicle is driving on slippery when using automatic rerouting.
road surfaces such as sand, . Tire chains have been installed.
gravel, or snow. . There is no route guidance when
. The tires are replaced or worn. turning at an intersection.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. Plural names of places might be location that is safe and has a clear online. To order map data, have the
announced occasionally. view of the sky and away from large vehicles Vehicle Identification
. It could take a long time to obstruction. Number (VIN) available. See
operate automatic rerouting Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
during high-speed driving. If the System Needs 0 361.
. Automatic rerouting might Service After receiving the updated map
display a route returning to the data, see Maps 0 168.
If the navigation system needs
set waypoint if heading for a service and the steps listed here
destination without passing have been followed but there are Database Coverage
through a set waypoint. still problems, see your dealer for Explanations
. The route prohibits the entry of a assistance. Coverage areas vary with respect to
vehicle due to a regulation by the level of map detail available for
time or season or any other Map Data Updates any given area. Some areas feature
regulation which may be given. The map data provided in the greater levels of detail than others.
. Some routes might not be vehicle is the most up-to-date If this happens, it does not mean
searched. information available when the there is a problem with the system.
vehicle was produced. The map As the map data is updated, more
. The route to the destination detail can become available for
data is updated periodically,
might not be shown if there are areas which previously had limited
provided that the map information
new roads, if roads have detail. See Map Data Updates 0 188
has changed.
recently changed, or if certain for more information.
roads are not listed in the map For questions about the operation of
data. See Maps 0 168. the navigation system or the update
process, contact the GM Nav Disc
To recalibrate the vehicle's position
Center toll-free phone number,
on the map, park with the vehicle
1-877-NAV-DISC (1-877-628-3472)
running for two to five minutes, until
or go to the centers website,
the vehicle position updates. Make
www.gmnavdisc.com. If updates are
sure the vehicle is parked in a
needed, call the GM Nav Disc
Center or order a new Map Update
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Press b / g twice on the steering .

Voice Recognition When the system does not
recognize the command, the
wheel to skip the voice prompt
Voice recognition allows for messages. system says pardon.
hands-free operation of the . If experiencing difficulty with the
infotainment system features. Canceling Voice Recognition system recognizing a command,
Voice recognition can be used when 1. Press and release $ / i on confirm that the command is
the radio is on or when Retained the steering wheel control to correct. Try saying the command
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. cancel a command, if the clearly or wait for a brief moment
See Retained Accessory Power system response does not after the tone.
(RAP) 0 232. The system maintains match the voice command, . Background noise such as a
a minimum volume level. or say Goodbye or Cancel. climate control fan positioned on
Using Voice Recognition 2. The system replies, Goodbye. high, open windows, and very
loud outside noises, even if the
1. Press b / g on the steering Helpful Hints for Speaking windows are closed, can cause
wheel. The audio system Commands voice commands to be
mutes. A voice prompt states, misunderstood.
. When multiple commands are
Please say a command. Wait .
available, choose the command The system is able to recognize
until the tone is heard before
that works best for you. commands in different
speaking.
. languages, such as English,
If there is no tone, make sure Words in parentheses are
Canadian French, and Spanish.
that the volume is turned up. optional. For example, for the
The system only recognizes
command Tune FM
While voice recognition is commands based on the
(frequency), saying Tune FM
language selected.
active, the system displays a g 87.7 or Tune FM are both
symbol in the top right of the valid commands. . To increase or decrease the
infotainment display. . voice volume during a voice
When the command is
recognition session, turn the
2. Clearly speak one of the recognized, the system will
volume knob of the radio,
commands listed later in this either perform the function or
or press the volume steering
section. ask to confirm the choice.
wheel control. If the volume is
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
adjusted during a voice Canada or Mexico, the country Voice Recognition Commands
recognition session, a Volume will first have to be changed in
The following list shows the voice
bar appears on the display the system.
commands available for the
showing the voice volume level
Voice Recognition Help infotainment system with a brief
as it is being adjusted. This also
description of each. The commands
changes the volume of the To enter the help playback session, are listed with the optional words in
guidance prompts. clearly speak one of the help parentheses. To use the voice
. When using navigation commands. commands, see the previous
commands, take the time to Help : The system plays back more instructions.
become familiar with the specific help commands such as
address. Long delays when Radio Settings for the user to Radio Commands
giving the address can result in choose from. Tune AM, Tune FM, Tune XM,
the system not recognizing the Tune Pandora, Tune Stitcher :
Radio : Use this command to learn
address or routing to different Instructs the system to go to the
about how to select a band (AM,
location than intended. specific band and the last channel.
FM, or XM), and how to change
. When providing the house radio stations by speaking Tune AM (frequency), Tune FM
number portion of the address, frequency numbers. (frequency), Tune XM (channel
the system recognizes both digit number), or Tune XM (channel
Phone : Use this command to learn
format and numerical text. An name) : Instructs the system to go
about how to dial, pair a device,
example would be to say, to the specific station.
or delete a device.
3-0-0-0-1 or Thirty
Thousand One. My Media : Use this command to Thumbs Up : Instructs the system
learn how to play specific tracks, to give the current song or station a
. If the system provides thumbs up in Pandora or Stitcher.
artists, albums, devices connected
destination in another country on
to the USB port, or to change Thumbs Down : Instructs the
several attempts, say the
sources. system to give the current song or
Change Country command and
say the country of interest. The Settings : Use this command to station a thumbs down in Pandora
country default is the United learn about how to turn Verbose on or Stitcher.
States. To enter a destination in or off, or set the language.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Phone Commands Read Text Messages or Read SMS Search Artist (artist name) :
Messages : Instructs the system to Instructs the system to show a list of
Dial or Call (phone number or
begin reading text messages from all songs by a specific artist. For
contact) : Instructs the system to
paired device. example, say "Search Artist
start a phone call. For example, say
Not all devices support text <artist name>.
Dial 1 248 123 4567. To call a
phone book contact, say Dial or messages. Applicable where Search Composer (composer
Call, say the name and location, equipped. name) : Instructs the system to
and then say Dial. For example, show a list of all songs by a specific
say Call John at Home or Call
My Media Commands composer. For example, say
John at Work. If a number is not USB or Bluetooth Audio : Instructs "Search Composer
recognized, the first number in the the system to change the source. <composer name>.
list will be called. The following commands only apply Search Album (album name) :
Pair or Connect : Instructs the to USB, iPod, and iPhone sources. Instructs the system to show a list of
system to begin pairing a device. They are supported after the device all songs by a specific album. For
has been indexed. example, say "Search Album
Digit Dial : Instructs the system to
<album name>.
dial a phone number one digit at a Play Artist (artist name) : Instructs
time. After saying the digits, the system to play songs by a Search Genre (genre name) :
say Dial. specific artist. For example, say Instructs the system to show a list of
Play Artist <artist name>. all songs for a specific genre. For
Redial or Redial Last Number :
example, say "Search Genre
Instructs the system to dial the last Play Album (album title) : Instructs
<genre name>.
phone number called. the system to play a specific album.
Search Folder (folder name) :
Select Device or Change Phone : Play Song (song title) : Instructs
Instructs the system to show a list of
Instructs the system to switch to a the system to play a specific song.
all songs in a specific folder. For
different paired device. The device Play Genre (genre name) : example, say "Search folder
must be selected from the display or Instructs the system to play songs <folder name>.
using the TUNE/MENU knob. of a particular genre.
Delete Device : Instructs the
system to delete a paired device.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Search Playlist (playlist name) : Settings Commands No, Nope, Na, No way, Wrong,
Instructs the system to show a list of Incorrect, Negative, Not really, No
Verbose (set) on (mode), Verbose
all songs in a specific playlist. For I said, No I Did Not, No I Do Not :
(set) off (mode) : Instructs the
example, say "Search playlist These can be used to say No.
system to turn voice prompts on or
<playlist name>. Next Page, Page Down : Instructs
off. When off, this feature turns off
Search Audiobook (audiobook voice prompts. the system to scroll forward one
name) : Instructs the system to page in a list.
Language (language) : Instructs
show a list of all tracks in a specific Previous Page, Page Up : Instructs
the system to set the language.
audiobook. For example, say the system to scroll back one page
"Search audiobook List Devices : Instructs the system
in a list.
<audiobook name>. to give a list of devices to use.
Search Playlist (playlist name) : Navigation Commands (If
Other Commands
Instructs the system to show a list of Equipped)
all songs in a specific playlist. For Goodbye : Instructs the system to
end a phone call or voice To activate the navigation voice
example, say "Search playlist recognition:
<playlist name>. recognition.
Cancel : Instructs the system to 1. Press b / g on the steering
Search Podcast (podcast name) :
cancel an action. wheel. The audio system
Instructs the system to show a list of
mutes. A voice prompt says,
all tracks in a specific podcast. For Go Back, Back, Previous :
Please say a command. Wait
example, say "Search podcast Instructs the system to go back to a
until the tone is heard before
<podcast name>. prior menu. speaking.
More Like This : Instructs the Main Menu : Instructs the system to If there is no tone, make sure
system to create a playlist of tracks go to the main menu.
the volume is turned up.
similar to the current track playing.
Yes, Yep, Yup, Ya, Sure, Right,
While voice recognition is
Correct, OK, Positive, You Got it, active, the system shows a
Probably, You Bet : These can be symbol in the top right of the
used to say Yes.
display.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
2. Clearly speak the command Home : Instructs the system to start Delete Waypoint : When guidance
Navigation. guidance to address saved as is active, this command allows the
3. Clearly speak one of the My Home. deletion of individual waypoints or
commands in this section. Contact : When a phone is paired the destination. If guidance is not
to the system, which contains active, the system will indicate the
The following commands only apply destination list is empty.
once the Navigation command is Address Information stored for
given. contacts, the address associated Where Am I?, My Location,
with that contact can become a or Current Position : Instructs the
Change Country : Changes the route. If the system cannot resolve system to give the current position
country origin to input a destination the address, an error displays. of the vehicle.
from that region. The system will
accept United States, Canada, Points of Interest or POI : Allows a Help : The system plays back more
or Mexico. Point of Interest to be stated as a specific help commands associated
destination. with Navigation or a Navigation
Address or Destination : Allows sub-feature.
an address to be stated as a Say the name or list item number of
one-shot method. The system will the category and subcategory to Cancel Guidance or Cancel
recognize the address if stated all at return a list of POIs. Say the item Route : Instructs the system to
once or say a city center. An number to select a POI from the list. cancel guidance.
example is to say, 200 POI commands for Nearby, Along Entering a Destination in Other
Renaissance Street, Detroit, Route, and Around Destination will Countries
Michigan or Detroit, Michigan. be available if route guidance is
active. For the voice recognition to respond
Directed Address : Allows an to a local address, the
address to be stated one step at a Add Waypoint : Allows addition of corresponding country needs to be
time. The format will be State, City, individual waypoints or the set in the navigation system.
Street, then House Number. destination. The system will ask for
the choice of entry method to The country can also be set using
Intersection : Allows an voice commands. However, the
Intersection to be stated as the continue. An example is to say, POI
country will change back to the
destination. The format will be Along Route or Intersection.
default country once the vehicle is
State, City, Street, then Intersection. turned off.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
1. Press b / g on the steering . Cancel . Commands

wheel. . Help Directory
2. Say Navigation. . Goodbye Store Destination
3. Say Change Country. Hands-Free Calling Plan Route
4. Say the country name. For . Call Delete Destination
example, say Canada.
. Store Mute Directions
OnStar Command (If Equipped)
. Commands OnStar Info
To activate OnStar voice
Call . Messages
recognition, press Q on the mirror
Store . Minutes
or press b / g on the steering
wheel and say OnStar after the My Number . My Number
beep. This will activate the OnStar Minutes . Commands
voice control. See OnStar Overview
0 378. Store Last Number Messages
Digit Dial Virtual Advisor
Help Commands
. Help Redial My Number
. Dial Minutes
Hands-Free Calling (If Equipped)
. Number Recall Number Recall
Turn-by-Turn Directions
. Directory Advisor Playback
OnStar Info
Digit Store . Virtual Advisor
After each list of help commands,
the following are available: Turn-by-Turn Directions Virtual Advisor
. Go Back . Directory Choose this option to connect to a
. Repeat . Plan Route live Advisor.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Voice Pass-Thru Bluetooth Phone/ Bluetooth-enabled phones.

Available features and functions
Voice pass-thru allows access to the Devices may be dependent on the device.
voice recognition commands on the
cell phone, i.e. Siri or Voice On a current phone call display, an
Command. See the cell phone Bluetooth image of the contact from your
manufacturer's user guide to see if phone's contact list can be
Overview
the cell phone supports this feature. displayed. Not all phones are
For vehicles equipped with compatible with this feature.
To activate phone voice recognition Bluetooth capability, the system can
system, press and hold b / g on interact with many cell phones and Bluetooth Controls
the steering wheel for approximately devices, allowing: Use the controls on the infotainment
two seconds. . Placing and receiving hands-free system and the steering wheel to
calls. operate the Bluetooth system.
. Sharing of the cell phones Steering Wheel Controls
address book or contact list with b / g : Press to answer incoming
the vehicle. The phone book will calls and start voice recognition.
only display when that phone is
connected. $ / i : Press to end a call,
decline an incoming call, or cancel
. Placing outgoing calls by voice voice recognition.
recognition.
+ x : Press + or to increase or
The system can be used while in
ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, decrease the volume.
or Retained Accessory Power Infotainment System Controls
(RAP). The range of the Bluetooth
system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). For information about how to
The radio can connect to most navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see Overview
0 132.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
5/> : Press to enter the Phone volume level remains in memory for . The pairing process is disabled
main menu. Press and hold to mute later calls. The system maintains a when the vehicle is moving.
or unmute. minimum volume level. . Pairing only needs to be
Voice Recognition See Voice Recognition 0 189. completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
The voice recognition system uses Bluetooth Audio phone changes or the cell phone
commands to control the system See Bluetooth Audio 0 163. is deleted from the system.
and dial phone numbers. .
Pairing with Infotainment Only one paired cell phone can
When using voice recognition: Controls be connected to the Bluetooth
. The system may not recognize system at a time.
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
voice commands if there is too must be paired and then connected . If multiple paired cell phones are
much background noise. to the vehicle before it can be used. within range of the system, the
. A tone sounds to indicate that See your cell phone manufacturer's radio will connect to the first
the system is ready for a voice user guide for Bluetooth functions phone in the list or to the phone
command. Wait for the tone and before pairing the cell phone. If a that was previously connected.
then speak. Bluetooth phone is not connected, Pairing a Phone/Device
. Speak clearly in a calm and calls will be made using OnStar
Hands-Free Calling, if available. 1. Press CONFIG on the center
natural voice.
See OnStar Overview 0 378. stack or press 5 / > on the
See Voice Recognition 0 189. steering wheel controls.
Pairing Information
Audio System 2. Select Phone Settings.
. A Bluetooth-enabled phone and
Sound comes through the vehicle's an audio playback device can be 3. Select Pair Device (Phone).
front audio system speakers and paired to the system at the The radio displays Please
overrides the audio system. Use the same time. start Bluetooth search on your
VOL/O knob during a call to change phone. Confirm or enter
. Up to five devices can be paired
the volume level. The adjusted number:. If the device
to the Bluetooth system. supports a four-digit Personal
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Identification Number (PIN), it display. Drag down the task bar 1. Press CONFIG on the center
will display. The PIN is used in and look for connection/ stack.
Step 5. phonebook request and accept. 2. Select Phone Settings.
4. Start the pairing process on the 7. Repeat to pair additional 3. Select Device List.
cell phone to be paired to the phones.
vehicle. See the cell phone 4. Select the new phone to
manufacturer's user guide. Listing All Paired and Connected connect to and follow the
Phones/Devices display prompts.
5. Locate and select the device
named after the vehicle make 1. Press CONFIG on the center
stack.
Pairing with Voice Recognition
and model in the list on the cell
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
phone. Follow the instructions 2. Select Phone Settings.
must be paired and then connected
on the cell phone to enter the 3. Select Device List. to the vehicle before it can be used.
PIN provided in Step 3, or to
Deleting a Paired Phone/Device See the cell phone manufacturer's
confirm the six-digit code
user guide for Bluetooth functions
matches. The system 1. Press CONFIG on the center before pairing the cell phone. If a
recognizes the new connected stack. Bluetooth phone is not connected,
phone after the pairing process
2. Select Phone Settings. calls will be made using OnStar
is complete.
Hands-Free Calling, if available.
6. If the phone prompts to accept 3. Select Device List. See OnStar Overview 0 378.
connection or allow phone 4. Select the phone to delete and
book download, select always Pairing a Phone
follow the display prompts.
accept and allow. The phone 1. Press b / g. The system
book may not be available if Connecting to a Different Phone
responds Please say a
not accepted. Some phones To connect to a different phone, the command, followed by a tone.
will put connection request or new phone must be in the vehicle
phonebook request in a pull and available to be connected to the 2. Say Pair. The system
down task bar at the top of the Bluetooth system before the responds with Please search
process is started. for Bluetooth devices on your
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
phone, select your vehicle, Listing All Paired and Connected To cancel this command, press $ /
confirm and enter the PIN Phones i on the steering wheel control or
provided on the display. The system can list all cell phones press / BACK on the center stack.
3. Start the search for Bluetooth paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
devices on the phone. Then also connected to the vehicle, the Connecting to a Different Phone
select the device and follow the system responds with is connected or Device
instructions on the phone by after that phone name. To connect to a different cell phone,
either entering the four-digit the system looks for the next
PIN or confirming the six-digit 1. Press b / g. The system
available cell phone. Depending on
passcode. The PIN is used in responds Please say a the cell phone to be connected, this
Step 4. command, followed by a tone. command may need to be repeated.
4. Locate and select the device 2. Say Device List.
1. Press b / g. The system
named after the vehicle make Deleting a Paired Phone responds Please say a
and model in the list on the cell
If the phone name to delete is command, followed by a tone.
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the unknown, see Listing All Paired 2. Say Change Phone.
PIN provided in Step 3 or to and Connected Phones.
. To select a device, touch
confirm the six-digit code 1. Press b / g. The system the name on the display.
matches. The system responds responds Please say a
successfully paired. . If another cell phone is not
command, followed by a tone. found, the original phone
5. Repeat Steps 14 to pair 2. Say Delete Device. remains connected.
additional phones.
3. The system responds with: To
delete a device, please touch
its name on the display. Select
the device to delete on the
display and it will be removed.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Making a Call Using Phone To make a call using the Phone Making a Call Using the
Book and Infotainment Book menu: Infotainment Controls
Controls 1. Press 5 / > once on the radio To make a call:
For cell phones that support the or touch the Phone icon on the
phone book feature, the Bluetooth Home Page. 1. Press 5 / > once on the radio
system can use the contacts stored or touch the Phone icon on the
2. Select Phone Book. Home Page.
on the cell phone to make calls. See
the cell phone manufacturers user 3. Select the letter group of the 2. Press Enter Number.
guide or contact the wireless phone book entry to scroll
through the list of names/ 3. Enter the phone number.
provider to find out if this feature is
supported. numbers. 4. Select OK to start dialing the
4. Select the name. number.
When a cell phone supports the
phone book feature, the Phone 5. Select the number to call. 5. Select Call to place the call.
Book and Call Lists menus are To make a call using voice
automatically available. To make a call using the Call
Lists menu: recognition, see Making a Call
The Phone Book menu allows under Bluetooth 0 195.
access to the phone book stored in 1. Press 5 / > once on the radio
the cell phone to make a call. or touch the Phone icon on the
Accepting or Declining a Call
The Call Lists menu allows access Home Page. When an incoming call is received,
to the phone numbers from the 2. Select Call Lists. the infotainment system mutes and
Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
3. Select the Incoming Calls,
Missed Calls menus on the cell Outgoing Calls, or Missed Using the Infotainment Controls
phone to make a call. Calls list. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
The radio will display the first 1,000 4. Select the name or number Answer or Decline and press the
contacts and the phone numbers for to call. TUNE/MENU knob or touch Accept
each contact including Home, Work, or Decline on the infotainment
Mobile, and Other. display.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Using Steering Wheel Controls . To decline answering the 4. To add more callers to the
incoming call, touch Decline on conference call, repeat Steps 1
Press b / g to answer or $ / i to the infotainment display or take 3. The number of callers that
decline the call. no action. can be added is limited by your
Call Waiting Using the wireless service carrier.
. Press $ / i to disconnect the
Infotainment Controls current call and switch to the call Ending a Call
Call waiting must be supported on on hold.
Using the Infotainment Controls
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
Conference Calling Using the Turn and press the TUNE/MENU
the wireless service carrier to work.
Infotainment Controls knob and select Hang Up or touch
Switching Between Calls (Call Conference calling and three-way Hang Up on the display.
Waiting Calls Only)
calling must be supported on the Using Steering Wheel Controls
To switch between calls turn and Bluetooth phone and enabled by the
press the TUNE/MENU knob and wireless service carrier to work. This Press $ / i.
select Switch Call or select Switch feature is only supported when the
Call on the display. vehicle is not moving. Muting a Call
To start a conference while in a During a call, all sounds from inside
Call Waiting Using Steering the vehicle can be muted so that the
Wheel Controls current call:
person on the other end of the call
Call waiting must be supported on 1. Turn and press the TUNE/ cannot hear them.
the cell phone and enabled by the MENU knob and select Enter
Number. Using the Infotainment Controls
wireless service carrier.
2. Enter the phone number and Turn and press the TUNE/MENU
. Press b / g to answer an knob and select Mute Call. Press
select OK.
incoming call when another call again to cancel mute.
is active. The original call is 3. After the call has been placed,
placed on hold. turn the TUNE/MENU knob and
choose Merge Calls.
. Press b / g again to return to
the original call.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Transferring a Call Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Dial or Call : These commands can
(DTMF) Tones be used interchangeably to dial a
Audio can be transferred between
phone number.
the Bluetooth system and the cell The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
phone. send numbers during a call. This is Digit Dial : This command allows a
used when calling a menu-driven phone number to be dialed by
The cell phone must be paired and
phone system. entering the digits one at a time.
connected with the Bluetooth
system before a call can be Using the Infotainment Controls Re-dial : This command dials the
transferred. last number used on the cell phone.
1. Turn and press the TUNE/
To Transfer Audio from the MENU knob and select Enter Using the Dial or Call
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone Number. Command
During a call with the audio in the 2. Enter the phone number, To call a number:
vehicle, touch Transfer Call on the or select Enter Number on the
infotainment display or press and 1. Press b / g. The system
infotainment display and select
responds Please say a
hold b / g on the steering wheel digits, then touch OK.
command, followed by a tone.
controls. Hands-Free Phone 2. Say Dial or Call.
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
Using Bluetooth Voice 3. Say the entire number without
System from a Cell Phone
Recognition pausing, followed by Dial.
Use the audio transfer feature on
To use voice recognition, press the Once connected, the person called
the cell phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for more
b / g icon on the steering wheel will be heard through the audio
controls. Use the commands below speakers.
information. Touch Transfer call on
for the various voice features. For
the infotainment display or press To call using a name tag:
additional information, say Help
and hold b / g on the steering while in a voice recognition menu. 1. Press b / g. The system
wheel controls.
Making a Call responds Please say a
command, followed by a tone.
Calls can be made using the
following commands.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
2. Say Dial or Call and then Once connected, the person called Text Messaging
say the name tag. For example will be heard through the audio
Call John at Work. speakers. For vehicles equipped with
Bluetooth capability, the system,
Once connected, the person called Using the Re-dial Command if equipped with text messaging, can
will be heard through the audio display text messages, play back a
speakers. 1. Press b / g. The system
message over the audio system,
responds Please say a and send a predefined message.
Using the Digit Dial Command command, followed by a tone. Not all phones support all functions
This allows a phone number to be 2. After the tone, say Re-dial. and work with Bluetooth. The radio
dialed by entering the digits one at The system dials the last only supports the receipt of SMS
a time. number called from the text messages. A request may need
1. Press b / g. The system connected cell phone. to be accepted on the phone or
responds Please say a Once connected, the person called some phone settings may need to
command, followed by a tone. will be heard through the audio be changed to allow text messaging
speakers. to function. See the cell phone
2. Say Digit Dial. manufacturers user guide.
3. Say each digit, one at a time, Clearing the System
Using Text Messaging
to dial. After each digit is Unless information is deleted out of
entered, the system repeats the vehicle Bluetooth system, it will
back the digit it heard followed be retained. This includes phone
by a tone. After the last digit pairing information. For directions
has been entered, say Dial. on how to delete this information,
If an unwanted number is repeated see Deleting a Paired Phone/
back, say Clear to clear the last Device.
number.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
1. Touch the Messages icon on

the Home Page or select Text
Messages from the Phone
main page. Until all text
messages are retrieved, the
Home Page icon will remain
gray and the Phone main page
option will be removed.
This feature will be disabled if
the paired Bluetooth device 3. View the message or select . Select the desired message from
does not support SMS Text Listen to hear the message the display of predefined
Messaging. through voice recognition. The messages to send as the reply
message view display is locked message.
out while the vehicle is in
motion.
. Select Call to dial the contact or
number associated with the text.
Not all phones allow calling the
sender of the message and will
result in not being able to
select Call.
. Select Reply to reply to a text
2. Once all messages are message that was received as
retrieved, the Text Message . Select Send to send that
an incoming message. Not all message.
Inbox displays. Select a phones allow message sending.
message for viewing. Viewing . Select Back to cancel and return
messages is only available to the previous display.
while the vehicle is not in
motion.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Incoming Text Messages Text Messaging Settings . Select Text Alerts to choose the
alert behavior for incoming text
messages:
Text alert with tone
Tone only
Off
A pop-up displays when there is an Text Message Settings are available

incoming text. The pop-up will from the Text Message Inbox.
remain on the display until Dismiss
is selected.
. Select Listen to hear the
message through voice
recognition.
. Select View to view the
message. Viewing is not
available while the vehicle is in
motion.
. Select Reply to reply to the . Select Manage Predefined
message using a predefined Messages to create a user
message. defined message that can be
used later to reply to a text
. Select Call to dial the contact or message.
number associated with the text.
. Select Dismiss to close out the
incoming pop-up message.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Trademarks and It is prohibited to copy, decompile,

disassemble, reverse engineer,
License Agreements hack, manipulate, or otherwise
make available any technology or
FCC Information software incorporated in receivers
See Radio Frequency Statement compatible with the SiriusXM
0 374. Satellite Radio System or that
Fees and Taxes : Subscription fee, support the SiriusXM website, the
taxes, one time activation fee, and Online Service or any of its content.
other fees may apply. Subscription Furthermore, the AMBER voice
fee is consumer only. All fees and compression software included in
programming subject to change. this product is protected by
Subscriptions subject to Customer intellectual property rights including
Agreement available at patent rights, copyrights, and trade
www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM secrets of Digital Voice
Made for iPod and Made for service only available in the Systems, Inc.
iPhone mean that an electronic 48 contiguous United States and
accessory has been designed to Canada. General Requirements:
connect specifically to iPod or Explicit Language Notice: Channels . A License Agreement from
iPhone and has been certified by with frequent explicit language are SiriusXM is required for any
the developer to meet Apple indicated with an XL preceding the product that incorporates
performance standards. channel name. Channel blocking is SiriusXM Technology and/or for
iPod and iPhone are trademarks of available for SiriusXM Satellite use of any of the SiriusXM
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in Radio receivers by notifying marks to be manufactured,
the U.S. and other countries. SiriusXM: distributed, or marketed in the
SiriusXM Service Area.
. USA Customers See
www.siriusxm.com or call Gracenote
1-888-601-6296.
Gracenote, Gracenote logo and
logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote" logo are either a
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
registered trademark or a trademark Map End User License but it is provided as is and
of Gracenote, Inc. in the United Agreement (Optional PANASONIC and its content
States and/or other countries. Equipment Applies Where providers accept no responsibility
Equipped) for any loss, injury or inconvenience
Bluetooth resulting from this information. You
The Bluetooth word mark and END USER TERMS should verify critical information (like
logos are owned by the Bluetooth The data (Data) is provided for visas, health and safety) before you
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks your personal, internal use only and travel.
by General Motors is under license. not for resale. It is protected by TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Other trademarks and trade names copyright, and is subject to the
are those of their respective owners. following terms and conditions Personal Use Only. You agree to
which are agreed to by you, on the use this Data together with the
Pandora (If Equipped) General Motors MyLink or IntelliLink
one hand, and Panasonic
Pandora is a registered trademark Automotive Systems Company of Connected Navigation Radio
of Pandora Media, Inc., used under America (PANASONIC) and its Platform for the solely personal,
license. licensors (including their licensors non-commercial purposes for which
and suppliers) on the other hand. you were licensed, and not for
service bureau, time-sharing or
2014 HERE North America, LLC. other similar purposes. Accordingly,
All rights reserved. but subject to the restrictions set
In addition, the Lonely Planet Travel forth in the following paragraphs,
Guide content is subject to the you agree not to otherwise
following supplier notices (if reproduce, copy, modify, decompile,
equipped): disassemble, create any derivative
Manufactured under license from works of, or reverse engineer any
Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the 2014 Lonely Planet Publications portion of this Data, and may not
double-D symbol are trademarks of Pty Ltd. All rights reserved. transfer or distribute it in any form,
Dolby Laboratories. PANASONIC and its content for any purpose, except to the
providers have tried to make this extent permitted by mandatory laws.
information as accurate as possible,
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Restrictions comprehensive geographic data, States, Territories and Countries do

Except where you have been any of which may lead to incorrect not allow certain warranty
specifically licensed to do so by results. exclusions, so to that extent the
PANASONIC, and without limiting above exclusion may not apply
No Warranty to you.
the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any This Data is provided to you as is,
and you agree to use it at your own Disclaimer of Liability
products, systems, or applications
installed or otherwise connected to risk. PANASONIC and its licensors PANASONIC AND ITS LICENSORS
or in communication with vehicles, (and their licensors and suppliers) (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
capable of vehicle navigation, make no guarantees, AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE
positioning, dispatch, real time route representations or warranties of any LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF
guidance, fleet management or kind, express or implied, arising by ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR
similar applications; or (b) with or in law or otherwise, including but not ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE
communication with any positioning limited to, content, quality, accuracy, NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE
devices or any mobile or completeness, effectiveness, CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION
wireless-connected electronic or reliability, fitness for a particular ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY
computer devices, including without purpose, usefulness, use or results OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR
limitation cellular phones, palmtop to be obtained from this Data, INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT
and handheld computers, pagers, or that the Data or server will be FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION
and personal digital assistants uninterrupted or error-free. OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR
or PDAs ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
Disclaimer of Warranty CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR
Warning PANASONIC AND ITS LICENSORS ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT,
The Data may contain inaccurate or (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
incomplete information due to the AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
passage of time, changing WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF
circumstances, sources used and IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, OR INABILITY TO USE THIS
the nature of collecting PERFORMANCE, INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS THE INFORMATION, OR THE
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT Data, such failure shall be excused the State of Illinois for any and all
OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, and shall not constitute a breach of disputes, claims and actions arising
EVEN IF PANASONIC OR ITS this Agreement. from or in connection with the Data
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN provided to you hereunder.
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY Entire Agreement
OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some These terms and conditions Government End Users
States, Territories and Countries do constitute the entire agreement If the Data is being acquired by or
not allow certain liability exclusions between PANASONIC (and its on behalf of the United States
or damages limitations, so to that licensors, including their licensors government or any other entity
extent the above may not apply and suppliers) and you pertaining to seeking or applying rights similar to
to you. the subject matter hereof, and those customarily claimed by the
supersedes in their entirety any and United States government, this Data
Export Control all written or oral agreements is a commercial item as that term
PANASONIC shall not export from previously existing between us with is defined at 48 C.F.R. (FAR)
anywhere any part of the Data or respect to such subject matter. 2.101, is licensed in accordance
any direct product thereof except in with these End-User Terms, and
compliance with, and with all Governing Law each copy of Data delivered or
licenses and approvals required The above terms and conditions otherwise furnished shall be marked
under, applicable export laws, rules shall be governed by the laws of the and embedded as appropriate with
and regulations, including but not State of Illinois (with respect to use the following Notice of Use, and
limited to the laws, rules and of Data for the Americas and/or the shall be treated in accordance with
regulations administered by the Asia Pacific territories), and the laws such Notice:
Office of Foreign Assets Control of of The Netherlands (with respect to
the U.S. Department of Commerce Data for the Middle East, Africa,
and the Bureau of Industry and Russia and Europe territories),
Security of the U.S. Department of without giving effect to (i) its conflict
Commerce. To the extent that any of laws provisions, or (ii) the United
such export laws, rules or Nations Convention for Contracts for
regulations prohibit HERE from the International Sale of Goods,
complying with any of its obligations which is explicitly excluded. You
hereunder to deliver or distribute agree to submit to the jurisdiction of
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If the Contracting Officer, federal

government agency, or any federal
official refuses to use the legend
provided herein, the Contracting
Officer, federal government agency,
or any federal official must notify
HERE North America, LLC prior to
seeking additional or alternative
rights in the Data.
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER)
NAME:
HERE North America, LLC
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER)
ADDRESS:
425 West Randolph Street,
Chicago, IL 60606.
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject
to these End-User Terms under
which this Data was provided.
2014 HERE North America, LLC.
All rights reserved.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
210 Climate Controls
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System

Dual Automatic Climate The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 this system.
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
1. Driver Temperature Control 4. Air Delivery Mode Controls

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 5. Front Defrost
3. Air Conditioning 6. ZONE
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Climate Controls 211
7. Passenger Temperature 3. Adjust the air outlets as Driver and Passenger

Control desired. Temperature Controls : The
8. Rear Window Defogger 4. Let the system stabilize for a temperature can be adjusted
few minutes. separately for the driver and the
9. Fan Control passenger. Turn the temperature
10. Recirculation In cold weather, the system will limit controls clockwise or
the blower speed until the engine counterclockwise to increase or
Automatic Operation has warmed up. decrease the temperature.
AUTO : The system automatically Do not cover the solar sensor in the The temperature setting between 21
controls the fan speed, air delivery, center of the instrument panel, near C (70 F) and 23 C (74 F) is
air conditioning, and recirculation in the windshield. See Sensors later recommended.
order to heat or cool the vehicle to in this section.
The temperature settings for each
the desired temperature. When The automatic climate control side are shown in the temperature
AUTO appears in the display, the system may not work as desired if control knob displays and the
system is in full automatic operation. one or more of the instrument panel infotainment display. If the
If the air delivery mode, fan speed, outlets are closed. temperature control is past 30 C
recirculation or air conditioning (86 F), the display shows HI
setting is adjusted, the AUTO Manual Operation
(hottest). Turning it past 16 C (61
indicator turns off and the selected On/Off : Press 9 to turn the F), shows LO (coolest).
settings will be displayed. Functions system on or off. ZONE : Press to synchronize the
that were not manually set will
9 : Turn clockwise or driver and passenger temperatures.
continue to be automatically
controlled even though the AUTO counterclockwise to increase or Single-Zone Mode : All zones are
indicator light is unlit. decrease the fan speed. The fan set to the same temperature. Driver
speed appears on the infotainment has control will be displayed on the
1. Press AUTO, if the AUTO display. infotainment display. Turn the driver
indicator does not appear on
Press AUTO to return to full temperature control to adjust the
the display.
automatic operation. system temperature.
2. Adjust the temperature to a
comfortable setting.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Dual-Zone Mode : Allows different - : Air is directed to the windshield, The air conditioning might
temperatures to be set for the driver floor and side window outlets. Use automatically turn off during heavy
and passenger sides. this mode to clear the windows of acceleration, abnormal system
Enter Dual-Zone mode by adjusting fog or moisture and warm the pressure or very cold outside
the passenger side temperature passengers. temperatures.
when in Single-Zone mode. 5 FRONT : Press to turn the When -, h, or 5 FRONT is
Air Delivery Mode Controls : defrost on or off. The 5 FRONT selected, the air conditioning is
Press Y, ), -, or [ to change indicator appears in the display. automatically switched on to
the current airflow mode. The A portion of the air is directed to the improve defogging performance and
current mode selection appears in windshield and side window outlets, remove moisture from the air.
the infotainment display. Changing with some air directed to the outer Recirculation
the mode cancels the automatic instrument panel outlets.
operation and the system goes into For best results, clear all snow and
h : Press to change the air intake
semi-automatic operation. Press between recirculated air and outside
ice from the windshield before
AUTO to return to full automatic defrosting. air. h appears on the
operation. infotainment display when
Air Conditioning recirculation is activated.
Select from the following:
Y : Air is directed to the instrument # : Press to turn the air The recirculation mode recycles
conditioning system on or off. The interior air and is not recommended
panel outlets and console outlet.
# appears on the infotainment for extended use. If it is used for a
) : Air is divided between the display when the air conditioning is long period of time, the system
instrument panel outlets, console on. When the air conditioning is automatically lets some outside air
outlet and the floor outlets. Cooler turned off, # OFF appears on the into the vehicle for ventilation.
air is directed to the upper outlets infotainment display. Do not use the recirculation mode if
and warmer air to the floor outlets.
The air conditioning system occupants are smoking.
[ : Air is directed to the floor removes moisture and heat from The recirculation mode cannot be
outlets with some air directed to the the air. turned on in defrost mode.
outer instrument panel, windshield,
and side window outlets.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
AUTO h is displayed when the Heated Mirrors : If equipped with To prevent false temperature
system is automatically controlling heated outside mirrors, the mirrors readings, the displayed temperature
the combination of outside and heat to help clear fog or frost from will not update at low vehicle
recirculated air for best the surface of the mirror when the speeds.
performance. rear window defog button is If the vehicle has been turned off for
pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 39. less than four hours, the
Rear Window Defogger temperature at start up will be
Sensors
The rear window defogger uses a recalled from previous operation.
warming grid to remove fog or frost The automatic climate control
system uses sensors to maintain Do not cover the sensors; otherwise
from the rear window. It only works
temperatures. The solar sensor is the automatic climate control system
when the ignition is on.
on the instrument panel near the will not work properly.
K : Press to turn the rear window windshield, and the outside
defogger on or off. The indicator on Remote Start Climate Control
temperature sensor is in front of the
the button turns on. The rear Operation
radiator.
window defogger turns off If equipped with the remote start
automatically if it is left on. The solar sensor monitors the solar
feature, when it is activated, the
radiation when operating in AUTO
climate control system will use the
mode, adjusting the temperature,
Caution fan speed and air delivery.
previous settings. See Remote
Vehicle Start 0 30.
Using a razor blade or sharp The system may also supply cooler
object on the inside rear window air to the side of the vehicle facing Regular Operation
can damage the antenna or the sun. The recirculation mode will Adjusting the Temperature
defogger. Repairs would not be also be activated, as necessary.
covered by the vehicle warranty. When the climate control system
The outside temperature sensor can has stabilized, adjust the
Do not stick anything to the rear be affected by radiant heat when temperature to a comfortable
window. the vehicle is not moving. setting.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Quick Cool Down Unsealed Dusty Roads Air Vents

When entering the vehicle on a hot To help prevent dust from entering
day, open the windows for a short your vehicle:
time to allow the hot air to escape. . When following other vehicles
Automatic Transmission on dusty roads and the dust is
If the vehicle is stopped for a long airborne, select h.
time in hot weather and the engine . If the dust is not airborne, select
is running and the air conditioning is outside air and set the fan
operating, move the shift lever to control to high speed.
N (Neutral) or P (Park).
. Close all windows.
A/C Sound . Do not use recirculation for long
A slight hissing sound when the air periods of time.
conditioning is turned off is normal.
The air outlets have adjustable
Water Condensation vanes that move up or down and left
Water may drip from underneath the or right to change the direction of
vehicle; this is normal. the airflow. Use the thumbwheels
located near the air outlets on the
instrument panel to shut off the
airflow.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Operation Tips Maintenance to the environment and may also

. create unsafe conditions based on
Clear away any ice, snow,
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or leaves from the air inlets at Passenger Compartment or other health-based concerns.
the base of the windshield that Air Filter
may block the flow of air into the
vehicle. The vehicle has a passenger
. compartment air filter that filters the
Use of non-GM approved hood
outside air entering the vehicle. The
deflectors may adversely affect
filter removes contaminants, such
performance of the system.
as pollen and dust. See your dealer
. Keep the path under the front for more information about filter
seats clear of objects to help replacement.
circulate the air inside the
vehicle more effectively. Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
216 Driving and Operating
Driving and Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Parking over Things
Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance Systems . . . 253
Operating That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 254
Engine Exhaust Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Driving Information Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Running the Vehicle While System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Side Blind Zone
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Automatic Transmission Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 236 Lane Departure
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Fuel
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Manual Transmission
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 240 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Track Events and Competitive
California Fuel
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Brakes Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 222 Antilock Brake Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 266
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 223 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 242 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 225 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Filling a Portable Fuel
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 244 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Starting and Operating Ride Control Systems Trailer Towing
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 229 Traction Control/Electronic Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 247 Conversions and Add-Ons
Retained Accessory Track Driver Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Add-On Electrical
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 251 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Shifting Into Park (Automatic
Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Cruise Control
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Driving and Operating 217

. Designate a front seat
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
distractions. system and the navigation system,
Distracted Driving if equipped, including pairing and
. Become familiar with vehicle
Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as using a cell phone.
and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Defensive Driving
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. Defensive driving means always
activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into expect the unexpected. The first
from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to step in driving defensively is to wear
governments have enacted laws driving. the safety belt. See Safety Belts
regarding driver distraction. Become
. Wait until the vehicle is parked 0 51.
familiar with the local laws in
your area. to retrieve items that have fallen . Assume that other road users
to the floor. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and
To avoid distracted driving, keep
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend other drivers) are going to be
your eyes on the road, keep your
to children. careless and make mistakes.
hands on the steering wheel, and
Anticipate what they might do
focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate and be ready.
. Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint.
. Allow enough following distance
demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations between you and the driver in
Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a front of you.
place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone.
phone calls. . Focus on the task of driving.
. Watch the road. Do not read, { Warning
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other Taking your eyes off the road too
electronic devices. long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Drunk Driving Braking Once the power assist is used up, it

can take longer to stop and the
Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to
tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception Steering
time. Actually doing it is
{ Warning reaction time. Electric Power Steering
Average driver reaction time is The vehicle has electric power
Drinking and then driving is very about three-quarters of a second. In steering. It does not have power
dangerous. Your reflexes, that time, a vehicle moving at steering fluid. Regular maintenance
perceptions, attentiveness, and 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m is not required.
judgment can be affected by even (66 ft), which could be a lot of
a small amount of alcohol. You distance in an emergency. If power steering assist is lost due
can have a serious or even to a system malfunction, the vehicle
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind can be steered, but may require
fatal collision if you drive after
include: increased effort.
drinking.
. Keep enough distance between See your dealer if there is a
Do not drink and drive or ride with you and the vehicle in front problem.
a driver who has been drinking. of you.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are If the steering wheel is turned until it
. Avoid needless heavy braking. reaches the end of its travel and is
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic. held against that position for an
extended period of time, power
If the engine ever stops while the steering assist may be reduced.
Control of a Vehicle vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the If the steering assist is used for an
Braking, steering, and accelerating brakes. Doing so could make the extended period of time, power
are important factors in helping to pedal harder to push down. If the assist may be reduced.
control a vehicle while driving. engine stops, there will be some Normal use of the power steering
power brake assist but it will be assist should return when the
used when the brake is applied. system cools down.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
See specific vehicle steering Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go
messages under Service Vehicle straight down the roadway.
Messages 0 118. See your dealer if
there is a problem. Loss of Control
Curve Tips Skidding
. Take curves at a reasonable There are three types of skids that
speed. correspond to the vehicle's three
. Reduce speed before entering a control systems:
curve. . Braking Skid wheels are not
. Maintain a reasonable steady rolling.
speed through the curve. . Steering or Cornering Skid
. Wait until the vehicle is out of too much speed or steering in a
the curve before accelerating curve causes tires to slip and
gently into the straightaway. The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force.
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid too much
Steering in Emergencies
these tips: throttle causes the driving
. There are some situations when wheels to spin.
steering around a problem may 1. Ease off the accelerator and
be more effective than braking. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to
. Holding both sides of the existing conditions, and by not
straddles the edge of the
steering wheel allows you to turn pavement. overdriving those conditions. But
180 degrees without removing skids are always possible.
a hand. 2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
. The Antilock Brake System these suggestions:
right front tire contacts the
(ABS) allows steering while pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the
braking.
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
The vehicle may straighten out. Track Events and Caution

Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
Competitive Driving
If the vehicle is used for track
. Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
{ Danger events and competitive driving,
the engine may use more oil than
conditions. Stopping distance High-performance features are it would with normal use. Low oil
can be longer and vehicle intended for use only on closed levels can damage the engine.
control can be affected when tracks by experienced and Check the oil level often and
traction is reduced by water,
qualified drivers and should not maintain the proper level. See
snow, ice, gravel, or other
be used on public roads. Engine Oil 0 275.
material on the road. Learn to
High-speed driving, aggressive
recognize warning clues such
as enough water, ice, or packed cornering, hard braking, and other Engine Oil
snow on the road to make a high-performance driving can be
dangerous. Improper driver inputs Be sure to check the oil level often
mirrored surface and slow during racing or other competitive
down when you have any doubt. for the conditions may result in
loss of control of the vehicle, driving and keep the level at or near
. Try to avoid sudden steering, the upper mark that shows the
which could injure or kill you or
acceleration, or braking, proper operating range on the
others. Always drive safely.
including reducing vehicle speed engine oil dipstick.
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
For track events or competitive
sudden changes could cause Track events or competitive driving
driving, it is recommended that the
the tires to slide. may affect the vehicle warranty. See
brake fluid be replaced with a high
the warranty manual before using
Remember: Antilock brakes help performance brake fluid that has a
the vehicle for track testing or other
avoid only the braking skid. dry boiling point greater than 279 C
competitive driving.
(534 F). After conversion to the
high performance brake fluid, follow
the brake fluid service
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
recommendations outlined by the braking force and pedal travel may This first step may be skipped
fluid manufacturer. Do not use increase. After the procedure, the if there are more than 320 km
silicone or DOT-5 brake fluids. brake pads may appear white at the (200 mi) on the brake pads.
To prepare the brake systems for rotor contact. 2. Repeatedly apply the brakes
track events and racing, complete Perform this procedure on dry from 100 km/h (60 mph) to
the appropriate high performance pavement, in a safe manner, and in 25 km/h (15 mph) while
brake burnishing procedure compliance with all local and state decelerating at 0.8 g. This is a
described below. ordinances/laws regarding motor hard brake application, without
vehicle operation. activating the Antilock Brake
Brake Burnishing System (ABS). Drive for at
New brake pads must be burnished Racing/Track Brake Burnishing least 1 km (0.6 mi) between
before racing or other competitive Procedure stops. Repeat until the brake
driving. pedal travel starts to increase.
Caution Depending on conditions, this
Caution should take no longer than 25
Brake pedal fade will occur during brake applications.
The new vehicle break-in period this track burnish procedure and
can cause brake pedal travel and 3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h
should be completed before (60 mph) for approximately
performing the brake burnish force to increase. This could
extend stopping distance until the 15 km (10 mi) without using the
procedure, otherwise damage brakes.
may occur to the powertrain/ brakes are fully burnished.
4. Apply the brakes 25 times from
engine. See New Vehicle
100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h
Break-In 0 229. 1. Apply the brakes 25 times
(30 mph) while decelerating at
starting at 100 km/h (60 mph)
0.4 g. This is a medium brake
to 50 km/h (30 mph) while
When performed as instructed, application. Drive for at least
decelerating at 0.4 g. This is a
these procedures will not damage 1 km (0.6 mi) between
medium brake application.
the brakes. During the burnishing applications.
Drive for at least 1 km (0.6 mi)
procedure, the brake pads will
between applying the brakes.
smoke and produce an odor. The
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Rear Axle Wheel Alignment Thrust Angle: 0 +/- 0.20 degrees

Axles must have 885 km (500 mi) For racing and competitive driving,
before being used in track driving the vehicle load should be limited to Driving on Wet Roads
The rear axle fluid temperatures the driver only and no cargo. The Rain and wet roads can reduce
may be higher when driving in tires should be inflated cold to at vehicle traction and affect your
severe conditions. Drain and refill least 250 kPa (36 psi). ability to stop and accelerate.
with new fluid after the first racing or Always drive slower in these types
competitive driving event, and then Caution of driving conditions and avoid
after every 24 hours of racing or driving through large puddles and
competitive driving. See Using these wheel alignment deep-standing or flowing water.
Recommended Fluids and settings may cause excessive tire
Lubricants 0 358. wear. Only use these wheel
alignment settings for racing or
{ Warning
Caution competitive driving. Excessive tire Wet brakes can cause crashes.
wear is not covered under the They might not work as well in a
During a first time track or racing vehicle warranty. quick stop and could cause
event, high rear axle pulling to one side. You could
temperatures can occur. Damage Front Alignment Specification lose control of the vehicle.
could be caused to the rear axle After driving through a large
. Caster: 6.0 +/- 1.25 degrees
and would not be covered by the puddle of water or a car/vehicle
vehicle warranty. Do not drive as . Camber: -0.9 +/- 0.1 degrees wash, lightly apply the brake
long or as fast the first time the . Total or Sum Toe: 0.17 +/- pedal until the brakes work
vehicle is driven on the track or 0.17 degrees normally.
raced.
Rear Alignment Specification Flowing or rushing water creates
. Camber: -0.4 +/- 0.10 degrees strong forces. Driving through
For extended track use, GM flowing water could cause the
recommends installing a rear . Total or Sum Toe: 0.2 +/- vehicle to be carried away. If this
differential cooler to protect the 0.20 degrees
rear axle. (Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. Keep windshield wiping
Warning (Continued) equipment in good shape. Warning (Continued)
happens, you and other vehicle . Keep the windshield washer fluid reduce brake performance, and
occupants could drown. Do not reservoir filled. could result in a loss of braking.
ignore police warnings and be . Have good tires with proper Shift the transmission to a lower
very cautious about trying to drive tread depth. See Tires 0 303. gear to let the engine assist the
through flowing water. . brakes on a steep downhill slope.
Turn off cruise control.
Hydroplaning Hill and Mountain Roads

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Driving on steep hills or through { Warning
can build up under the vehicle's mountains is different than driving
tires so they actually ride on the Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
water. This can happen if the road is or with the ignition off is
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in dangerous. This can cause
wet enough and you are going fast
good shape. overheating of the brakes and
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no . Check all fluid levels and brakes, loss of steering. Always have the
contact with the road. tires, cooling system, and engine running and the vehicle
transmission. in gear.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Shift to a lower gear when going
slow down when the road is wet. down steep or long hills. . Drive at speeds that keep the
vehicle in its own lane. Do not
Other Rainy Weather Tips
{ Warning swing wide or cross the
center line.
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include: Using the brakes to slow the . Be alert on top of hills;
. Allow extra following distance. vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane
can cause brake overheating, can (e.g., stalled car, accident).
. Pass with caution.
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. Pay attention to special road than when on dry pavement.
signs (e.g., falling rocks area, See Antilock Brake System { Warning
winding roads, long grades, (ABS) 0 241.
passing or no-passing zones) Snow can trap engine exhaust
. Allow greater following distance under the vehicle. This may
and take appropriate action. and watch for slippery spots. Icy cause exhaust gases to get
patches can occur on otherwise inside. Engine exhaust contains
Winter Driving clear roads in shaded areas. carbon monoxide (CO), which
Driving on Snow or Ice The surface of a curve or an cannot be seen or smelled. It can
overpass can remain icy when
Snow or ice between the tires and cause unconsciousness and even
the surrounding roads are clear.
the road creates less traction or death.
Avoid sudden steering
grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can maneuvers and braking while If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
occur at about 0 C (32 F) when on ice. . Clear snow from the base of
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid . Turn off cruise control. the vehicle, especially any
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated. blocking the exhaust pipe.
Blizzard Conditions
. Open a window about 5 cm
For Slippery Road Driving: Stop the vehicle in a safe place and (2 in) on the vehicle side
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating signal for help. Stay with the vehicle that is away from the wind,
too quickly causes the wheels to unless there is help nearby. to bring in fresh air.
spin and makes the surface If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside . Fully open the air outlets on
under the tires slick. or under the instrument
Assistance Program 0 368. To get
. Turn on Traction Control. See help and keep everyone in the panel.
Traction Control/Electronic vehicle safe: . Adjust the climate control
Stability Control 0 245. system to circulate the air
. The Antilock Brake System flashers. inside the vehicle and set
(ABS) improves vehicle stability (Continued)
during hard stops, but the . Tie a red cloth to an outside
brakes should be applied sooner mirror.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Warning (Continued)
If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Slowly and cautiously spin the
the fan speed to the highest wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and
setting. See Climate stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the
Control Systems. front wheels. Turn off any traction
If stuck too severely for the traction
For more information about CO, system. Shift back and forth
system to free the vehicle, turn the
between R (Reverse) and a low
see Engine Exhaust 0 235. traction system off and use the
forward gear, spinning the wheels
rocking method. See Traction
as little as possible. To prevent
To save fuel, run the engine for Control/Electronic Stability Control
transmission wear, wait until the
short periods to warm the vehicle 0 245.
wheels stop spinning before shifting
and then shut the engine off and gears. Release the accelerator
partially close the window. Moving { Warning pedal while shifting, and press
about to keep warm also helps. lightly on the accelerator pedal
If the vehicle's tires spin at high when the transmission is in gear.
If it takes time for help to arrive, speed, they can explode, and you
when running the engine, push the Slowly spinning the wheels in the
or others could be injured. The forward and reverse directions
accelerator pedal slightly so the vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine runs faster than the idle causes a rocking motion that could
engine compartment fire or other free the vehicle. If that does not get
speed. This keeps the battery
damage. Spin the wheels as little the vehicle out after a few tries, it
charged to restart the vehicle and to
signal for help with the headlamps. as possible and avoid going might need to be towed out. If the
Do this as little as possible, to above 56 km/h (35 mph). vehicle does need to be towed out,
save fuel. see Towing the Vehicle 0 337.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Load Limits Warning (Continued)

the number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
It is very important to know how vehicle capacity weight (2) in
much weight the vehicle can crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance, kilograms and pounds.
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and damage the tires, and shorten The Tire and Loading
includes the weight of all the life of the vehicle. Information label also shows the
occupants, cargo, and all tire size of the original
nonfactory-installed options. Tire and Loading Information equipment tires (3) and the
Two labels on the vehicle may Label recommended cold tire inflation
show how much weight it may pressures (4). For more
properly carry: the Tire and information on tires and inflation
Loading Information label and see Tires 0 303 and Tire
the Certification label. Pressure 0 309.
There is also important loading
{ Warning information on the Certification
label. It may show the Gross
Do not load the vehicle any Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
heavier than the Gross and the Gross Axle Weight
Vehicle Weight Rating Rating (GAWR) for the front and
(GVWR), or either the rear axle. See Certification
maximum front or rear Gross Label later in this section.
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Label Example
This can cause systems to A vehicle-specific Tire and Steps for Determining Correct
break and change the way the Loading Information label is Load Limit
vehicle handles. This could attached to the vehicle's center 1. Locate the statement "The
cause loss of control and a pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and combined weight of
(Continued) Loading Information label shows occupants and cargo should
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
never exceed XXX kg or That weight may not safely

XXX lbs." on your vehicles exceed the available cargo
placard. and luggage load capacity
2. Determine the combined calculated in Step 4.
weight of the driver and 6. If your vehicle will be towing
passengers that will be a trailer, load from your
riding in your vehicle. trailer will be transferred to
3. Subtract the combined your vehicle. Consult this
weight of the driver and manual to determine how
passengers from XXX kg or this reduces the available
XXX lbs. cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle. Example 1
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of See Trailer Towing 0 268 for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
cargo and luggage load important information on towing for Example 1 = 453 kg
capacity. For example, if the a trailer, towing safety rules, and (1,000 lbs).
"XXX" amount equals trailering tips. 2. Subtract Occupant
1400 lbs. and there will be Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
five 150 lb passengers in 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
your vehicle, the amount of 3. Available Occupant and
available cargo and luggage Cargo Weight = 317 kg
load capacity is 650 lbs. (700 lbs).
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
weight of the driver, passengers,

and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification Label
Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 2 = 453 kg for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant 2. Subtract Occupant Label Example
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) Weight @ 91 kg A vehicle-specific Certification
5 = 340 kg (750 lbs). (200 lbs) 5 = 453 kg label is attached to the vehicle's
3. Available Cargo Weight (1,000 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar). The label
= 113 kg (250 lbs). 3. Available Cargo Weight may show the gross weight
= 0 kg (0 lbs). capacity of the vehicle, called
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Loading Information label for (GVWR). The GVWR includes
specific information about the the weight of the vehicle, all
vehicle's capacity weight and occupants, fuel, and cargo.
seating positions. The combined
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

.
{ Warning Starting and Avoid making hard stops for the
first 350 km (217 mi) to avoid
Operating premature wear and early
Things inside the vehicle can replacement of brakes.
strike and injure people in a New Vehicle Break-In
sudden stop or turn, or in a Ignition Positions
crash. Use the following precautions to
improve performance:
. Put things in the cargo
. For the first 1000 km (621 mi):
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as Do not make full throttle starts.
far forward as possible. Avoid downshifting to brake or
Try to spread the weight slow the vehicle.
evenly. Do not drive at any one constant
. Never stack heavier speed.
things, like suitcases, Use moderate acceleration in
inside the vehicle so that lower gears.
some of them are above Avoid vehicle speeds above
the tops of the seats. 110 km/h (68 mph).
The vehicle has an electronic
. Do not leave an . Between the first 1000 km keyless ignition with pushbutton
unsecured child restraint (621 mi) and 5000 km (3,107 mi), start.
in the vehicle. heavy acceleration in lower
gears may be used. Pressing the button cycles it through
. Secure loose items in the three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,
vehicle. Vehicle speeds above 110 km/h ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the
(68 mph) should be limited to Engine/OFF.
. Do not leave a seat five minutes per use.
folded down unless The transmitter must be in the
needed. vehicle for the system to operate.
If the pushbutton start is not
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
working, the vehicle may be near a Manual Transmission 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
strong radio antenna signal causing If the vehicle is stationary, the to P (Park) with an automatic
interference to the Keyless Access ignition will turn OFF, and Retained transmission, or Neutral with a
system. See Remote Keyless Entry Accessory Power (RAP) will remain manual transmission. Turn the
(RKE) System Operation 0 25. active. See Retained Accessory ignition to OFF.
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle Power (RAP) 0 232. 4. Set the parking brake. See
must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or Do not turn the engine off when the Electric Parking Brake 0 242.
ON/RUN and the brake pedal must vehicle is moving. This will cause a
be applied. loss of power assist in the brake { Warning
Stopping the Engine/OFF (No and steering systems and disable
Indicator Lights) : When the the airbags. Turning off the vehicle while
vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE moving may cause loss of power
If the vehicle must be shut off in an assist in the brake and steering
START/STOP once to turn the emergency:
engine off. systems and disable the airbags.
1. Brake using a firm and steady While driving, only shut the
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the pressure. Do not pump the vehicle off in an emergency.
ignition will turn off, and Retained brakes repeatedly. This may
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain deplete power assist, requiring
active. See Retained Accessory increased brake pedal force. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
Power (RAP) 0 232. and must be shut off while driving,
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). press and hold ENGINE START/
Automatic Transmission This can be done while the STOP for longer than two seconds,
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the vehicle is moving. After shifting or press twice in five seconds.
ignition will return to ACC/ to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
ACCESSORY and display a Indicator Light) : This mode allows
message in the Driver Information a safe location.
you to use some electrical
Center (DIC). See Transmission accessories when the engine is off.
Messages 0 119. When the vehicle
is shifted into P (Park), the ignition
system will switch to OFF.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
With the ignition off, pressing the purposes. With the vehicle off, and Automatic Transmission
button one time without the brake the brake pedal not applied, Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
pedal applied will place the ignition pressing and holding the button for N (Neutral). To restart the vehicle
system in ACC/ACCESSORY. more than five seconds will place when it is already moving, use
The ignition will switch from ACC/ the vehicle in Service Only Mode. N (Neutral) only.
ACCESSORY to OFF after The instruments and audio systems
five minutes to prevent battery will operate as they do in ON/RUN,
but the vehicle will not be able to be Caution
rundown.
driven. The engine will not start in
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
Service Only Mode. Press the
Light) : This mode is for driving and button again to turn the vehicle off. vehicle is moving. If you do, you
starting. With the ignition off, and could damage the transmission.
the brake pedal applied for Shift to P (Park) only when the
Starting the Engine vehicle is stopped.
automatic transmission vehicles,
and the clutch pedal applied for Place the transmission in the
manual transmission vehicles, proper gear.
Manual Transmission
pressing the button once will place
the ignition system in ON/RUN/ Caution The shift lever should be in Neutral
START. Once engine cranking and the parking brake engaged.
begins, release the button. Engine If you add electrical parts or Hold the clutch pedal down to the
cranking will continue until the accessories, you could change floor and start the engine.
engine starts. See Starting the the way the engine operates. Any Starting Procedure
Engine 0 231. The ignition will then resulting damage would not be
remain in ON/RUN. covered by the vehicle warranty. 1. With the Keyless Access
See Add-On Electrical Equipment system, the RKE transmitter
Service Only Mode must be in the vehicle. Press
0 268.
This power mode is available for ENGINE START/STOP with the
service and diagnostics, and to brake pedal applied on
verify the proper operation of the vehicles with an automatic
malfunction indicator lamp as may transmission, and the clutch
be required for emission inspection pedal applied on vehicles with
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
a manual transmission. When 2. If the engine does not start Retained Accessory
the engine begins cranking, let after five to 10 seconds,
go of the button. especially in very cold weather
Power (RAP)
The idle speed will go down as (below 18 C or 0 F), it could The power windows will operate
the engine gets warm. Do not be flooded with too much when the ignition is in the ON/RUN
race the engine immediately gasoline. Try pushing the or ACC/ACCESSORY positions.
after starting it. accelerator pedal all the way to
Once the ignition is turned off,
the floor and holding it there as
If the RKE transmitter is not in Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
you press ENGINE START/
the vehicle, if there is allows the power windows to
STOP, for up to a maximum of
interference, or the RKE continue to operate for up to
15 seconds. Wait at least
battery is low, a Driver 10 minutes. If a door is opened
15 seconds between each try,
Information Center (DIC) during this time, they will be
to allow the cranking motor to
message will display. See deactivated.
cool down. When the engine
Driver Information Center (DIC) starts, let go of the button, and The audio system will be
0 108 and Remote Keyless the accelerator. If the vehicle deactivated only if the driver door is
Entry (RKE) System Operation starts briefly but then stops opened.
0 25. again, do the same thing. This
clears the extra gasoline from Shifting Into Park
Caution the engine. Do not race the (Automatic Transmission)
engine immediately after
Cranking the engine for long starting it. Operate the engine 1. Hold the brake pedal down and
periods of time, by returning the and transmission gently until set the parking brake.
ignition to the START position the oil warms up and lubricates See Electric Parking Brake
immediately after cranking has all moving parts. 0 242.
ended, can overheat and damage
2. Hold the button on the shift
the cranking motor, and drain the
lever and push the lever toward
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
the front of the vehicle into
between each try, to let the P (Park).
cranking motor cool down.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
3. Turn the ignition off. If you have to leave the vehicle with Shifting out of Park
the engine running, the vehicle must
Leaving the Vehicle With the be in P (Park) and the parking This vehicle is equipped with an
Engine Running brake set. electronic shift lock release system.
The shift lock release is designed to
Release the button and check that
{ Warning the shift lever cannot be moved out
prevent movement of the shift lever
out of P (Park), unless the ignition is
It can be dangerous to leave the of P (Park). in ON/RUN and the brake pedal is
vehicle with the engine running. Torque Lock applied.
It could overheat and catch fire. The shift lock release is always
Torque lock is when the weight of
It is dangerous to get out of the the vehicle puts too much force on functional except in the case of an
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully the parking pawl in the uncharged or low voltage (less than
in P (Park) with the parking brake transmission. This happens when 9-volt) battery.
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. parking on a hill and shifting the If the vehicle has an uncharged
transmission into P (Park) is not battery or a battery with low voltage,
Do not leave the vehicle when the done properly and then it is difficult try charging or jump starting the
engine is running. If you have left to shift out of P (Park). To prevent battery. See Jump Starting - North
the engine running, the vehicle torque lock, set the parking brake America 0 335.
can move suddenly. You or others and then shift into P (Park). To find
could be injured. To be sure the To shift out of P (Park):
out how, see Shifting Into Park
vehicle will not move, even when listed previously. 1. Apply the brake pedal.
you are on fairly level ground,
If torque lock does occur, the 2. Place the ignition in ON/RUN.
always set the parking brake and
vehicle may need to be pushed 3. Press the shift lever button.
move the shift lever to P (Park).
uphill by another vehicle to relieve
See Shifting Into Park (Automatic the parking pawl pressure, so you 4. Move the shift lever to the
Transmission) 0 232. can shift out of P (Park). desired position.
If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
1. Fully release the shift lever
button.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
2. Hold the brake pedal down and 2. Remove the trim from the Parking
press the shift lever button center console, in front of the
again. shift lever. With a manual transmission, before
getting out of the vehicle, move the
3. Move the shift lever to the shift lever into R (Reverse) if parking
desired position. on a downhill slope. On a level
If you are still having a problem surface or an uphill slope, use
shifting, see your dealer. 1 (First) gear. Apply the parking
brake. Turn the wheels toward the
Shift Lock Manual Release curb for a downhill slope, or away
If jump starting the vehicle did not from the curb for an uphill slope.
work, the shift lock manual release Once the shift lever has been
must be used. placed into gear with the clutch
pedal pressed in, turn the ignition to
To access the shift lock manual OFF, and release the clutch.
release:
1. Apply the parking brake. Parking over Things
3. Insert a tool into the opening as
far as it will go, while at the That Burn
same time, moving the shift
lever out of P (Park). If P (Park) { Warning
is selected again, the shift lever
will be locked again. Have the Things that can burn could touch
cause of the problem fixed by hot exhaust parts under the
your dealer. vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
4. Refit the trim to the center
or other things that can burn.
console.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Extended Parking Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

It is better not to park with the
vehicle running. If the vehicle is left { Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
while running, follow the proper
steps to be sure the vehicle will not Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
move and there is adequate monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not
ventilation. See Shifting Into Park seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
(Automatic Transmission) 0 232 and can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
Engine Exhaust 0 235. even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
For vehicles with pushbutton start: Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
If the vehicle is left in P (Park) while . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the
running and the Remote Keyless with poor ventilation windows completely down.
Entry (RKE) transmitter is outside (parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
the vehicle, the vehicle will turn off deep snow that may block immediately.
after two and one-half (2) hours. underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
If the vehicle is left in P (Park) while
engine running in an enclosed
running and the RKE transmitter is . The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
inside, the vehicle will run for five sounds strange or different.
hours. At the end of the fifth hour, building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
the vehicle will turn off.
due to corrosion or damage.
The timer will reset if the vehicle is
. The vehicle exhaust system
taken out of P (Park) while it is
running. has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Running the Vehicle Automatic P : This position locks the rear

wheels. It is the best position to use
While Parked Transmission when the engine is started because
It is better not to park with the the vehicle cannot move easily.
engine running.
If the vehicle is left with the engine { Warning
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move. It is dangerous to get out of the
See Shifting Into Park (Automatic vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
Transmission) 0 232 and Engine in P (Park) with the parking brake
Exhaust 0 235. firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
Press the select button on the front vehicle will not move, even when
of the shift lever to move into any you are on fairly level ground,
position. always set the parking brake and
When the shift lever position is move the shift lever to P (Park).
changed, the lever position is See Shifting Into Park (Automatic
indicated on the bottom of the Driver Transmission) 0 232.
Information Center (DIC).
The engine will not start unless the Make sure the shift lever is fully in
shift lever is in P (Park) or P (Park) before starting the engine.
N (Neutral). The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control
system. Fully apply the brake pedal
first and then press the shift lever
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
button before shifting from P (Park) N : In this position, the engine does D : Use this position for general
when the ignition is in ON/RUN or not connect with the wheels. To driving. The transmission
ACC/ACCESSORY. If the vehicle restart the engine when the vehicle automatically selects the
will not shift out of P (Park), ease is already moving, use appropriate gear according to the
pressure on the shift lever and push N (Neutral) only. current load and driving conditions.
the shift lever all the way into
P (Park) while maintaining brake
application. Then press the shift
{ Warning Caution
lever button and move the shift lever Shifting into a drive gear while the If the vehicle does not shift gears,
into another gear. See Shifting out engine is running at high speed is the transmission could be
of Park 0 233. dangerous. Unless your foot is damaged. Have the vehicle
R : Use this gear to back up. firmly on the brake pedal, the serviced right away.
vehicle could move very rapidly.
At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)
You could lose control and hit Sport Shift Mode
can also be used to rock the vehicle
people or objects. Do not shift
back and forth to get out of snow,
ice, or sand without damaging the into a drive gear while the engine
transmission. See If the Vehicle Is is running at high speed.
Stuck 0 225 for additional
information.
Caution
Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the N (Neutral) with the engine
vehicle is moving forward could running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle engine is not running at high
is stopped. speed when shifting the vehicle.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Sport Shift mode can be selected 3. To return to Normal Shift mode,

where maximum responsiveness is move the shift lever left, to
required. D (Drive). Sport Mode Off is
When operated in Sport Shift mode, displayed on the DIC.
the transmission will delay upshifts On the bottom of the display, S
and allow earlier downshifts. appears as long as Sport Shift
mode is selected.
Performance Mode
In addition, the transmission can Normal Shift Mode
sense aggressive driving, at which Normal shift mode is recommended
point it may delay upshifting and for normal or freeway driving, as it
downshift earlier when braking. This provides optimum fuel economy.
is designed to maximize vehicle When the shift lever is moved to To enable A/S mode:
performance. See Transmission D (Drive), normal shift mode is
Messages 0 119 1. Move the shift lever to
selected. D (Drive).
To activate Sport Shift mode:
2. Push the lever to the right.
1. Move the shift lever to Manual Mode
D (Drive). 3. Shift to the required gear:
Active Select (A/S) Mode
2. Push the shift lever to the right. To shift up a gear, briefly push
A/S mode allows gears to be the lever forward toward the
Sport Mode On is displayed on selected manually. + (Plus) and release it.
the DIC.
It can also provide engine braking To shift down a gear, briefly
Do not move the shift lever to by selecting the appropriate lower pull the lever rearward toward
+ (Plus) or (Minus), otherwise gear on a steep downhill grade. the (Minus) and release it.
Active Select mode will be
enabled. After changing the gear and
releasing the shift lever, it returns to
the center position on the right side
of the selector.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
On the bottom of the display, M and If not suitable, SHIFT DENIED To disable A/S mode and return to
the currently selected gear appear will be displayed in the DIC, and Sport Shift mode, hold the shift lever
as long as A/S mode is selected. the transmission will not shift in the + (Plus) position for more than
gears. Continuing to hold the one second. The bottom of the
lever in the (Minus) position display shows S.
will select the requested gear as
soon as the vehicle speed Temporary Active Select
decreases to the allowed speed (A/S) Mode
for that gear. A/S can also be operated from
. If the engine speed becomes too D (Drive) using the steering wheel
low for the currently selected paddles only. With the vehicle in
gear, the transmission will motion, briefly pulling the + (Plus) or
automatically shift down, even (Minus) steering wheel paddles at
though A/S mode is still any time will engage Temporary A/
selected. S mode.
. While in A/S mode, 2 (Second) In this mode A/S functions as if
Alternatively, the paddles can be or 3 (Third) gear starts can be activated from Sport mode, except
used to shift to the required gear: selected from a standing start. that the transmission will
To shift up a gear, briefly pull the This is useful for gentle automatically exit Temporary A/S
+ (Plus) paddle toward the steering acceleration on slippery mode to Normal Shift mode if any of
wheel and release it. surfaces. the following conditions are met:
To disable A/S mode and return to . The vehicle speed drops below
To shift down a gear, briefly pull the
(Minus) paddle toward the steering Normal Shift mode, push the shift approximately 10 km/h (6 mph).
wheel and release it. lever to the left, to position D (Drive). . No shift paddle is pressed, and
The bottom of the display shows D. steady driving without
. The transmission will shift to a
selected gear only if the engine accelerating, decelerating,
speed is within a suitable range. or cornering is detected for
approximately seven seconds.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. The + (Plus) steering wheel
paddle is pulled and held for
Manual Transmission 2 : Press the clutch pedal while
letting up on the accelerator pedal
more than one second. and shift into 2 (Second). Then,
. The shift lever is moved out of slowly let up on the clutch pedal
D (Drive) to Sport Shift mode. while pressing the accelerator
pedal.
3, 4, 5, and 6 : Shift into 3 (Third),
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) the
same way as 2 (Second). Slowly let
up on the clutch pedal while
pressing the accelerator pedal.
To stop, let up on the accelerator
pedal and press the brake pedal.
Just before the vehicle stops, press
To operate the transmission: the clutch pedal and the brake
pedal, and shift to Neutral.
1 : Press the clutch pedal and shift
into 1 (First). Then slowly let up on Neutral : Use this position when
the clutch pedal while pressing the starting or idling the engine. The
accelerator pedal. shift lever is in Neutral when it is
centered in the shift pattern, not in
Shift into 1 (First) when going less any gear.
than 64 km/h (40 mph). If the vehicle
comes to a complete stop and it is R : To back up, press the clutch
hard to shift into 1 (First), put the pedal and shift into R (Reverse).
shift lever in Neutral and let up on Apply pressure to get the lever past
the clutch. Press the clutch pedal 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) into
back down. Then shift into 1 (First). R (Reverse). Let up on the clutch
pedal slowly while pressing the
accelerator pedal.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
One to Four Shift Message Brakes

(V8 Only) Caution
Forcing the shift lever into any Antilock Brake
gear except 4 (Fourth) when the System (ABS)
1-4 SHIFT message comes on
may damage the transmission. This vehicle has an Antilock Brake
Shift only from 1 (First) to System (ABS), an advanced
4 (Fourth) when the message electronic braking system that helps
comes on. prevent a braking skid.
When the vehicle begins to drive
away, ABS checks itself.
This message will come on when:
A momentary motor or clicking noise
. The engine coolant temperature may be heard while this test is going
is higher than 76 C (169 F). on, and it may even be noticed that
. The vehicle is accelerating from the brake pedal moves a little. This
When this message comes on, the a stop and going 24 to 31 km/h is normal.
vehicle can only be shifted from (15 to 19 mph).
1 (First) to 4 (Fourth) instead of
1 (First) to 2 (Second). The message . The vehicle is at 33% throttle
will display in the Driver Information or less.
Center (DIC).
Complete the shift into 4 (Fourth) to
turn off this feature. This helps to
get the best possible fuel economy. If there is a problem with ABS, this
After shifting to 4 (Fourth), downshift warning light stays on. See Antilock
to a lower gear, if desired. Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
0 104.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
If driving safely on a wet road and it Using ABS The vehicle has an Electric Parking
becomes necessary to slam on the Brake (EPB). The switch is on the
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes and continue braking to center console. The EPB can
the brake pedal down firmly and let
avoid a sudden obstacle, a always be activated, even if the
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
computer senses the wheels are ignition is off. To prevent draining
pump or motor operating and feel
slowing down. If one of the wheels the battery, avoid repeated cycles of
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
is about to stop rolling, the computer the EPB when the engine is not
normal.
will separately work the brakes at running.
each wheel. Braking in Emergencies The system has a red parking brake
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS allows you to steer and brake status light and an amber parking
to each wheel, as required, faster at the same time. In many brake warning light. See Electric
than any driver could. This can help emergencies, steering can help Parking Brake Light 0 103 and
you steer around the obstacle while more than even the very best Service Electric Parking Brake Light
braking hard. braking. 0 103. There are also parking
As the brakes are applied, the brake-related Driver Information
computer keeps receiving updates Electric Parking Brake Center (DIC) messages. See Brake
on wheel speed and controls System Messages 0 113. In case of
braking pressure accordingly. insufficient electrical power, the EPB
cannot be applied or released.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to Before leaving the vehicle, check
the brake pedal or always decrease the red parking brake status light to
stopping distance. If you get too ensure that the parking brake is
close to the vehicle in front of you, applied.
there will not be enough time to EPB Apply
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always To apply the EPB:
leave enough room up ahead to 1. Be sure the vehicle is at a
stop, even with ABS. complete stop.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
2. Lift up the EPB switch held up. If the switch is held up until
momentarily. the vehicle comes to a stop, the Caution
The red parking brake status light EPB will remain applied.
Driving with the parking brake on
will flash and then stay on once the If the EPB fails to apply, the rear can overheat the brake system
EPB is fully applied. If the red wheels should be blocked to and cause premature wear or
parking brake status light flashes prevent vehicle movement. damage to brake system parts.
continuously, then the EPB is only Make sure that the parking brake
partially applied or there is a EPB Release
is fully released and the brake
problem with the EPB. A DIC To release the EPB: warning light is off before driving.
message will display. Release the
1. Place the ignition in the ACC/
EPB and try to apply it again. If the
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
light does not come on, or keeps
position.
Automatic EPB Release
flashing, have the vehicle serviced.
2. Apply and hold the brake The EPB will automatically release if
Do not drive the vehicle if the red
pedal. the vehicle is running, placed into
parking brake status light is flashing.
gear, and an attempt is made to
See your dealer. See Electric 3. Push down momentarily on the drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration
Parking Brake Light 0 103. EPB switch. when the EPB is applied, to
If the amber parking brake warning The EPB is released when the red preserve parking brake lining life.
light is on, lift up on the EPB switch parking brake status light is off. The EPB can also be used to
and hold it up. Continue to hold the
If the amber parking brake warning prevent roll back for vehicles with a
switch until the red parking brake
light is on, release the EPB by manual transmission taking off on a
status light remains on. If the amber
pushing down on the EPB switch hill. When no roll back is desired, an
parking brake warning light remains
and holding it down. Continue to applied EPB will allow both feet to
on, see your dealer.
hold the switch until the red parking be used for the clutch and
If the EPB is applied while the brake status light is off. If either light accelerator pedals in preparation for
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will stays on after release is attempted, starting the vehicle moving in the
decelerate as long as the switch is see your dealer. intended direction. In this case,
there is no need to push the switch
to release the EPB.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) HSA will not activate if the vehicle is
in a forward gear position and facing
The Brake Assist feature is This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist downhill, or if the vehicle is facing
designed to assist the driver in (HSA) feature, which may be useful uphill and the gear position is in
stopping or decreasing vehicle when the vehicle is stopped on a R (Reverse). When backing down a
speed in emergency driving grade sufficient enough to activate hill, select R (Reverse) to
conditions. This feature uses the HSA. This feature is designed to disable HSA.
stability system hydraulic brake prevent the vehicle from rolling,
control module to supplement the either forward or rearward, during
power brake system under vehicle drive off. After the driver
conditions where the driver has completely stops and holds the
quickly and forcefully applied the vehicle in a complete standstill on a
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly grade, HSA will be automatically
stop or slow down the vehicle. The activated. During the transition
stability system hydraulic brake period between when the driver
control module increases brake releases the brake pedal and starts
pressure at each corner of the to accelerate to drive off on a grade,
vehicle until the ABS activates. HSA holds the braking pressure for
Minor brake pedal pulsation or a maximum of two seconds to
pedal movement during this time is ensure that there is no rolling. The
normal and the driver should brakes will automatically release
continue to apply the brake pedal as when the accelerator pedal is
the driving situation dictates. The applied within the two-second
Brake Assist feature will window.
automatically disengage when the
brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the

driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
Traction Control/
If cruise control is being used and
Electronic Stability traction control or StabiliTrak begins
Control to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems
System Operation turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This
The vehicle has a Traction Control conditions allow. light will:
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak, an Both systems come on . Flash when TCS is limiting
electronic stability control system. automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin.
These systems help limit wheel slip started and begins to move. The
and assist the driver in maintaining . Flash when StabiliTrak is
systems may be heard or felt while activated.
control, especially on slippery road they are operating or while
conditions. performing diagnostic checks. This . Turn on and stay on when either
TCS activates if it senses that any is normal and does not mean there system is not working.
of the drive wheels are spinning or is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to
beginning to lose traction. When this It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the
happens, TCS applies the brakes to systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC),
the spinning wheels and reduces conditions, but it may be necessary and d comes on and stays on to
engine power to limit wheel spin. to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive
StabiliTrak activates when the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in
vehicle senses a difference between See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 225 maintaining control. The vehicle is
the intended path and the direction and Turning the Systems Off and safe to drive, but driving should be
the vehicle is actually traveling. On later in this section. adjusted accordingly.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the If d comes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
2. Turn the engine off and wait To turn off only TCS, press and To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
15 seconds. release g. The traction off light i again, press and release g. The
3. Start the engine. displays in the instrument cluster. traction off light i and StabiliTrak
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on To turn TCS on again, press and OFF light g in the instrument cluster
and stays on, the vehicle may need release g. The traction off light i turn off.
more time to diagnose the problem. displayed in the instrument cluster Adding accessories can affect the
If the condition persists, see your will turn off. vehicle performance. See
dealer. Accessories and Modifications
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g
0 272.
Turning the Systems Off is pressed, the system will not turn
and On off until the wheels stop spinning.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
press and hold g until the traction
off light i and StabiliTrak OFF
light g come on and stay on in the
instrument cluster.
To turn the system off, press g on

the center console.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Driver Mode Control Driver Mode can only be changed

when the ignition is in ON/RUN.
This feature allows for selecting Driver Mode will return to the same
different modes and settings. setting when the vehicle is
restarted.
Turn the control clockwise to select
the mode in order: Touring Sport
Performance. It will return to the
center position when released. Turn
the control counterclockwise to
select the previous mode in order.
The mode displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
The control is on the center console.

2017 - crc - 8/31/16
The modes and available settings are:
Driver Mode Torque Vectoring MRC EPS Bi Modal Exhaust

Touring Off Touring Sport Touring
Sport Off Sport Sport Sport
Performance On Performance / Track Competitive Sport
Driver Mode Settings Sport: Use where road conditions or If a malfunction occurs with the
personal preference demand more MRC system, the appropriate
Changes to TCS/StabiliTrak, Pedal
control. This setting selects a message will display in the DIC.
Mode, and Launch Control
suspension calibration that provides See Ride Control System Messages
performance settings are available
a firmer reaction to road conditions. 0 117.
in Track Driver Mode. See Track
Driver Mode 0 249. Performance/Track: This is the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
firmest setting. This setting is for
Torque Vectoring smoother road surfaces and when a Sport: Adjusted for use with MRC
more performance-oriented Touring and Sport Mode.
This feature uses StabiliTrak to
detect when the vehicle is starting to suspension style is preferred. Competitive: For spirited and track
understeer and helps to correct it. It provides better high speed driving.
If StabiliTrak is turned off Torque stability, handling response, and
body control. Bi Modal Exhaust
Vectoring will be unavailable.
The Bi Modal exhaust system has
Magnetic Ride Control (MRC) Based on road conditions, steering
valves in the exhaust tail pipes to
wheel angle, and vehicle speed, the
Touring: Use for normal city and system automatically adjusts to alter the tone of the exhaust sound.
highway driving. provide the best handling while Touring: Exhaust valves are closed.
providing a smooth ride. These
settings can be changed when
driving conditions change.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Sport: Exhaust valves operate to

provide a sporty exhaust character. Caution
Attempting to shift when the drive
Track Driver Mode wheels are spinning and do not
Track Driver Mode and Launch have traction may cause damage
Control are systems designed to to the transmission. Damage
allow increased performance while caused by misuse of the vehicle
accelerating and/or cornering. This is not covered by the vehicle
is accomplished by regulating and warranty. Do not attempt to shift
optimizing the engine, brakes, and when the drive wheels do not
suspension performance. These have traction.
modes are for use at a closed
course race track and are not
intended for use on public roads. Racing will result in the premature
These systems will not compensate wear of brakes, tires, and driveline
for driver inexperience or lack of components. Inspect and replace
familiarity with the race track. components as necessary.
{ Warning
Track Driver Mode and Launch
Control change the way
StabiliTrak and TCS perform and
should not be used on public
roads. These modes should only
be used on closed courses by
experienced drivers.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
The modes and available settings are:
Driver TCS StabiliTrak Launch Torque MRC EPS Pedal Bi Modal

Mode Control Vectoring Mode Exhaust
Performance
Track Competitive Competitive On On Competitive Track Sport
/ Track
In Track Driver Mode, TCS and To return the vehicle to normal TCS Launch Control is only
StabiliTrak are adjusted and Launch and StabiliTrak operation, press g. available when:
Control is available. Adjust your Track Driver Mode will return to the . Track Driver Mode is selected.
driving style to account for the more previous setting.
available performance. See Launch . The vehicle is not moving.
Control later in this section. Pedal Mode . The steering wheel is pointing
Track Driver Mode will return to the In Track Driver Mode or with TCS straight.
previous setting, Touring, Sport or off, the accelerator pedal response . The clutch pedal is pressed and
Performance, when the vehicle is is changed to allow for smoother the vehicle is in 1 (First) gear.
restarted. throttle control on a track.
. The accelerator pedal is rapidly
Press g twice quickly to set Track Launch Control (Manual applied to wide open throttle.
Driver Mode. Messages display in Transmissions Only)
This feature initially limits engine
the Driver Information Center (DIC). This feature is available in Track speed as the accelerator pedal is
See Ride Control System Messages Driver Mode, and allows the vehicle rapidly pressed to wide open
0 117. Also, the StabiliTrak OFF to reach high levels of acceleration throttle. A smooth, quick release of
light and TCS OFF light stay on in a straight line. Launch Control the clutch pedal, while maintaining
when the vehicle is in Track adjusts tire slip during standing start the fully pressed accelerator pedal,
Driver Mode. launches. Use this feature during will manage wheel slip. See Manual
closed course race events where Transmission 0 240.
consistent zero to sixty and quarter
mile times are desirable.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
After the vehicle is launched, the Cruise Control When road conditions allow you to
system continues in Track safely use it again, the cruise
Driver Mode. With cruise control, the vehicle can control can be turned back on.
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h
If the brakes are applied, cruise
Limited-Slip Rear Axle (25 mph) or more without keeping
control disengages.
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise
Vehicles with a limited-slip rear axle control does not work at speeds
can give more traction on snow, below 40 km/h (25 mph).
mud, ice, sand, or gravel. When
traction is low, this feature allows
the drive wheel with the most { Warning
traction to move the vehicle. The Cruise control can be dangerous
limited-slip rear axle also gives the where you cannot drive safely at
driver enhanced control when
a steady speed. Do not use
cornering hard or completing a
cruise control on winding roads or
maneuver, such as a lane change.
For vehicles with a limited-slip rear in heavy traffic.
axle, driven under severe Cruise control can be dangerous
conditions, the rear axle fluid should on slippery roads. On such roads,
be changed. See Track Driver Mode fast changes in tire traction can
0 249 and Maintenance Schedule cause excessive wheel slip, and 1 : Press to turn the cruise control
0 349. you could lose control. Do not use system on and off. A white indicator
cruise control on slippery roads. comes on in the instrument cluster
when cruise is turned on.
If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak * : Press to disengage cruise
system and begins to limit wheel control without erasing the set
spin while using cruise control, the speed from memory.
cruise control will automatically RES/+ : If there is a set speed in
disengage. See Traction Control/ memory, move the thumbwheel up
Electronic Stability Control 0 245. briefly to resume to that speed or
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
hold upwards to accelerate. If cruise 4. Remove foot from the . To increase the speed in small
control is already active, use to accelerator. increments, move the
increase vehicle speed. The cruise control indicator on the thumbwheel up toward RES/+
SET/ : Move the thumbwheel down instrument cluster turns green after briefly. For each press, the
briefly to set the speed and activate cruise control has been set to the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
cruise control. If cruise control is desired speed. See Instrument (1 mph) faster.
already active, use to decrease Cluster 0 96. Reducing Speed While Using
speed. Cruise Control
Resuming a Set Speed
The speedometer reading can be If the cruise control system is
displayed in either English or metric If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes already activated:
units. See Driver Information Center
are applied or * is pressed, the . Move the thumbwheel toward
(DIC) 0 108. The increment value
cruise control is disengaged without SET/ and hold until the desired
used depends on the units
erasing the set speed from memory. lower speed is reached, then
displayed.
release it.
Setting Cruise Control Once the vehicle reaches about
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the . To decrease the vehicle speed in
If 1 is on when not in use, SET/- or thumbwheel up toward RES/+ small increments, move the
RES/+ could get bumped and go briefly. The vehicle returns to the thumbwheel toward SET/
into cruise when not desired. Keep previous set speed. briefly. For each press, the
1 off when cruise control is not vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
being used. Increasing Speed While Using (1 mph) slower.
Cruise Control
To set a speed: Passing Another Vehicle While
If the cruise control system is Using Cruise Control
1. Press 1. already activated:
Use the accelerator pedal to
2. Get to the speed desired. . Move the thumbwheel up toward increase the vehicle speed. When
RES/+ and hold it until the you take your foot off the pedal, the
3. Move the thumbwheel down desired speed is reached, then
toward SET/ and release it. vehicle slows down to the previously
release it. set cruise control speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
shortly following the release to Ending Cruise Control Driver Assistance

override cruise control, briefly There are four ways to disengage
moving the thumbwheel toward cruise control:
Systems
SET/ will result in cruise control set
. Step lightly on the brake pedal This vehicle may have features that
to the current vehicle speed.
or clutch for a manual work together to help avoid crashes
Using Cruise Control on Hills transmission. or reduce crash damage while
driving, backing, and parking. Read
How well the cruise control works
on hills depends upon the vehicle
. Press *. this entire section before using
. these systems.
speed, load, and the steepness of Shift the transmission to
the hills. When going up steep hills, N (Neutral).
you might have to step on the . To turn off the cruise control,
{ Warning
accelerator pedal to maintain the
vehicle speed. When going press 1. Do not rely on the Driver
downhill, you might have to brake or Assistance Systems. These
Erasing Speed Memory systems do not replace the need
shift to a lower gear to keep your
speed down. If the brake pedal is The cruise control set speed is for paying attention and driving
applied, cruise control will erased from memory if 1 is pressed safely. You may not hear or see
disengage. or if the vehicle is turned off. alerts or warnings provided by
these systems. Failure to use
proper care when driving may
result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive Driving
0 217.
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Parking or Backing
Under many conditions, these . Work if the detection sensor If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
systems will not: is covered up, such as with (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
. Detect children, a sticker, magnet, or metal Front Parking Assist (FPA), Rear
pedestrians, bicyclists, plate. Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), and
or animals. . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) may
Work if the area surrounding
help the driver park or avoid objects.
. Detect vehicles or objects the detection sensor is
Always check around the vehicle
outside the area monitored damaged or not properly
when parking or backing.
by the system. repaired.
Complete attention is always Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
. Work at all driving speeds.
required while driving, and you When the vehicle is shifted into
. Warn you or provide you R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
should be ready to take action
with enough time to avoid a and apply the brakes and/or steer image of the area behind the vehicle
crash. in the infotainment display. When
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
. Work under poor visibility or the vehicle is shifted out of
bad weather conditions. R (Reverse), the display returns to
Audible Alert the previous content, after a short
. Work if the detection sensor
Some driver assistance features delay. To see the previous content
is not cleaned or is covered sooner, press one of the radio
alert the driver of obstacles by
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. buttons. If the message Service
beeping. To change the volume of
(Continued) the warning chime, see Comfort Rear Camera System is displayed,
and Convenience under Vehicle the vehicle may need service.
Personalization 0 120.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Displayed images may be farther or

closer than they appear. The area Warning (Continued)
displayed is limited and objects that
are close to either corner of the check behind and around the
bumper or under the bumper do not vehicle before driving. Failure to
display. use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Press MENU to adjust the display
brightness while viewing the rear
camera display. Parking Assist
A warning triangle may display to With Rear Parking Assist, and if
show that RPA has detected an equipped with Front Parking Assist,
object. This triangle changes from as the vehicle moves at speeds of
1. View Displayed by the amber to red and increases in size less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the
Camera the closer the object. sensors on the bumpers may detect
objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and
{ Warning 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle
within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
The camera(s) do not display the ground and below bumper level.
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, After exceeding 8 km/h (5 mph),
crossing traffic, animals, or any Front Parking Assist may be
other object outside of the automatically turned off. When this
occurs, press the PA button to turn
cameras field of view, below the
the system back on.
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different Detection distances may be shorter
1. View Displayed by the from actual distances. Do not during warmer or humid weather.
Camera drive or park the vehicle using Blocked sensors will not detect
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper only these camera(s). Always objects and can also cause false
detections. Keep the sensors clean
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; Beeps for Front Parking Assist are Turning the Features On or Off
and clean sensors after a car wash higher pitched than for Rear Parking
in freezing temperatures. Assist.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
{ Warning If equipped, RCTA shows a red
The Parking Assist system does warning triangle with a left or right
not detect children, pedestrians, pointing arrow on the infotainment
bicyclists, animals, or objects display to warn of traffic coming
located below the bumper or that from the left or right. This system
are too close or too far from the detects objects coming from up to
vehicle. It is not available at 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side
speeds greater than 8 km/h behind the vehicle. When an object
is detected beeps sound from the
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
left or right side, depending on the
or vehicle damage, even with
direction of the detected vehicle. Press X on the center console to
Parking Assist, always check the
turn on or off the Front and Rear
area around the vehicle and Parking Assist. The indicator light
check all mirrors before moving next to the button comes on when
forward or backing. the features are on and turns off
when the features have been
An obstacle is indicated by audible disabled. The system is on each
beeps. The interval between the time the vehicle is started.
beeps becomes shorter as the The Rear Vision Camera (RVC),
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. parking assist symbols, guidance
When the distance is less than 30 lines, and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
cm (12 in) the beeping is a (RCTA) (if equipped) can be turned
continuous tone for three seconds. on or off through vehicle
personalization. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 120.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Automatic Parking The system cannot:

Assist (APA) Warning (Continued)
. Detect whether it is a legal
If equipped, the APA system parking space. APA does not parking space.
searches for and steers the vehicle detect or avoid traffic that is . Park exactly lined up with the
into parallel or perpendicular parking behind or alongside of the vehicle next to it if the spot is
spots. When using APA, you must vehicle. Always be prepared to approached at an angle or if the
still shift gears, and control the stop the vehicle during the parking space is angled.
brakes and accelerator. The Driver parking maneuver.
information Center (DIC) and . Park exactly centered in a spot
audible beeps help to guide parking that is marked too large.
maneuvers. . Always detect short curbs.
If equipped with perpendicular
{ Warning parking mode, press and hold the
APA button during the search
APA does not apply the brakes. process to switch the APA parking
APA may not detect objects in the mode between perpendicular and
parking space, objects that are parallel parking. APA searches for
soft or narrow, objects high off the parking spaces to the right of the
ground such as flatbed trucks, vehicle. To search for a parking
or objects below ground level space to the left, turn on the left turn
such as large potholes. Always signal.
verify that the parking space is
appropriate for parking a vehicle.
APA does not respond to changes Press O on the center console to
in the parking space, such as enable the system to search for a
movement of an adjacent vehicle, parking space that is large enough
and within 1.5 m (5 ft) of the vehicle.
or a person or object entering the
The vehicle speed must be below
(Continued) 30 km/h (18 mph).
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
wheel will vibrate briefly as a APA may automatically disengage if:

reminder to remove hands from the . The steering wheel is used by
steering wheel. Check surroundings the driver.
and continue braking or accelerating
as needed, and be prepared to stop . The vehicle exceeds
to avoid vehicles, pedestrians, 10 km/h (6 mph).
or objects. If the vehicle is in . There is a failure with the APA
R (Reverse), but does not steer into system.
the expected space, this may be
because the system is maneuvering . Electronic stability control or
After completely passing a large
the vehicle into a previously antilock brakes are activated.
enough space bordered by two
vehicles or other objects, an audible detected space. The APA system . An important vehicle message is
beep occurs and a red symbol does not need service. displayed in the DIC.
displays in the DIC. A DIC progress arrow displays the APA search is only available when
status of the parking maneuver. the vehicle speed is below 30 km/h
Depending on the space size, (18 mph).
additional maneuvers may be
required, and there will be additional The APA system is constantly
instructions. When changing gears, scanning for parking spaces when
allow the automatic steering to the vehicle is moving forward.
complete before continuing the A suitable space will be offered
parking maneuver. Upon completion even when the APA button is
of a successful maneuver, APA will pressed after the initial drive-by.
beep and display a PARKING The APA system is capable of
APA will instruct the vehicle to stop COMPLETE message. Place the parking in subsequent spots after
once a large enough space is found. vehicle in P (Park) for an automatic the first parking space is found.
Follow the instructions in the DIC. transmission or in N (Neutral) with To cancel APA, press the APA
When instructed to drive in reverse, the parking brake set for a manual button again.
shift to R (Reverse) to engage transmission.
automatic steering. The steering
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
When the System Does Not Seem FCA detects vehicles within a Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
to Work Properly distance of approximately 60 m
The APA system may require a (197 ft) and operates at speeds
short period of driving along curves above 40 km/h (25 mph).
to calibrate.
{ Warning
Assistance Systems for FCA is a warning system and
Driving does not apply the brakes. When FCA warnings will not occur unless
If equipped, when driving the approaching a slower-moving or the FCA system detects a vehicle
vehicle in a forward gear, Forward stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
Collision Alert (FCA), Lane or when following a vehicle too the vehicle ahead indicator will
Departure Warning (LDW), and Side closely, FCA may not provide a display green. Vehicles may not be
Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) can help to warning with enough time to help detected on curves, highway exit
avoid a crash or reduce crash avoid a crash. It also may not ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
damage. provide any warning at all. FCA or if a vehicle ahead is partially
does not warn of pedestrians, blocked by pedestrians or other
Forward Collision Alert animals, signs, guardrails, objects. FCA will not detect another
(FCA) System bridges, construction barrels, vehicle ahead until it is completely
or other objects. Be ready to take in the driving lane.
If equipped, the FCA system may action and apply the brakes. See
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When
Defensive Driving 0 217. { Warning
approaching a vehicle ahead too FCA does not provide a warning
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing FCA can be disabled with the FCA to help avoid a crash, unless it
alert on the windshield and rapidly steering wheel control. detects a vehicle. FCA may not
beeps. FCA also lights an amber detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
visual alert if following another sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
vehicle much too closely.
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
more rapidly which can cause a Selecting the Alert Timing

Warning (Continued) brief, mild deceleration. Continue to
apply the brake pedal as needed.
or ice, or if the windshield is Cruise control may be disengaged
damaged. It may also not detect a when the Collision Alert occurs.
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit Tailgating Alert
visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair.
The vehicle ahead indicator will
Collision Alert display amber when you are The Collision Alert control is on the
following a detected vehicle ahead steering wheel. Press [ to set the
much too closely. FCA timing to Far, Medium, Near,
or Off. The first button press shows
the current setting on the Head-Up
Display (HUD). Additional button
presses will change this setting. The
chosen setting will remain until it is
When your vehicle approaches changed and will affect the timing of
another detected vehicle too rapidly, both the Collision Alert and the
the red FCA display will flash on the Tailgating Alert features. The timing
windshield. Also, eight rapid of both alerts will vary based on
high-pitched beeps will sound from vehicle speed. The faster the
the front. When this Collision Alert vehicle speed, the farther away the
occurs, the brake system may alert will occur. Consider traffic and
prepare for driver braking to occur weather conditions when selecting
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
the alert timing. The range of the corresponding outside side SBZA Detection Zones
selectable alert timing may not be mirror and will flash if the turn signal
appropriate for all drivers and is on.
driving conditions.
Unnecessary Alerts { Warning
FCA may provide unnecessary SBZA does not alert the driver to
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles vehicles rapidly approaching
in other lanes, objects that are not outside of the side blind zones,
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts pedestrians, bicyclists,
are normal operation and the or animals. It may not provide
vehicle does not need service. alerts when changing lanes under
Cleaning the System all driving conditions. Failure to
use proper care when changing
If the FCA system does not seem to lanes may result in injury, death, The SBZA sensor covers a zone of
operate properly, cleaning the or vehicle damage. Before approximately one lane over from
outside of the windshield in front of making a lane change, always both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
the camera sensor and the front of (11 ft). The height of the zone is
check mirrors, glance over your
the vehicle may correct the issue. approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
shoulder, and use the turn
signals. and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This
Side Blind Zone zone starts at approximately the
Alert (SBZA) middle of the vehicle and goes back
5 m (16 ft).
If equipped, the SBZA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists How the System Works
drivers with avoiding crashes that The SBZA symbol lights up in the
occur with moving vehicles in the side mirrors when the system
side blind zone (or spot) areas. The detects a moving vehicle in the next
SBZA warning display will light up in lane over that is in the side blind
zone. This indicates it may be
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
unsafe to change lanes. Before SBZA can be disabled through SBZA may not operate when the
making a lane change, check the vehicle personalization. See SBZA sensors in the left or right
SBZA display, check mirrors, glance Collision/Detection Systems under corners of the rear bumper are
over your shoulder, and use the turn Vehicle Personalization 0 120. covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,
signals. If SBZA is disabled by the driver, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For
the SBZA mirror displays will not cleaning instructions, see "Washing
light up. the Vehicle" under Exterior Care
0 338. If the DIC still displays the
When the System Does Not system unavailable message after
Seem to Work Properly cleaning both sides of the vehicle
SBZA displays may not come on toward the rear corners of the
Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror when passing a vehicle quickly or vehicle, see your dealer.
Display Display for a stopped vehicle. SBZA may If the SBZA displays do not light up
alert to objects attached to the when vehicles are in the blind zone
When the vehicle is started, both vehicle, such as a bicycle, or object and the system is clean, the system
outside mirror SBZA displays will extending out to either side of the may need service. Take the vehicle
briefly come on to indicate the vehicle. This is normal system to your dealer.
system is operating. When the operation; the vehicle does not need
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left- service. When SBZA is disabled for any
or right-side mirror display will light reason other than the driver turning
up if a moving vehicle is detected in SBZA may not always alert the it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
that blind zone. If the turn signal is driver to vehicles in the side blind option will not be available on the
activated in the same direction of a zone, especially in wet conditions. personalization menu.
detected vehicle, this display will The system does not need to be
flash as an extra warning not to serviced. The system may light up Radio Frequency Information
change lanes. due to guardrails, signs, trees, See Radio Frequency Statement
shrubs, and other non-moving 0 374.
objects. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Lane Departure Warning (Continued)

How the System Works
Warning (LDW) The LDW camera sensor is on the
not in proper condition; or if windshield ahead of the rearview
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
the sun shines directly into mirror.
crashes due to unintentional lane
the camera.
departures. It may provide an alert if
the vehicle is crossing a detected . Detect road edges.
lane without using a turn signal in . Detect lanes on winding or
that direction. LDW uses a camera hilly roads.
sensor to detect the lane markings
at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or If LDW only detects lane
greater. markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
{ Warning departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
The LDW system does not steer marking. Always keep your
the vehicle. The LDW system attention on the road and
may not: maintain proper vehicle position
. Provide enough time to within the lane, or vehicle To turn LDW on and off, press @ on
avoid a crash. damage, injury, or death could the steering wheel. The control
occur. Always keep the indicator will light when LDW is on.
. Detect lane markings under windshield, headlamps, and
poor weather or visibility camera sensors clean and in
conditions. This can occur if good repair. Do not use LDW in
the windshield or
bad weather conditions.
headlamps are blocked by
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
When LDW is on, @ is green if If the LDW system is not functioning Fuel
LDW is available to warn of a lane properly when lane markings are
departure. If the vehicle crosses a clearly visible, cleaning the GM recommends the use of TOP
detected lane marking without using windshield may help. TIER detergent gasoline to
keep the engine cleaner and
the turn signal in that direction, @ LDW alerts may occur due to
reduce engine deposits. See
changes to amber and flashes. tar marks, shadows, cracks in
www.toptiergas.com for a list of
Additionally, there will be three the road, temporary or construction
TOP TIER detergent gasoline
beeps on the right or left, depending lane markings, or other road
marketers and applicable countries.
on the lane departure direction. imperfections. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
When the System Does Not service. Turn LDW off if these
Seem to Work Properly conditions continue.
The system may not detect lanes as
well when there are:
. Close vehicles ahead.
. Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.
. Banked roads.
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or

FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with
ethanol levels greater than 15% by
volume.
Premium unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 93 is
highly recommended for best
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
performance and fuel economy.

Caution (Continued)
California Fuel
Unleaded gasoline with an octane
rated as low as 87 can be used.
Requirements
. Fuel with any amount of
Using unleaded gasoline rated If the vehicle is certified to meet
below 93 octane, however, will lead methanol, methylal, and
California Emissions Standards, it is
to reduced acceleration and fuel aniline. These fuels can
designed to operate on fuels that
economy. If knocking occurs, use a corrode metal fuel system
meet California specifications. See
gasoline rated at 93 octane as soon parts or damage plastic and
the underhood emission control
as possible, otherwise, the engine rubber parts.
label. If this fuel is not available in
could be damaged. If heavy . Fuel containing metals such states adopting California Emissions
knocking is heard when using as methylcyclopentadienyl Standards, the vehicle will operate
gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the manganese tricarbonyl satisfactorily on fuels meeting
engine needs service. (MMT), which can damage federal specifications, but emission
the emissions control control system performance may be
Prohibited Fuels system and spark plugs. affected. The malfunction indicator
. Fuel with a posted octane lamp could turn on and the vehicle
Caution may not pass a smog-check test.
rating of less than the
recommended fuel. Using See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Do not use fuels with any of the (Check Engine Light) 0 100. If this
following conditions; doing so this fuel will lower fuel
economy and performance, occurs, return to your authorized
may damage the vehicle and void dealer for diagnosis. If it is
its warranty: and may decrease the life of
the emissions catalyst. determined that the condition is
. For vehicles which are not caused by the type of fuel used,
FlexFuel, fuel labeled repairs may not be covered by the
greater than 15% ethanol by vehicle warranty.
volume, such as mid-level
ethanol blends (16 50%
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Fuels in Foreign Filling the Tank Warning (Continued)

Countries
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post { Warning . Fuel can spray out if the fuel
cap is opened too quickly.
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn This spray can happen if the
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is
foreign country, see Prohibited death. more likely in hot weather.
Fuels in Fuel 0 264.
. To help avoid injuries to you Open the fuel cap slowly
and others, read and follow and wait for any hiss noise
Fuel Additives to stop, then unscrew the
all the instructions on the
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP fuel pump island. cap all the way.
TIER detergent gasoline is
recommended. See Fuel 0 264. . Turn off the engine when
refueling.
If TOP TIER detergent gasoline is
not available, one bottle of GM Fuel . Keep sparks, flames, and
System Treatment Cleaner added to smoking materials away
the fuel tank at every engine oil from fuel.
change, can help. GM Fuel System . Do not leave the fuel pump
Treatment Cleaner is the only unattended.
gasoline additive recommended by . Do not use a cell phone
General Motors. It is available at
while refueling.
your dealer.
. Do not re-enter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
. Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel improperly installed. This would Filling a Portable Fuel
door on the passenger side of the allow fuel to evaporate into the
vehicle. To open the fuel door, push atmosphere. See Malfunction
Container
and release the rearward center Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
edge of the door. Light) 0 100. { Warning
Filling a portable fuel container
{ Warning { Warning while it is in the vehicle can cause
Overfilling the fuel tank by more If a fire starts while you are fuel vapors that can ignite either
than three clicks of a standard fill refueling, do not remove the by static electricity or other
nozzle may cause: nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by means. You or others could be
shutting off the pump or by badly burned and the vehicle
. Vehicle performance issues,
notifying the station attendant. could be damaged. Always:
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system. Leave the area immediately. . Use approved fuel
containers.
. Fuel spills.
. Remove the container from
. Potential fuel fires.
Caution the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
bed before filling.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a If a new fuel cap is needed, be . Place the container on the
few seconds after you have finished sure to get the right type of cap ground.
pumping before removing the from your dealer. The wrong type
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted of fuel cap may not fit properly, . Place the nozzle inside the
surfaces as soon as possible. See may cause the malfunction fill opening of the container
Exterior Care 0 338. before dispensing fuel, and
indicator lamp to light, and could
keep it in contact with the fill
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it damage the fuel tank and
opening until filling is
clockwise until it clicks. Make sure emissions system. See complete.
the cap is fully installed. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp
diagnostic system can determine if (Check Engine Light) 0 100. (Continued)
the fuel cap has been left off or
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing Conversions and

. Fill the container no more
The vehicle is neither designed nor Add-Ons
intended to tow a trailer.
than 95% full to allow for
expansion. Add-On Electrical
. Do not smoke, light
Equipment
matches, or use lighters
while pumping fuel. { Warning
. Avoid using cell phones or The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
other electronic devices. used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance
testing. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 100
. A device connected to the
DLC such as an aftermarket
fleet or driver-behavior tracking
device may interfere with
vehicle systems. This could affect
vehicle operation and cause a
crash. Such devices may also
access information stored in the
vehicles systems.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the

vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 67 and Adding Equipment
to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
0 68.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
270 Vehicle Care
Battery - North America . . . . . . 288

Vehicle Care Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 290 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Automatic Transmission Shift Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
General Information Lock Control Function Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 271 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 305
California Proposition Park Brake and P (Park) Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 291 Tire Terminology and
California Perchlorate Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 291 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Materials Requirements . . . . . 271 Windshield Replacement . . . . . 292 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Accessories and
Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Headlamp Aiming Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Tire Pressure Monitor
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own Bulb Replacement System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Tire Pressure Monitor
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Engine Compartment Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 293 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 294 When It Is Time for New
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 277 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Automatic Transmission Electrical System Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Electrical System Overload . . . 294 Different Size Tires and
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 278 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Engine Compartment Fuse Uniform Tire Quality
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 279 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Instrument Panel Fuse Wheel Alignment and Tire
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 284 Rear Compartment Fuse Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 320
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 271
Tire Sealant and General Information cause cancer and birth defects or
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 other reproductive harm. Engine
Storing the Tire Sealant and For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems,
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 334 and supported service people. emit these chemicals.
Jump Starting Genuine GM parts have one of See Battery - North America 0 288
Jump Starting - North these marks: and Jump Starting - North America
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 0 335.
Towing the Vehicle California Perchlorate

Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Recreational Vehicle Materials Requirements
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
Appearance Care
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
and lithium batteries contained in
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
California Proposition perchlorate.
65 Warning
WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
including this one, as well as many
of its service parts and fluids,
contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
272 Vehicle Care
Accessories and Damage to vehicle components Vehicle Checks

resulting from modifications or the
Modifications installation or use of non-GM
Adding non-dealer accessories or certified parts, including control Doing Your Own
making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is Service Work
can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
{ Warning
handling, emissions systems, affected parts. It can be dangerous to work on
aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to your vehicle if you do not have
electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other the proper knowledge, service
brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your manual, tools, or parts. Always
control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle follow owners manual procedures
modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories and consult the service manual
malfunction or damage not covered installed by a dealer technician. for your vehicle before doing any
by the vehicle warranty. service work.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Damage to suspension components Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68.
caused by modifying vehicle height
If doing some of your own service
outside of factory settings will not be
work, use the proper service
covered by the vehicle warranty.
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
0 373.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 67.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 273
Keep a record with all parts receipts Hood

and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See To open the hood:
Maintenance Records 0 360.
Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
2. Push up on the secondary
hood release and lift the hood.
To close the hood:
1. Pull up on the hood release 1. Before closing the hood, be
handle with this symbol on it. sure all the filler caps are on
It is located below the properly.
instrument panel to the left of
2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
the steering column.
above the vehicle and release
it so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is closed
and repeat the process if
necessary.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
274 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview

2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 275
1. Engine Compartment Fuse 11. Remote Negative () Terminal. Checking Engine Oil
Block 0 295. See Jump Starting - North
Check the engine oil level regularly,
2. Coolant Recovery Reservoir America 0 335.
every 650 km (400 mi), especially
and Dipstick Cap. See Cooling prior to a long trip. The engine oil
System 0 280. Engine Oil dipstick handle is a loop. See
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See To ensure proper engine Engine Compartment Overview
Engine Oil 0 275. performance and long life, careful 0 274 for the location.
attention must be paid to engine oil.
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 275.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
{ Warning
5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of your investment: The engine oil dipstick handle
View). See Cooling System . Use engine oil approved to the may be hot; it could burn you.
0 280. proper specification and of the Use a towel or glove to touch the
6. Radiator Pressure Cap. See proper viscosity grade. See dipstick handle.
Cooling System 0 280. Selecting the Right Engine Oil
in this section. If a low oil Driver Information Center
7. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting - North . Check the engine oil level (DIC) message displays, check the
America 0 335. regularly and maintain the oil level.
proper oil level. See Checking Follow these guidelines:
8. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.
Engine Oil and When to Add
See Brake Fluid 0 287 or . To get an accurate reading, park
Engine Oil in this section.
Hydraulic Clutch 0 279. the vehicle on level ground.
. Change the engine oil at the Check the engine oil level after
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 279.
appropriate time. See Engine Oil the engine has been off for at
10. Windshield Washer Fluid Life System 0 277. least two hours. Checking the
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid . Always dispose of engine oil engine oil level on steep grades
0 286. or too soon after engine shutoff
properly. See What to Do with
Used Oil in this section. can result in incorrect readings.
Accuracy improves when
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
276 Vehicle Care
checking a cold engine prior to use. For engine oil crankcase Selecting the Right Engine Oil
starting. Remove the dipstick capacity, see Capacities and
Selecting the right engine oil
and check the level. Specifications 0 362.
depends on both the proper oil
. If unable to wait two hours, the specification and viscosity grade.
engine must be off for at least Caution See Recommended Fluids and
15 minutes if the engine is Lubricants 0 358.
warm, or at least 30 minutes if Do not add too much oil. Oil
the engine is not warm. Pull out levels above or below the Specification
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean acceptable operating range Ask for and use engine oils that
paper towel or cloth, then push it shown on the dipstick are harmful meet the dexos1 specification.
back in all the way. Remove it to the engine. If you find that you Engine oils that have been
again, keeping the tip down, and have an oil level above the approved by GM as meeting the
check the level. operating range, the engine could dexos1 specification are marked
be damaged. You should drain with the dexos1 approved logo. See
When to Add Engine Oil out the excess oil or limit driving www.gmdexos.com.
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview

0 274
If the oil is below the cross-hatched Add enough oil to reach the upper
area at the tip of the dipstick and mark on the dipstick. Push the Caution
the engine has been off for at least dipstick all the way back in when
15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the through. Failure to use the recommended
recommended oil and then recheck engine oil or equivalent can result
the level. See Selecting the Right in engine damage not covered by
Engine Oil later in this section for the vehicle warranty.
an explanation of what kind of oil to
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 277
Viscosity Grade What to Do with Used Oil include engine revolutions, engine
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade temperature, and miles driven.
Used engine oil contains certain
engine oil. Based on driving conditions, the
elements that can be unhealthy for
mileage at which an oil change is
Cold Temperature Operation: In an your skin and could even cause
indicated can vary considerably. For
area of extreme cold, where the cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
the oil life system to work properly,
temperature falls below 29 C your skin for very long. Clean your
the system must be reset every time
(20 F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be skin and nails with soap and water,
the oil is changed.
used. An oil of this viscosity grade or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
will provide easier cold starting for properly dispose of clothing or rags When the system has calculated
the engine at extremely low containing used engine oil. See the that oil life has been diminished, it
temperatures. When selecting an oil manufacturer's warnings about the indicates that an oil change is
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it use and disposal of oil products. necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
is recommended to select an oil of OIL SOON message comes on. See
Used oil can be a threat to the
the correct specification. See Engine Oil Messages 0 115.
environment. If you change your
Specification earlier in this section. Change the oil as soon as possible
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
from the filter before disposal. Never
Engine Oil Additives/Engine dispose of oil by putting it in the
It is possible that, if driving under
Oil Flushes the best conditions, the oil life
trash or pouring it on the ground,
system might indicate that an oil
Do not add anything to the oil. The into sewers, or into streams or
change is not necessary for up to a
recommended oils meeting the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
year. The engine oil and filter must
dexos1 specification are all that is it to a place that collects used oil.
be changed at least once a year
needed for good performance and and, at this time, the system must
engine protection. Engine Oil Life System be reset. Your dealer has trained
Engine oil system flushes are not When to Change Engine Oil service people who will perform this
recommended and could cause work and reset the system. It is also
engine damage not covered by the This vehicle has a computer system important to check the oil regularly
vehicle warranty. that indicates when to change the over the course of an oil drain
engine oil and filter. This is based interval and keep it at the proper
on a combination of factors which level.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
278 Vehicle Care
If the system is ever reset 2. Fully press and release the service department. Contact your
accidentally, the oil must be accelerator pedal three times dealer for additional information or
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) within five seconds. the procedure can be found in the
since the last oil change. The system is reset when the service manual. To purchase a
Remember to reset the oil life CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON service manual, see Service
system whenever the oil is changed. message goes off. Publications Ordering Information
0 373.
How to Reset the Engine Oil If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
Life System message comes back on when the Change the fluid and filter at the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life intervals listed in Maintenance
Reset the system whenever the Schedule 0 349, and be sure to use
engine oil is changed so that the system has not been reset. Repeat
the procedure. the fluid listed in Recommended
system can calculate the next Fluids and Lubricants 0 358.
engine oil change. To reset the
system: Automatic Transmission Manual Transmission
1. Display the REMAINING OIL Fluid Fluid
LIFE on the DIC. See Driver How to Check Automatic
Information Center (DIC) 0 108. It is not necessary to check the
Transmission Fluid manual transmission fluid level.
2. Press and hold SET/CLR on A transmission fluid leak is the only
It is not necessary to check the
the DIC while the Oil Life reason for fluid loss. If a leak
transmission fluid level.
display is active. The oil life will occurs, take the vehicle to the
A transmission fluid leak is the only
change to 100%. dealer and have it repaired as soon
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
The oil life system can also be reset occurs, take the vehicle to your as possible. See Recommended
as follows: dealer service department and have Fluids and Lubricants 0 358 for the
it repaired as soon as possible. proper fluid to use.
1. Display the REMAINING OIL
LIFE on the DIC. See Driver There is a special procedure for
Information Center (DIC) 0 108. checking and changing the
transmission fluid. Because this
procedure is difficult, you should
have this done at your dealer
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 279
Hydraulic Clutch How to Check and Add Fluid How to Inspect the Engine Air
Visually check the brake/clutch fluid Cleaner/Filter
For vehicles with a manual
transmission, it is not necessary to reservoir to make sure the fluid level Do not start the engine or have the
regularly check brake/clutch fluid is at the MIN (minimum) line on the engine running with the engine air
unless there is a leak suspected. reservoir. The brake/hydraulic clutch cleaner/filter housing open. Before
Adding fluid will not correct a leak. fluid system should be closed and removing the engine air cleaner/
A fluid loss in this system could sealed. filter, make sure that the engine air
indicate a problem. Have the Do not remove the cap to check the cleaner/filter housing and nearby
system inspected and repaired. fluid level or to top-off the fluid level. components are free of dirt and
Remove the cap only when debris. Remove the engine air
When to Check and What cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
necessary to add the proper fluid
to Use until the level reaches the MIN line. the engine air cleaner/filter (away
from the vehicle), to release loose
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter cleaner/filter for damage, and
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the replace if damaged. Do not clean
engine compartment on the driver the engine air cleaner/filter or
side of the vehicle. See Engine components with water or
Compartment Overview 0 274. compressed air.
The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid When to Inspect the Engine Air
reservoir cap has this symbol on it.
Cleaner/Filter
The common hydraulic clutch and
brake master cylinder fluid reservoir For intervals on changing and
is filled with brake fluid as indicated inspecting the engine air cleaner/
on the reservoir cap. See Engine filter, see Maintenance Schedule
Compartment Overview 0 274 for 0 349.
reservoir location.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
280 Vehicle Care
To inspect or replace the engine air 5. Inspect or replace the air Cooling System
cleaner/filter: cleaner/filter. See Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 359.
6. Reverse Steps 25 to reinstall
the cover.
{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not 1. Coolant Recovery Reservoir
1. Air Duct Clamp Screw drive with the air cleaner/filter off. 2. Engine Cooling Fans (Out
2. Retaining Clips of View)
1. Open the hood. See Hood 3. Radiator Cap
0 273. Caution
2. Disconnect the outlet duct by { Warning
loosening the screw (1) on the If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
air duct clamp. can easily get into the engine, An electric engine cooling fan
which could damage it. Always under the hood can start up even
3. Remove the retaining clips (2) when the engine is not running
have the air cleaner/filter in place
securing the cover on the air and can cause injury. Keep
when you are driving.
cleaner/filter housing. hands, clothing, and tools away
4. Pull straight up on the cover; from any underhood electric fan.
while holding the cover,
remove the air cleaner/filter.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 281
Engine Coolant
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
The cooling system in the vehicle is
Heater and radiator hoses, and filled with DEX-COOL engine overheat warning. The engine
other engine parts, can be very coolant. This coolant is designed to could catch fire and you or others
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, remain in the vehicle for 5 years or could be burned. Use a 50/
you can be burned. 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
occurs first. water and DEX-COOL coolant.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it The following explains the cooling
could lose all coolant. That could system and how to check and add Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
cause an engine fire, and you coolant when it is low. If there is a drinkable water and DEX-COOL
could be burned. Get any leak problem with engine overheating, coolant. If using this mixture,
fixed before you drive the vehicle. see Engine Overheating 0 284. nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture:
What to Use
. Gives freezing protection down
Caution { Warning to 37 C (34 F), outside
temperature.
Using coolant other than Adding only plain water or some . Gives boiling protection up to
DEX-COOL can cause other liquid to the cooling system 129 C (265 F), engine
premature engine, heater core, can be dangerous. Plain water temperature.
or radiator corrosion. In addition, and other liquids, can boil before . Protects against rust and
the engine coolant could require the proper coolant mixture will.
corrosion.
changing sooner. Any repairs The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture. . Will not damage aluminum parts.
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use With plain water or the wrong . Helps keep the proper engine
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant mixture, the engine could get too temperature.
in the vehicle. hot but you would not get the
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
282 Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant
Caution
The vehicle must be on a level
If improper coolant mixture, surface when checking the coolant
inhibitors, or additives are used in level.
the vehicle cooling system, the To check coolant:
engine could overheat and be
damaged. Too much water in the 1. Turn the ignition off.
mixture can freeze and crack 2. Locate the coolant recovery
engine cooling parts. The repairs reservoir. See Engine
would not be covered by the Compartment Overview 0 274.
vehicle warranty. Use only the
proper mixture of engine coolant
4. When the engine is cold, the
for the cooling system. See
coolant level should be at or
Recommended Fluids and above the minimum mark (1).
Lubricants 0 358. After the vehicle has been
driven and the engine is at
Never dispose of engine coolant by normal operating temperature,
putting it in the trash, pouring it on the level should be somewhere
the ground, or pouring it into between half full and the
sewers, streams or bodies of water. maximum mark (2).
Have the coolant changed by an 5. If the coolant level is correct,
authorized service center, familiar replace the coolant recovery
with legal requirements regarding reservoir dipstick cap and turn
used coolant disposal. This will help 3. Turn the coolant recovery
reservoir dipstick cap clockwise to secure.
protect the environment and your
health. counterclockwise and slowly
pull out the dipstick. There are
maximum and minimum
markings on the dipstick.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 283
How to Add Coolant to the 2. Pour the coolant into the

Coolant Recovery Bottle engine coolant recovery { Warning
reservoir.
An electric engine cooling fan
{ Warning 3. When the level is correct, as under the hood can start up even
per the markings on the when the engine is not running
You can be burned if you spill dipstick, replace the coolant and can cause injury. Keep
coolant on hot engine parts. recovery reservoir dipstick cap hands, clothing, and tools away
Coolant contains ethylene glycol and turn clockwise to secure. from any underhood electric fan.
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill How to Add Coolant to the
coolant on a hot engine. Radiator
{ Warning
{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
Caution You can be burned if you spill hot cooling system can blow out
coolant on hot engine parts. and burn you badly. They are
This vehicle has a specific Coolant contains ethylene glycol under pressure, and if you turn
coolant fill procedure. Failure to and it will burn if the engine parts the radiator cap even a
follow this procedure could cause are hot enough. Do not spill little they can come out at high
the engine to overheat and be coolant on a hot engine. speed. Never turn the cap when
severely damaged.
the cooling system, including the
radiator cap, is hot. Wait for the
To add coolant: cooling system and radiator cap
Caution
1. Turn the engine coolant to cool if you ever have to turn
recovery reservoir dipstick cap This vehicle has a specific the pressure cap.
counterclockwise 1/8 of a turn coolant fill procedure. Failure to
and slowly pull out the dipstick. follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
severely damaged.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
284 Vehicle Care
If no coolant is visible in the engine If a spill occurs, rinse the belt 8. Check the coolant level in the
coolant recovery reservoir, add with fresh water. engine coolant recovery
coolant as follows: 4. Start the engine. reservoir and fill it until the
1. Locate the radiator cap. See level is at the top mark on the
5. With the engine idling, top off dipstick cap. Filling to this level
Engine Compartment Overview the coolant through the radiator
0 274. provides additional coolant to
cap opening until full. allow for any air that may be
Wait 30 seconds for the left in the cooling system.
coolant to settle and top off if
the level drops. Caution
6. Once the system is full, put the If the pressure cap is not tightly
radiator cap back on by turning installed, coolant loss and
clockwise.
possible engine damage may
2. Cover the radiator cap with a 7. Turn the engine off. occur. Be sure the cap is properly
thick cloth and turn it slowly
and tightly secured.
counterclockwise and remove.
3. If there is no coolant visible or
the level is low, slowly fill the Engine Overheating
system through the radiator The vehicle has an indicator to warn
cap opening with a 50/ of engine overheating.
50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant There is an engine coolant
until full. temperature gauge on your vehicle's
instrument panel. See Engine
Wait 30 seconds for the Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 98.
coolant to settle and top off if
the level drops.
Do not spill coolant on the
accessory drive belts.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 285
You may decide not to lift the hood If Steam is Coming from the too serious. Sometimes the engine
when this warning appears, but Engine Compartment can get a little too hot when the
instead get service help right away. vehicle:
See Roadside Assistance Program
0 368.
{ Warning . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
. Stops after high-speed driving.
If you do decide to lift the hood, Steam from an overheated engine
make sure the vehicle is parked on can burn you badly, even if you . Idles for long periods in traffic.
a level surface. just open the hood. Stay away If the overheat warning is displayed
Then check to see if the engine from the engine if you see or hear with no sign of steam:
cooling fans are running. If the steam coming from it. Just turn it
off and get everyone away from 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
engine is overheating, both fans
should be running. If they are not, the vehicle until it cools down. 2. Turn the heater on to the
do not continue to run the engine Wait until there is no sign of highest temperature and to the
and have the vehicle serviced. steam or coolant before you open highest fan speed. Open the
the hood. windows as necessary.
Caution If you keep driving when the 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
engine is overheated, the liquids the road, shift to P (Park) or
Running the engine without in it can catch fire. You or others N (Neutral), and let the
coolant may cause damage or a could be badly burned. Stop the engine idle.
fire. Vehicle damage would not be engine if it overheats, and get out If the temperature overheat gauge is
covered by the vehicle warranty. of the vehicle until the engine no longer in the overheat zone or an
is cool. overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
If No Steam is Coming from for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
the Engine Compartment vehicle distance from the vehicle in
If an engine overheat warning is front. If the warning does not come
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
286 Vehicle Care
back on, continue to drive normally Adding Washer Fluid

and have the cooling system Caution (Continued)
checked for proper fill and function.
. Do not mix water with
If the warning continues, pull over, ready-to-use washer fluid.
stop, and park the vehicle Water can cause the
right away. solution to freeze and
If there is no sign of steam, idle the damage the washer fluid
engine for three minutes while tank and other parts of the
parked. If the warning is still Open the cap with the washer washer system.
displayed, turn off the engine until it symbol on it. Add washer fluid until . When using concentrated
cools down. the windshield washer fluid reservoir
washer fluid, follow the
is full. See Engine Compartment
manufacturer instructions for
Overview 0 274 for reservoir
Washer Fluid location.
adding water.
What to Use . Fill the washer fluid tank
Caution only three-quarters full when
When windshield washer fluid is it is very cold. This allows
needed, be sure to read the . Do not use washer fluid that for fluid expansion if
manufacturer's instructions before contains any type of water freezing occurs, which could
use. If operating the vehicle in an repellent coating. This can damage the tank if it is
area where the temperature may fall cause the wiper blades to completely full.
below freezing, use a fluid that has chatter or skip.
sufficient protection against
freezing. . Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the
windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield
washer system and paint.
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 287
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are

can cause a brake squeal when the installed or if parts are improperly
Disc brake pads have built-in wear brakes are first applied or lightly installed.
indicators that make a high-pitched applied. This does not mean
warning sound when the brake pads something is wrong with the brakes. Brake Fluid
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or can Properly torqued wheel nuts are
be heard all the time when the necessary to help prevent brake
vehicle is moving, except when pulsation. When tires are rotated,
applying the brake pedal firmly. inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
{ Warning specifications. See Capacities and
The brake wear warning sound Specifications 0 362. The brake/clutch master cylinder
means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as reservoir is filled with GM approved
not work well. That could lead to complete sets. DOT 4 brake fluid as indicated on
a crash. When the brake wear the reservoir cap. See Engine
Brake Pedal Travel Compartment Overview 0 274 for
warning sound is heard, have the
See your dealer if the brake pedal the location of the reservoir.
vehicle serviced.
does not return to normal height, Checking Brake Fluid
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign Place the vehicle in P (Park) or
Caution that brake service may be required. Neutral with the parking brake
applied if equipped with a manual
Continuing to drive with worn-out Replacing Brake System Parts transmission. On a level surface,
brake pads could result in costly the brake fluid level should be
Always replace brake system parts
brake repair. between the minimum and
with new, approved replacement
maximum marks on the brake fluid
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
reservoir.
may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
288 Vehicle Care
There are only two reasons why the

brake fluid level in the reservoir may { Warning { Warning
go down:
If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake
. Normal brake lining wear. When can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the
new linings are installed, the if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in
fluid level goes back up. or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a
. A fluid leak in the brake/clutch the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the
hydraulic system. Have the Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid.
brake/clutch hydraulic system done on the brake/clutch
fixed. With a leak, the brakes will hydraulic system.
not work well.
Caution
Always clean the brake fluid When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a
reservoir cap and the area around low level, the brake warning light If brake fluid is spilled on the
the cap before removing it. comes on. See Brake System vehicle's painted surfaces, the
Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. Warning Light 0 102. paint finish can be damaged.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Brake fluid absorbs water over time Immediately wash off any painted
If fluid is added when the linings are which degrades the effectiveness of surface.
worn, there will be too much fluid the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
when new brake linings are at the specified intervals to prevent
installed. Add or remove fluid, as increased stopping distance. See
Battery - North America
necessary, only when work is done Maintenance Schedule 0 349. The original equipment battery is
on the brake/clutch hydraulic maintenance free. Do not remove
system. What to Add
the cap and do not add fluid.
Use only GM approved DOT 4
The battery is in the trunk, behind a
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
trim panel, on the driver side of the
container. See Recommended
vehicle. Refer to the replacement
Fluids and Lubricants 0 358.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 289
number shown on the original Infrequent Usage: Remove the

battery label when a new battery is { Warning black, negative () cable from the
needed. battery to keep the battery from
WARNING: Battery posts, running down.
terminals, and related
{ Warning accessories contain lead and lead Extended Storage: Remove the
compounds, chemicals known to black, negative () cable from the
A specifically developed battery battery or use a battery trickle
with a ventilation system is the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other charger.
required for this vehicle. Any
other standard battery may cause reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to Rear Axle
explosive gases to enter the trunk
or passenger compartment. the State of California to cause When to Check Lubricant
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
Do not remove the caps on the HANDLING. It is not necessary to regularly
top of the battery. The battery check rear axle fluid unless you
supplied in the vehicle is See California Proposition suspect there is a leak or you hear
maintenance free and does not 65 Warning 0 271. an unusual noise. A fluid loss could
require checking or filling. indicate a problem. Have it
inspected and repaired.
The battery vent tube must be Vehicle Storage
installed correctly to ensure the
explosive gases are vented { Warning
outside the vehicle.
Batteries have acid that can burn
Only use a manufacturer you and gas that can explode.
recommended battery as a You can be badly hurt if you are
replacement. not careful. See Jump Starting -
North America 0 335 for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
290 Vehicle Care
How to Check Lubricant What to Use 3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
To add lubricant when the level is
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
low or to completely refill after
If the vehicle starts in any other
draining, see Recommended Fluids
position, contact your dealer for
and Lubricants 0 358. Then fill to
service.
the bottom of the fill plug hole with
the required lubricant.
Automatic Transmission
Starter Switch Check Shift Lock Control
Function Check
{ Warning
When you are doing this
{ Warning
inspection, the vehicle could When you are doing this
1. Fill Plug Hole move suddenly. If the vehicle inspection, the vehicle could
2. Drain Plug Hole moves, you or others could be move suddenly. If the vehicle
To get an accurate reading, the injured. moves, you or others could be
vehicle should be on a level injured.
surface. 1. Before starting this check, be
If the level is below the bottom of sure there is enough room 1. Before starting this check, be
the filler plug hole, add some around the vehicle. sure there is enough room
lubricant. Add enough lubricant to 2. Apply both the parking brake around the vehicle. It should be
raise the level to the bottom of the and the regular brake. parked on a level surface.
filler plug hole. 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off ready to apply the regular
the engine immediately if it brake immediately if the vehicle
starts. begins to move.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 291
3. With the engine off, turn the Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Replacement blades come in
ignition on, but do not start the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping different types and are removed in
engine. Without applying the your foot on the regular brake, set different ways. For the proper type
regular brake, try to move the the parking brake. and size, see Maintenance
shift lever out of P (Park) with . To check the parking brake's Replacement Parts 0 359.
normal effort. If the shift lever holding ability: With the engine To replace the wiper blade
moves out of P (Park), contact running and the transmission in assembly:
your dealer for service. N (Neutral), slowly remove foot 1. Pull the windshield wiper
pressure from the regular brake assembly away from the
Park Brake and P (Park) pedal. Do this until the vehicle is windshield.
Mechanism Check held by the parking brake only.
. To check the P (Park)
{ Warning mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
When you are doing this check, P (Park). Then release the
the vehicle could begin to move. parking brake followed by the
You or others could be injured regular brake.
and property could be damaged.
Contact your dealer if service is 2. Squeeze the tabs on each side
Make sure there is room in front required.
of the vehicle in case it begins to of the wiper blade assembly
roll. Be ready to apply the regular and slide the assembly off the
brake at once should the vehicle
Wiper Blade Replacement end of the wiper arm.
begin to move. Front Wiper Blade
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear or cracking. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 349.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
292 Vehicle Care
3. Install the new blade onto the Windshield Replacement Headlamp Aiming
arm connector and make sure
the tabs are fully set in the HUD System Headlamp aim has been preset and
locked position. should need no further adjustment.
The windshield is part of the HUD
Allowing the wiper blade arm to system. If the windshield must be If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
touch the windshield when no replaced, get one that is designed the headlamp aim may be affected.
wiper blade is installed could for HUD or the HUD image may If adjustment to the headlamps is
damage the windshield. Any look out of focus. necessary, see your dealer.
damage that occurs would not
be covered by your warranty. Driver Assistance Systems
Do not allow the wiper blade When a windshield replacement is
arm to touch the windshield. needed and the vehicle is equipped
4. Repeat the steps for the other with a front-looking camera sensor
blade. for the Driver Assistance Systems,
the windshield must be installed
according to GM specifications for
these systems to work properly. If it
is not, there may be unexpected
behavior and/or messages from
these systems. See Object
Detection System Messages 0 116.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 293
Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge License Plate Lamp

For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs
0 294. { Warning
For any bulb changing procedure The High Intensity Discharge
not listed in this section, see your (HID) lighting system operates at
dealer.
a very high voltage. If you try to
A tool is included with the vehicle to service any of the system
assist with bulb replacement by your components, you could be
dealer. seriously injured. Have your
dealer or a qualified technician
service them.
Lamp Assembly
After an HID headlamp bulb has
been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was
originally. This is normal.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
294 Vehicle Care
5. Push the replacement bulb Electrical System

straight into the bulb socket
and turn the bulb socket
clockwise to install it into the Electrical System
lamp assembly. Overload
6. Turn the lamp assembly into The vehicle has fuses and circuit
the lamp assembly opening breakers to protect against an
engaging the clip side first. electrical system overload.
7. Push on the lamp side opposite When the current electrical load is
the clip until the lamp assembly too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
snaps into place. and closes, protecting the circuit
until the current load returns to
Bulb Assembly
Replacement Bulbs normal or the problem is fixed. This
1. Bulb Socket greatly reduces the chance of circuit
Bulb
2. Bulb Exterior Lamp overload and fire caused by
Number
electrical problems.
3. Lamp Assembly
License W5W Fuses and circuit breakers protect
To replace one of these bulbs: Plate Lamp power devices in the vehicle.
1. Push the left end of the lamp
For replacement bulbs not listed Replace a bad fuse with a new one
assembly toward the right.
here, contact your dealer. of the identical size and rating.
2. Turn the lamp assembly down
If there is a problem on the road and
to remove it.
a fuse needs to be replaced, the
3. Turn the bulb socket (1) same amperage fuse can be
counterclockwise to remove it borrowed. Choose some feature of
from the lamp assembly (3). the vehicle that is not needed to use
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of and replace it as soon as possible.
the bulb socket (1).
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 295
Headlamp Wiring Fuses Engine Compartment

An electrical overload may cause The wiring circuits in the vehicle are Fuse Block
the lamps to go on and off, or in protected from short circuits by
some cases to remain off. Have the fuses. This greatly reduces the
headlamp wiring checked right away chance of fires caused by electrical
if the lamps go on and off or problems.
remain off.
Look at the silver-colored band
Windshield Wipers inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
If the wiper motor overheats due to
you replace a bad fuse with a new
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
one of the identical size and rating.
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart. Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
Although the circuit is protected
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
from electrical overload, overload
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
due to heavy snow or ice may To access the fuse block, remove
you can.
cause wiper linkage damage. the clip-on cover.
Always clear ice and heavy snow Spare fuses of various ratings are
from the windshield before using the provided in the Engine Ensure the cover is replaced
windshield wipers. Compartment Fuse Block and Rear securely.
Compartment Fuse Block.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
296 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
F3 Rear defogger
F4
F5 Right spotlamp
F6 Driver power seat
F7 Washer pump
F8 Passenger power seat
F9 Emergency vehicle
front lamp
F10
F11 Driving lamps
F12 Headlamp washer
F13 Left spotlamp
F14 ABS pump
F15 ABS valves
F16
F17
F18 Heated front seats
The vehicle may not be equipped F19
Fuses Usage
with all of the fuses, relays, and F20
features shown. F1 Heated mirrors
F21 Front passenger
F2 window switch
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 297
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

F22 Rear wiper F36 Electric steering F50 Transmission control
F23 Sunroof column lock module ignition
F24 Front wipers F37 Emission 2/Ignition F51 Engine control module
even V6 ignition
F25 Automatic occupant
sensing/Instrument F38 Engine control module F52 Brake vacuum pump
cluster/Ignition V6/Injectors/Ignition F53 A/C clutch
odd V8
F26 Left rear bus electrical F54 Vaporizer control
center/Ignition F39 Intercooler pump module
F27 F40
F41 Transmission control Relays Usage
F28 Ignition/Injectors even
V8 module/Electric power R1 Driving lamps
steering
F29 Engine control module R2 Headlamp washer
V8/Ignition odd F42 Starter motor
R3 Rear washer pump
V6/Emissions F43
R4 Front washer pump
F30 F44 Left HID headlamp
R5 Rear defogger
F31 F45 Right HID headlamp
R6 Front wiper control
F32 F46 High-beam
headlamps R7 Wiper speed
F33 Ignition/Instrument
panel body F47 Horn R8 Engine control module
F34 Fuel system control F48 Engine cooling fan R9
module/Ignition F49 Automatic headlamp R10 Intercooler pump
F35 leveling R11
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
298 Vehicle Care
Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Refitting the Fuse Panel Cover
R12 Rear wiper control Block 1. Insert the rear edge of the fuse
panel cover under the
R13 Fog lamps door seal.
R14 Low-beam headlamps 2. Put the hooks on the cover into
R15 High-beam the end of the instrument
headlamps panel.
R16 Starter 3. Rotate and push the cover
back into position.
R17 Run/Crank
R18 Brake vacuum pump
R19 A/C control
R20 Horn
Relays R3, R4, R12, R13, and R20 Removing the Fuse Panel Cover
are PCB mounted relays.
Insert a screwdriver in the slot
indicated and remove the fuse panel
cover.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 299
Fuses Usage
F2 Diagnostic link
connector
F3 LPG shut-off solenoid
F4 Body control module 2
F5 Ignition switch
F6 Electric steering
control lock
CB7
F8
F9
F10
F11 Shunt 1
F12 Airbag/Automatic
occupant sensing
F13 Instrument cluster
F14 HVAC control module
F15 Rain sensor
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage F17 LPG shut-off solenoid
with all of the fuses, relays and
features shown. F1 Body control module 1 F18
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
300 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Rear Compartment Fuse

F19 Steering wheel Block
controls backlighting The fuse panel is on the left side of
F20 the trunk, above the battery.
F21
F22 Shunt 2
CB26
F28 Blower fan
F29 Accessories
F30 Body control module 7 1. Turn the latch counterclockwise
to remove the cover.
Relays Usage 2. Replace the cover and turn the
R1 Logistics latch clockwise to secure.
R2 LPG shut-off
solenoid 1
R3 LPG shut-off
solenoid 2
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 301
Fuses Usage
F2 Emergency vehicle
accessory
F3 Trunk release
F4 Passive entry passive
start/Battery 2
F5 Radio
F6
F7
F8 Fuel system control
module
F9 Magnetic real time
dampening
F10 Decklid flashing
lamps/EDI module
F11 Auxiliary battery
F12
F13
F14 Rear seat
entertainment
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage F15 Automatic headlamp
with all of the fuses, relays and leveling
features shown. F1 Driver side windows
F16
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
302 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage

F17 Exhaust valve F33 Retained accessory R8
F18 OnStar power R9
F19 Mirror/Window module F34 Battery voltage R10 Exhaust valve
sensing
F20 Canister vent solenoid R11
F35 Tailgate motor
F21 Passive entry passive
start/Battery 1 F36 Rear accessory power Relays R1, R2, R3, and R5 are PCB
outlet mounted relays.
F22 Memory seat module
F37 Interior accessory
F23 Amplifier power outlet
F24 Passenger side F38 Cigar lighter
windows
F39
F25 Electric parking brake
F40 Trailer module
F26 Tailgate module
F27 Camera/Ignition Relays Usage
F28 Front vent seat/ R1 Trunk release
Ignition R2 Accessory
F29 Trailer module/Ignition R3
F30 Automatic parking R4 Run
assist/Side blind zone
alert R5
F31 Engine control module R6 Retained accessory
power
F32 Auxiliary gauges
R7 Logistics
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 303
Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Tires . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that
Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as have been damaged by
high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes,
leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could curbs, etc.
the warranty manual for cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires
information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently can cause a crash. Only
warranty and where to get to maintain the the dealer or an
service. For additional recommended pressure. authorized tire service
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be center should repair,
manufacturer. checked when the tires replace, dismount, and
are cold. mount the tires.
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in
more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
improperly used tires are (35 mph) on slippery
a sudden impact such surfaces such as snow,
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the spinning may cause the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure. tires to explode.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them.
Limits 0 226. (Continued)
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
304 Vehicle Care
Winter Tires Winter tires with the same speed Summer Tires
rating as the original equipment tires
This vehicle was not originally may not be available for H, V, W, Y, Ultra High Performance Summer
equipped with winter tires. Winter and ZR speed rated tires. If winter Tires
tires are designed for increased tires with a lower speed rating are
traction on snow and ice-covered This vehicle may come with 245/
chosen, never exceed the tire's 40R19 and 275/35R19 ultra high
roads. Consider installing winter maximum speed capability. performance summer tires. These
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered tires have a special tread and
roads is expected. See your dealer
Low-Profile Tires compound that are optimized for
for details regarding winter tire maximum dry and wet road
Caution performance. This special tread and
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 317. compound will have decreased
Low-profile tires are more performance in cold climates, and
With winter tires, there may be susceptible to damage from road on ice and snow. Driving a vehicle
decreased dry road traction, hazards or curb impact than with ultra high performance summer
increased road noise, and shorter standard profile tires. Tire and/or tires when temperatures are below
tread life. After changing to winter wheel assembly damage can approximately 5 C (40 F) is not
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle occur when coming into contact recommended. If driving in these
handling and braking. conditions, winter tires should be
with road hazards like potholes,
If using winter tires: or sharp edged objects, or when installed. See Winter Tires 0 304.
. Use tires of the same brand and sliding into a curb. The warranty
tread type on all four wheel does not cover this type of Caution
positions. damage. Keep tires set to the
Ultra high performance summer
correct inflation pressure and
. Use only radial ply tires of the tires have rubber compounds that
when possible, avoid contact with
same size, load range, and lose flexibility and may develop
curbs, potholes, and other road
speed rating as the original surface cracks in the tread area
equipment tires. hazards.
at temperatures below -7 C (20
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 305
GM's TPC specifications meet or

Caution (Continued) exceed all federal safety
F). Always store ultra high guidelines.
performance summer tires (3) DOT (Department of
indoors and at temperatures Transportation) : The
above -7 C (20 F) when not in Department of Transportation
use. If the tires have been (DOT) code indicates that the
subjected to -7 C (20 F) or less, tire is in compliance with the
let them warm up in a heated U.S. Department of
space to at least 5 C (40 F) for Transportation Motor Vehicle
24 hours or more before being
Safety Standards.
installed or driving a vehicle on Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
which they are installed. Do not DOT Tire Date of
apply heat or blow heated air (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four
directly on the tires. Always combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire
inspect tires before use. See Tire numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two
Inspection 0 315. particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week
aspect ratio, construction type, (01-52) and the last two digits,
and service description. See the the year. For example, the third
Tire Sidewall Labeling Tire Size illustration later in this week of the year 2010 would
Useful information about a tire is section for more detail. have a four-digit DOT date
molded into its sidewall. The (2) TPC Spec (Tire of 0310.
examples show a typical Performance Criteria
passenger tire sidewall. (4) Tire Identification Number
Specification) : Original (TIN) : The letters and numbers
equipment tires designed to following the DOT code are the
GM's specific tire performance Tire Identification Number (TIN).
criteria have a TPC specification The TIN shows the
code molded onto the sidewall. manufacturer and plant code,
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
306 Vehicle Care
tire size, and date the tire was Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
manufactured. The TIN is number that indicates the tire
molded onto both sides of the Tire Size height-to-width measurements.
tire, although only one side may The following is an example of a For example, if the tire size
have the date of manufacture. typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type tire size. item 3 of the illustration, it would
of cord and number of plies in mean that the tire's sidewall is
the sidewall and under the tread. 60 percent as high as it is wide.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality (4) Construction Code : A letter
Grading (UTQG) : Tire code is used to indicate the type
manufacturers are required to of ply construction in the tire.
grade tires based on three The letter R means radial ply
performance factors: treadwear, (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : construction; the letter D means
traction, and temperature The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply
resistance. For more information metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B
see Uniform Tire Quality letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply
Grading 0 319. the tire size means a passenger construction.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
Load Limit : Maximum load that standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches.
can be carried and the and Rim Association. (6) Service Description : These
maximum pressure needed to (2) Tire Width : The three-digit characters represent the load
support that load. number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the
width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents
sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 307
Tire Terminology and Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation
Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code
Air Pressure : The amount of the rim. includes the Tire Identification
air inside the tire pressing Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at designator which can also
the tire. Air pressure is identify the tire manufacturer,
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of production plant, brand, and
or psi (pounds per square inch). date of production.
the tread.
Accessory Weight : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure : The
amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
accessories. Some examples of 0 226.
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal)
automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See
conditioning. from driving. See Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 0 226.
0 309. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See
motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 226.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the
cords between the plies and the Intended Outboard Sidewall :
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, The side of an asymmetrical tire
tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without
steel or other reinforcing that must always face outward
passengers and cargo. when mounted on a vehicle.
materials.
DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure.
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
308 Vehicle Care
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown
tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire
some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 0 309 and Vehicle
vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 0 226.
Load Index : An assigned Limits 0 226. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that
that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at
carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of
Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread.
The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire
which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads
The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated.
molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears Sidewall : The portion of a tire
Maximum Load Rating : The white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead.
load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is Speed Rating : An
maximum permissible inflation alphanumeric code assigned to
pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum
Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire. speed at which a tire can
Weight : The sum of curb operate.
weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between
vehicle capacity weight, and the tire and the road surface.
production options weight. some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided.
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with
manufacturer's recommended the road.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 309
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the

bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire Caution
bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor
of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good.
16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires
When It Is Time for New Tires Vehicle Placard : A label that do not have enough air,
0 316. permanently attached to a can result in:
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle . Tire overloading and
Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original overheating which could
information system that provides equipment tire size and lead to a blowout.
consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure.
tire's traction, temperature, and See Tire and Loading . Premature or
treadwear. Ratings are Information Label under Vehicle irregular wear.
determined by tire Load Limits 0 226. . Poor handling.
manufacturers using
. Reduced fuel economy.
government testing procedures. Tire Pressure
The ratings are molded into the Overinflated tires, or tires that
Tires need the correct amount of
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform have too much air, can
air pressure to operate
Tire Quality Grading 0 319. result in:
effectively.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The . Unusual wear.
number of designated seating . Poor handling.
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated . Rough ride.
cargo load. See Vehicle Load . Needless damage from
Limits 0 226. road hazards.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
310 Vehicle Care
The Tire and Loading has not been driven for at least could be damaged and would
Information label on the vehicle three hours or no more than not be covered by the vehicle
indicates the original equipment 1.6 km (1 mi). warranty.
tires and the correct cold tire Remove the valve cap from the
inflation pressures. The tire valve stem. Press the tire Tire Pressure for
recommended pressure is the gauge firmly onto the valve to High-Speed Operation
minimum air pressure needed to get the pressure measurement.
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity. See
If the cold tire inflation pressure { Warning
matches the recommended
Vehicle Load Limits 0 226. pressure on the Tire and Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
(100 mph) or higher, puts
How the vehicle is loaded Loading Information label, no
additional strain on tires.
affects vehicle handling and ride further adjustment is necessary. Sustained high-speed driving
comfort. Never load the vehicle If the inflation pressure is low, causes excessive heat buildup
with more weight than it was add air until the recommended and can cause sudden tire failure.
designed to carry. pressure is reached. If the This could cause a crash, and
When to Check inflation pressure in high, press you or others could be killed.
on the metal stem in the center Some high-speed rated tires
Check the tires once a month require inflation pressure
of the tire valve to release air.
or more. adjustment for high-speed
Re-check the tire pressure with
How to Check the tire gauge. operation. When speed limits and
road conditions allow the vehicle
Use a good quality pocket-type Put the valve caps back on the to be driven at high speeds, make
gauge to check the tire valve stems to keep out dirt and sure the tires are rated for
pressure. Proper tire inflation moisture and prevent leaks. Use high-speed operation, are in
cannot be determined by looking only valve caps designed for the excellent condition, and are set to
at the tire. Check the tire vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors the correct cold tire inflation
inflation pressure when the tires pressure for the vehicle load.
are cold, meaning the vehicle
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 311
Vehicles with 245/40ZR19 98Y and Each tire, including the spare (if tread life, and may affect the
275/35ZR19 100Y tires are capable provided), should be checked vehicle's handling and stopping
of high speed use. monthly when cold and inflated to ability.
Make sure front tires of size 245/ the inflation pressure recommended Please note that the TPMS is not a
40ZR19 98Y are inflated to 310 kPa by the vehicle manufacturer on the substitute for proper tire
(45 psi) before operating the vehicle vehicle placard or tire inflation maintenance, and it is the driver's
at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) or pressure label. (If your vehicle has responsibility to maintain correct tire
higher. tires of a different size than the size pressure, even if under-inflation has
indicated on the vehicle placard or not reached the level to trigger
Make sure rear tires of size 275/ tire inflation pressure label, you
35ZR19 100Y are inflated to illumination of the TPMS low tire
should determine the proper tire pressure telltale.
340 kPa (50 psi) before operating inflation pressure for those tires.)
the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h Your vehicle has also been
(100 mph) or higher. As an added safety feature, your equipped with a TPMS malfunction
vehicle has been equipped with a indicator to indicate when the
Return the tires to the tire pressure monitoring system
recommended cold tire inflation system is not operating properly.
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire The TPMS malfunction indicator is
pressure when high-speed driving pressure telltale when one or more
has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits combined with the low tire pressure
of your tires is significantly telltale. When the system detects a
0 226 and Tire Pressure 0 309. under-inflated. malfunction, the telltale will flash for
Accordingly, when the low tire approximately one minute and then
Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale illuminates, you remain continuously illuminated.
System should stop and check your tires as This sequence will continue upon
The Tire Pressure Monitor System soon as possible, and inflate them subsequent vehicle start-ups as
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor to the proper pressure. Driving on a long as the malfunction exists.
technology to check tire pressure significantly under-inflated tire When the malfunction indicator is
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor causes the tire to overheat and can illuminated, the system may not be
the air pressure in your tires and lead to tire failure. Under-inflation able to detect or signal low tire
transmit tire pressure readings to a also reduces fuel efficiency and tire pressure as intended. TPMS
receiver located in the vehicle. malfunctions may occur for a variety
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
312 Vehicle Care
of reasons, including the installation the tires and transmit the tire levels. For additional information
of replacement or alternate tires or pressure readings to a receiver and details about the DIC operation
wheels on the vehicle that prevent located in the vehicle. and displays, see Driver Information
the TPMS from functioning properly. Center (DIC) 0 108.
Always check the TPMS malfunction The low tire pressure warning light
telltale after replacing one or more may come on in cool weather when
tires or wheels on your vehicle to the vehicle is first started, and then
ensure that the replacement or turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
alternate tires and wheels allow the could be an early indicator that the
TPMS to continue to function air pressure is getting low and
properly. When a low tire pressure condition needs to be inflated to the proper
See Tire Pressure Monitor is detected, the TPMS illuminates pressure.
Operation 0 312. the low tire pressure warning light
A Tire and Loading Information label
located on the instrument cluster.
See Radio Frequency Statement shows the size of the original
If the warning light comes on, stop
0 374. equipment tires and the correct
as soon as possible and inflate the
inflation pressure for the tires when
tires to the recommended pressure
Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 226, for an example of the
Operation Information label. See Vehicle Load
Tire and Loading Information label
Limits 0 226.
This vehicle may have a Tire and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in Pressure 0 309.
The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire may display in the
The TPMS can warn about a low
driver when a low tire pressure Driver Information Center (DIC). The
tire pressure condition, but it does
condition exists. TPMS sensors are low tire pressure warning light and
not replace normal tire
mounted onto each tire and wheel the DIC warning message,
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
assembly, including the spare tire if equipped, come on at each
0 315, Tire Rotation 0 315, and
and wheel assembly. The TPMS ignition cycle until the tires are
Tires 0 303.
sensors monitor the air pressure in inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. Using the DIC, it may be
possible to view the tire pressure
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 313
defined above, flashes for about the sensor matching process.

Caution one minute and then stays on for See "TPMS Sensor Matching
the remainder of the ignition cycle. Process" later in this section.
Tire sealant materials are not all A DIC warning message may also
the same. A non-approved tire . One or more TPMS sensors are
display. The malfunction light and missing or damaged. The
sealant could damage the TPMS DIC warning message, if equipped,
sensors. TPMS sensor damage malfunction light and the DIC
come on at each ignition cycle until message, if equipped, should go
caused by using an incorrect tire the problem is corrected. Some of
sealant is not covered by the off when the TPMS sensors are
the conditions that can cause these installed and the sensor
vehicle warranty. Always use only to come on are: matching process is performed
the GM approved tire sealant . One of the road tires has been successfully. See your dealer for
available through your dealer or replaced with the spare tire. The service.
included in the vehicle. spare tire does not have a . Replacement tires or wheels do
TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment
Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits light and the DIC message, tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
use a GM approved liquid tire if equipped, should go off after other than those recommended
sealant. Using non-approved tire the road tire is replaced and the could prevent the TPMS from
sealants could damage the TPMS sensor matching process is functioning properly. See Buying
sensors. See Tire Sealant and performed successfully. See New Tires 0 317.
Compressor Kit 0 323 for "TPMS Sensor Matching
information regarding the inflator kit Process" later in this section. . Operating electronic devices or
materials and instructions. being near facilities using radio
. The TPMS sensor matching
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS Malfunction Light and process was not done or not TPMS could cause the TPMS
completed successfully after
Message sensors to malfunction.
rotating the tires or exchanging a
The TPMS will not function properly road tire with the spare tire. The If the TPMS is not functioning
if one or more of the TPMS sensors malfunction light and the DIC properly, it cannot detect or signal a
are missing or inoperable. When the message, if equipped, should go low tire condition. See your dealer
system detects a malfunction, the off after successfully completing
low tire pressure warning light,
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
314 Vehicle Care
for service if the TPMS malfunction www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or A message requesting

light and DIC message, if equipped, call 1-800-GM TOOLS acceptance of the process may
come on and stay on. (1-800-468-6657). display.
TPMS Sensor Matching There are two minutes to match the 6. If requested, press SET/CLR
Process first tire/wheel position, and again to confirm the selection.
five minutes overall to match all four The horn sounds twice to
Each TPMS sensor has a unique tire/wheel positions. If it takes
identification code. The identification signal the receiver is in relearn
longer, the matching process stops mode and the TIRE LEARN or
code needs to be matched to a new and must be restarted.
tire/wheel position after rotating the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
vehicles tires or replacing one or The TPMS sensor matching message displays on the DIC
more of the TPMS sensors. Also, process is: screen.
the TPMS sensor matching process 1. Set the parking brake. 7. Start with the left front tire.
should be performed after replacing
2. Place the vehicle power mode 8. Place the relearn tool against
a spare tire with a road tire
in ON/RUN/START. See the tire sidewall, near the valve
containing the TPMS sensor. The
Ignition Positions 0 229. stem. Then press the button to
malfunction light and the DIC
3. Press MENU to select the activate the TPMS sensor.
message, if equipped, should go off
Vehicle Information Menu in A horn chirp confirms that the
at the next ignition cycle. The
the Driver Information sensor identification code has
sensors are matched to the tire/
Center (DIC). been matched to this tire and
wheel positions, using a TPMS
wheel position.
relearn tool, in the following order: 4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to
left front tire, right front tire, right the Tire Pressure Menu Item 9. Proceed to the right front tire,
rear tire, and left rear tire. See your screen. and repeat the procedure in
dealer for service or to purchase a Step 8.
relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool 5. Press and hold SET/CLR to
begin the sensor matching 10. Proceed to the right rear tire,
can also be purchased. See Tire and repeat the procedure in
Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation process.
Step 8.
Tool at
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 315
11. Proceed to the left rear tire, Replace the tire if: Tire Rotation
and repeat the procedure in
. The indicators at three or The tires should be rotated
Step 8. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor more places around the tire every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. See
identification code has been can be seen. Maintenance Schedule 0 349.
matched to the left rear tire, . There is cord or fabric
and the TPMS sensor matching
Tires are rotated to achieve
showing through the tire's uniform wear for all tires. The
process is no longer active.
The TIRE LEARN or TIRE rubber. first rotation is the most
LEARNING ACTIVE message . The tread or sidewall is important.
on the infotainment display cracked, cut, or snagged Anytime unusual wear is
goes off. deep enough to show cord or noticed, rotate the tires as soon
12. Turn the vehicle off. fabric. as possible, check for proper tire
13. Set all four tires to the . The tire has a bump, bulge, inflation pressure, and check for
recommended air pressure or split. damaged tires or wheels. If the
level as indicated on the Tire unusual wear continues after the
and Loading Information label. . The tire has a puncture, cut, rotation, check the wheel
or other damage that cannot alignment. See When It Is Time
Tire Inspection be repaired well because of for New Tires 0 316 and Wheel
the size or location of the Replacement 0 320.
We recommend that the tires, damage.
including the spare tire, if the Different tire sizes should not be
vehicle has one, be inspected rotated front to rear.
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
316 Vehicle Care
Check that all wheel nuts are When It Is Time for New
properly tightened. See Wheel Tires
Nut Torque under Capacities
and Specifications 0 362. Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
{ Warning affect the wear rate of the tires.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
Use this rotation pattern if the changing a wheel, remove any
vehicle has different size tires rust or dirt from places where the
on the front and rear. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
Adjust the front and rear tires to
towel can be used; however, use
the recommended inflation
a scraper or wire brush later to
pressure on the Tire and remove all rust or dirt.
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See Treadwear indicators are one way to
Tire Pressure 0 309 and Vehicle Lightly coat the center of the tell when it is time for new tires.
Load Limits 0 226. wheel hub with wheel bearing Treadwear indicators appear when
grease after a wheel change or the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor tire rotation to prevent corrosion or less of tread remaining. See Tire
System. See Tire Pressure or rust build-up. Do not get Inspection 0 315 and Tire Rotation
Monitor Operation 0 312. grease on the flat wheel 0 315.
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 317
The rubber in tires ages over time. of grease, gasoline, or other vehicle, including brake system
This also applies to the spare tire, substances that can deteriorate performance, ride and handling,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is rubber. traction control, and tire
never used. Multiple factors Parking for an extended period can pressure monitoring
including temperatures, loading cause flat spots on the tires that performance. GM's TPC Spec
conditions, and inflation pressure may result in vibrations while
maintenance affect how fast aging number is molded onto the tire's
driving. When storing a vehicle for sidewall near the tire size. If the
takes place. GM recommends that at least a month, remove the tires or
tires, including the spare if tires have an all-season tread
raise the vehicle to reduce the design, the TPC Spec number
equipped, be replaced after six weight from the tires.
years, regardless of tread wear. The will be followed by MS for mud
tire manufacture date is the last four
Buying New Tires and snow. See Tire Sidewall
digits of the DOT Tire Identification Labeling 0 305, for additional
Number (TIN) which is molded into GM has developed and matched information.
one side of the tire sidewall. The specific tires for the vehicle. The
first two digits represent the week GM recommends replacing worn
original equipment tires installed
(0152) and the last two digits, the tires in complete sets of four.
were designed to meet General
year. For example, the third week of Uniform tread depth on all tires
the year 2010 would have a
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
will help to maintain the
four-digit DOT date of 0310. Specification (TPC Spec)
performance of the vehicle.
system rating. When
Vehicle Storage Braking and handling
replacement tires are needed,
performance may be adversely
Tires age when stored normally GM strongly recommends
affected if all the tires are not
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park buying tires with the same TPC
replaced at the same time.
a vehicle that will be stored for at Spec rating.
least a month in a cool, dry, clean If proper rotation and
area away from direct sunlight to GM's exclusive TPC Spec maintenance have been done,
slow aging. This area should be free system considers over a dozen all four tires should wear out at
critical specifications that impact about the same time. See Tire
the overall performance of the Rotation 0 315 for information
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
318 Vehicle Care
on proper tire rotation. However, load range, speed rating, and

if it is necessary to replace only { Warning construction (radial) as the
one axle set of worn tires, place Mixing tires of different sizes original tires.
the new tires on the rear axle. (other than those originally Vehicles that have a tire
Winter tires with the same speed installed on the vehicle), brands, pressure monitoring system
rating as the original equipment or types may cause loss of could give an inaccurate
tires may not be available for H, control of the vehicle, resulting in low-pressure warning if non-TPC
V, W, and ZR speed rated tires. a crash or other vehicle damage. Spec rated tires are installed.
Never exceed the winter tire's Use the correct size, brand, and See Tire Pressure Monitor
maximum speed capability when type of tire on all four wheels. Operation 0 312.
using winter tires with a lower The Tire and Loading
speed rating. Information label indicates the
{ Warning original equipment tires on the
{ Warning Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
Tires could explode during vehicle may cause the wheel 0 226.
improper service. Attempting rim flanges to develop cracks
to mount or dismount a tire after many miles of driving. Different Size Tires and
could cause injury or death. A tire and/or wheel could fail Wheels
Only your dealer or authorized suddenly and cause a crash. If wheels or tires are installed that
tire service center should Use only radial-ply tires with are a different size than the original
mount or dismount the tires. the wheels on the vehicle. equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
If the vehicle tires must be stability, and resistance to rollover
replaced with a tire that does not may be affected. If the vehicle has
have a TPC Spec number, make electronic systems such as antilock
sure they are the same size, brakes, rollover airbags, traction
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 319
control, electronic stability control, Traffic Safety Administration Quality grades can be found
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance (NHTSA), which grades tires by where applicable on the tire
of these systems can also be treadwear, traction, and sidewall between tread shoulder
affected. temperature performance. This and maximum section width. For
applies only to vehicles sold in example:
{ Warning the United States. The grades Treadwear 200 Traction AA
If different sized wheels are used, are molded on the sidewalls of Temperature A
there may not be an acceptable most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading All Passenger Car Tires Must
level of performance and safety if
(UTQG) system does not apply Conform to Federal Safety
tires not recommended for those
to deep tread, winter tires, Requirements In Addition To
wheels are selected. This
compact spare tires, tires with These Grades.
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of Treadwear
specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production The treadwear grade is a
have them properly installed by a tires. comparative rating based on the
GM certified technician. wear rate of the tire when tested
While the tires available on under controlled conditions on a
General Motors passenger cars specified government test
See Buying New Tires 0 317 and and light trucks may vary with course. For example, a tire
Accessories and Modifications respect to these grades, they
0 272.
graded 150 would wear one and
must also conform to federal one-half (1) times as well on
safety requirements and the government course as a tire
Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire graded 100. The relative
Grading Performance Criteria (TPC) performance of tires depends
The following information relates standards. upon the actual conditions of
to the system developed by the their use, however, and may
United States National Highway depart significantly from the
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
320 Vehicle Care
norm due to variations in driving to the generation of heat and its Wheel Alignment and Tire
habits, service practices and ability to dissipate heat when Balance
differences in road tested under controlled
characteristics and climate. conditions on a specified indoor The tires and wheels were aligned
laboratory test wheel. Sustained and balanced at the factory to
Traction provide the longest tire life and best
high temperature can cause the overall performance. Adjustments to
The traction grades, from material of the tire to degenerate wheel alignment and tire balancing
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and reduce tire life, and are not necessary on a regular
and C. Those grades represent excessive temperature can lead basis. Consider an alignment check
the tire's ability to stop on wet to sudden tire failure. The grade if there is unusual tire wear or the
pavement as measured under C corresponds to a level of vehicle is significantly pulling to one
controlled conditions on performance which all side or the other. Some slight pull to
specified government test passenger car tires must meet the left or right, depending on the
surfaces of asphalt and under the Federal Motor Safety crown of the road and/or other road
concrete. A tire marked C may Standard No. 109. Grades B and surface variations such as troughs
have poor traction performance. or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
A represent higher levels of vibrating when driving on a smooth
Warning: The traction grade performance on the laboratory road, the tires and wheels may need
assigned to this tire is based on test wheel than the minimum to be rebalanced. See your dealer
straight-ahead braking traction required by law. Warning: The for proper diagnosis.
tests, and does not include temperature grade for this tire is
acceleration, cornering, established for a tire that is Wheel Replacement
hydroplaning, or peak traction properly inflated and not
Replace any wheel that is bent,
characteristics. overloaded. Excessive speed, cracked, or badly rusted or
Temperature underinflation, or excessive corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loading, either separately or in loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
The temperature grades are A combination, can cause heat wheel nuts should be replaced.
(the highest), B, and C, buildup and possible tire failure. If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
representing the tire's resistance
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 321
Some aluminum wheels can be

Caution
Tire Chains
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning
problems with bearing life, brake
wheel that is needed. cooling, speedometer or Do not use tire chains. There is
Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp not enough clearance. Tire chains
same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle used on a vehicle without the
diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire proper amount of clearance can
mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and cause damage to the brakes,
replaces. chassis. suspension, or other vehicle
parts. The area damaged by the
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
tire chains could cause loss of
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels control and a crash. Use another
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts. type of traction device only if its
{ Warning manufacturer recommends it for
the vehicle's tire size combination
{ Warning Replacing a wheel with a used and road conditions. Follow that
one is dangerous. How it has manufacturer's instructions. To
Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel avoid vehicle damage, drive
driven may be unknown. It could slowly and readjust or remove the
nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash.
affect the braking and handling of traction device if it contacts the
When replacing wheels, use a vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment
and cause loss of control, causing If traction devices are used, install
wheel. them on the rear tires.
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
322 Vehicle Care
If a Tire Goes Flat

{ Warning Warning (Continued)
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause be badly injured or killed if the
are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire. vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
0 303. If air goes out of a tire, it is Re-inflating a tire after it has been is provided with the vehicle, only
much more likely to leak out slowly. driven on while severely use it for changing a flat tire.
But if there is ever a blowout, here underinflated or flat may cause a
are a few tips about what to expect blowout and a serious crash. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire and wheel damage by driving slowly
If a front tire fails, the flat tire that has been driven on while to a level place, well off the road,
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle severely underinflated or flat. if possible. Turn on the hazard
toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized warning flashers. See Hazard
the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or Warning Flashers 0 127.
steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
possible. { Warning
road, if possible. Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
{ Warning off the jack and roll over or fall
may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting under causing injury or death. Find a
used in a skid. Stop pressing the it to do maintenance or repairs is level place to change the tire. To
accelerator pedal and steer to dangerous without the help prevent the vehicle from
straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and moving:
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake training. If a jack is provided with 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
to a stop, well off the road,
the vehicle, it is designed only for (Continued)
if possible.
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 323
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),

Warning (Continued) use the following example as a Warning (Continued)
guide to assist you in the placement
2. Put an automatic of wheel blocks (1), if equipped. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
transmission in P (Park) or a contains carbon monoxide (CO)
manual transmission in which cannot be seen or smelled.
1 (First) or R (Reverse). It can cause unconsciousness
3. Turn off the engine and do and even death. Never run the
not restart while the vehicle engine in an enclosed area that
is raised. has no fresh air ventilation. For
more information, see Engine
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle. Exhaust 0 235.
5. Place wheel blocks,

if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire
{ Warning
corner of the tire being
changed. The following information explains Overinflating a tire could cause
how to repair or change a tire. the tire to rupture and you or
others could be injured. Be sure
This vehicle may come with a jack to read and follow the tire sealant
and spare tire or a tire sealant and Tire Sealant and
and compressor kit instructions
compressor kit. To use the jacking Compressor Kit and inflate the tire to its
equipment to change a spare tire
recommended pressure. Do not
safely, follow the instructions below.
Then see Tire Changing 0 329. To
{ Warning exceed the recommended
use the tire sealant and compressor pressure.
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
kit, see Tire Sealant and area with poor ventilation is
Compressor Kit 0 323. dangerous. Engine exhaust may
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
324 Vehicle Care
sealant and compressor kit to be Tire Sealant

{ Warning effective. See Roadside Assistance Read and follow the safe handling
Program 0 368. instructions on the label adhered to
Storing the tire sealant and
compressor kit or other Read and follow all of the tire the sealant canister.
equipment in the passenger sealant and compressor kit Check the tire sealant expiration
compartment of the vehicle could instructions. date on the sealant canister. The
cause injury. In a sudden stop or The kit includes: sealant canister should be replaced
collision, loose equipment could before its expiration date.
strike someone. Store the tire Replacement sealant canisters are
sealant and compressor kit in its available at your local dealer. See
original location. Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister later in this
section.
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and
compressor kit, there may not be a There is only enough sealant to seal
spare tire, tire changing equipment, one tire. After usage, the sealant
and on some vehicles there may not canister and sealant/air hose
be a place to store a tire. assembly must be replaced. See
Removal and Installation of the
The tire sealant and compressor Sealant Canister following.
can be used to temporarily seal
punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 inch) in Using the Tire Sealant and
the tread area of the tire. It can also 1. On/Off Switch Compressor Kit to Temporarily
be used to inflate an under 2. Pressure Gauge Seal and Inflate a Punctured Tire
inflated tire. 3. Tire Sealant Canister
When using the tire sealant and
4. Air Only Hose compressor kit during cold
If the tire has been separated from
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, 5. Sealant/Air Hose temperatures, warm the kit in a
or has a large puncture, the tire is 6. Power Plug heated environment for five minutes.
too severely damaged for the tire This will help to inflate the tire
faster.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 325
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 6. Attach the sealant/air hose (5) Sealant may leak from the
and wheel damage by driving slowly onto the tire valve. Turn it puncture hole until the vehicle
to a level place. Turn on the hazard clockwise until it is tight. is driven and the hole has
warning flashers. See Hazard 7. Switch the on/off switch (1) to sealed.
Warning Flashers 0 127. the O position. The pressure gauge (2) will
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 322 for 8. Plug the power plug (6) into the initially show a high pressure
other important safety warnings. power outlet in the vehicle. while the compressor pushes
Do not remove any objects that Unplug all items from other the sealant into the tire. Once
have penetrated the tire. accessory power outlets. See the sealant is completely
Power Outlets 0 94. dispersed into the tire, the
1. Remove the tire sealant and pressure will quickly drop and
compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle has an accessory start to rise again as the tire
location. See Storing the Tire power outlet, do not use the inflates with air only.
Sealant and Compressor Kit cigarette lighter.
0 329. 11. Inflate the tire to the
If the vehicle only has a recommended inflation
2. Remove the sealant/air cigarette lighter, use the pressure using the pressure
hose (5) from the side of the cigarette lighter. gauge (2). The recommended
compressor. Do not pinch the power plug inflation pressure can be found
3. Remove the power plug (6). cord in the door or window. on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire
4. Place the kit on the ground. 9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle Pressure 0 309.
Make sure the tire valve stem must be running while using
the air compressor. The pressure gauge (2) may
is positioned close to the read higher than the actual tire
ground so the hose will 10. Switch the on/off switch (1) to pressure while the compressor
reach it. the I position. is on. Turn the compressor off
5. Remove the valve stem cap The compressor will inject to get an accurate pressure
from the flat tire by turning it sealant and air into the tire. reading. The compressor may
counterclockwise. be turned on/off until the
correct pressure is reached.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
326 Vehicle Care
13. Unplug the power plug (6) from 18. Return the equipment to its
Caution the accessory power outlet in original storage location in the
the vehicle. vehicle.
If the recommended pressure
cannot be reached after 14. Turn the sealant/air hose (5) 19. Immediately drive the vehicle
approximately 25 minutes, the counterclockwise to remove it 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the
vehicle should not be driven from the tire valve stem. sealant in the tire.
farther. The tire is too severely 15. Replace the tire valve 20. Stop at a safe location and
damaged and the tire sealant and stem cap. check the tire pressure. Refer
compressor kit cannot inflate the 16. Replace the sealant/air to Steps 110 under Using the
tire. Remove the power plug from hose (5), and the power plug (6 Tire Sealant and Compressor
the accessory power outlet and back in their original location. Kit without Sealant to Inflate a
unscrew the inflating hose from Tire (Not Punctured).
the tire valve. See Roadside If the tire pressure has fallen
Assistance Program 0 368. more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
below the recommended
12. Switch the on/off switch (1) to inflation pressure, stop driving
the O position. the vehicle. The tire is too
severely damaged and the tire
The tire is not sealed and will sealant cannot seal the tire.
continue to leak air until the 17. If the flat tire was able to inflate
to the recommended inflation See Roadside Assistance
vehicle is driven and the Program 0 368.
sealant is distributed in the tire. pressure, remove the
Therefore, Steps 1319 must maximum speed label from the If the tire pressure has not
be done immediately after tire sealant canister (3) and dropped more than 68 kPa
Step 12. place it in a highly visible (10 psi) from the recommended
location. inflation pressure, inflate the
Be careful while handling the tire to the recommended
tire sealant and compressor kit Do not exceed the speed on
this label until the damaged tire inflation pressure.
as it could be warm after
usage. is repaired or replaced.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 327
21. Wipe off any sealant from the 1. Remove the tire sealant and
wheel, tire or vehicle. compressor kit from its storage
22. Dispose of the used tire location. See Storing the Tire
sealant canister (3) and Sealant and Compressor Kit
sealant/air hose (5) assembly 0 329.
at a local dealer or in 2. Lift the lever and pull the air
accordance with local state only hose (4) from the bottom
codes and practices. of the tire sealant and
23. Replace it with a new canister compressor kit.
available from your dealer. 3. Remove the power plug (6)
24. After temporarily sealing a tire from the air compressor.
using the tire sealant and 4. Place the kit on the ground.
1. On/Off Switch
compressor kit, take the Make sure the tire valve stem
2. Pressure Gauge
vehicle to an authorized dealer is positioned close to the
within 161 km (100 mi) of 3. Tire Sealant Canister
4. Air Only Hose ground so the hose will
driving to have the tire repaired reach it.
or replaced. 5. Sealant/Air Hose
6. Power Plug 5. Remove the tire valve stem
Using the Tire Sealant and cap by turning it
Compressor Kit without Sealant to If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
counterclockwise.
Inflate a Tire (Not Punctured) and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard 6. Attach the air only hose (4)
To use the air compressor to inflate warning flashers. See Hazard onto the tire valve stem and
a tire with air only and not sealant: Warning Flashers 0 127. press the lever down to
secure it.
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 322 for
other important safety warnings. 7. Plug the power plug (6) into the
accessory power outlet in the
vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets.
See Power Outlets 0 94.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
328 Vehicle Care
If the vehicle has an accessory compressor may be turned on/ 2. Pull the air only hose (4) from
power outlet, do not use the off until the correct pressure is the tire sealant canister (3).
cigarette lighter. reached. 3. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (5)
If the vehicle only has a 11. Switch the on/off switch (1) to from the air compressor.
cigarette lighter, use the the O position.
cigarette lighter. Be careful while handling the
Do not pinch the power plug tire sealant and compressor kit
cord in the door or window. as it could be warm after
8. Start the vehicle. The vehicle usage.
must be running while using 12. Unplug the power plug (6) and
the air compressor. the air only hose (4).
9. Switch the on/off switch (1) to 13. Replace the tire valve
the I position. stem cap.
The compressor will inflate the 14. Place the equipment in the
tire with air only. original storage location in the
10. Inflate the tire to the vehicle.
4. Turn the sealant canister (3)
recommended inflation Removal and Installation of the counterclockwise so the
pressure using the pressure Sealant Canister sealant/air hose (5) is aligned
gauge (2). The recommended
After repairing a tire, replace the tire with the slot in the compressor.
inflation pressure can be found
on the Tire and Loading sealant canister. 5. Lift the tire sealant canister (3)
Information label. See Tire To remove the sealant canister: from the compressor and
Pressure 0 309. replace with a new tire sealant
1. Unlock the air only hose (4)
canister. See your dealer for
The pressure gauge (2) may from the tire sealant
more information.
read higher than the actual tire canister (3) by pulling up on the
pressure while the compressor lever.
is on. Turn the compressor off
to get an accurate reading. The
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 329
6. Dispose of the tire sealant The tire sealant and air compressor
canister at your dealer or in kit is located in a foam container in
accordance with local or State the trunk, under the floor carpet.
codes and practices.
To install a new sealant canister: Tire Changing
1. Align the sealant/air hose (5) Removing the Spare Tire and
with the slot in the compressor. Tools
2. Push the tire sealant To access the spare tire and tools:
canister (3) down and turn it
clockwise.
3. Wrap the sealant/air hose (5)
around the air compressor 2. Lift the cover with the handle/
channel to stow it in its original strap and attach the hook to
location. the trunk lid.
4. Push the air only hose (4) onto
the tire sealant canister (3) inlet
and push the lever down.
Storing the Tire Sealant

and Compressor Kit
To access the tire sealant and 1. Jack
compressor kit: 2. Wheel Wrench
1. Open the trunk. 1. Open the trunk.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
330 Vehicle Care
3. Turn the retainer nut Removing the Flat Tire and

counterclockwise to remove it. Installing the Spare Tire
4. Place the spare tire next to the 1. Do a safety check before
tire being changed. proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 322.
2. Lift the cover with the handle/

strap and attach the hook to
the trunk lid.
5. The vehicle may have a

second retainer nut and panel. 2. Turn the wheel wrench
To access the tools, remove counterclockwise to loosen all
the second retainer nut and the wheel nuts.
panel. Do not remove the wheel nuts.
6. Remove the tools and place 3. Place the jack near the flat tire.
them near the tire being
changed. 4. Place the spare tire near you.
Remove the tool container from
the vehicle, if necessary.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 331
{ Warning { Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is Lifting a vehicle and getting under
lifted on a jack is dangerous. it to do maintenance or repairs is
If the vehicle slips off the jack, dangerous without the
you could be badly injured or appropriate safety equipment and
killed. Never get under a vehicle training. If a jack is provided with
when it is supported only by the vehicle, it is designed only for
a jack. changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
{ Warning is provided with the vehicle, only
6. Slide the wheel wrench onto
the drive nut of the jack.
Raising the vehicle with the jack use it for changing a flat tire.
improperly positioned can Caution
damage the vehicle and even 5. Unfold the wheel wrench so it
make the vehicle fall. To help forms a right angle. Make sure that the jack lift head
avoid personal injury and vehicle is in the correct position or you
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift may damage your vehicle. The
head into the proper location repairs would not be covered by
before raising the vehicle. your warranty.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
332 Vehicle Care
7. Position the jack lift head at the 8. Raise the vehicle by turning the 9. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
jack location nearest the flat jack handle clockwise. Raise 10. Remove the flat tire.
tire. The locations are identified the vehicle far enough off the
by cutouts in the underside of ground so there is enough
the door sill. The jack must not room for the road tire to clear { Warning
be used in any other position. the ground.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 333
Warning (Continued) { Warning Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, use Never use oil or grease on bolts nuts. See Capacities and
a scraper or wire brush later to or nuts because the nuts might Specifications 0 362 for original
remove all rust or dirt. come loose. The vehicle's wheel equipment wheel nut torque
could fall off, causing a crash. specifications.
13. Reinstall the wheel nuts.

Tighten each nut by hand until Caution
the wheel is held against
the hub. Improperly tightened wheel nuts
14. Lower the vehicle by turning can lead to brake pulsation and
the jack handle rotor damage. To avoid expensive
counterclockwise. brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
{ Warning sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
Wheel nuts that are improperly or Capacities and Specifications
incorrectly tightened can cause 0 362 for the wheel nut torque
11. Remove any rust or dirt from specification.
the wheels to become loose or
the wheel bolts, mounting
come off. The wheel nuts should
surfaces, and spare wheel.
be tightened with a torque wrench
12. Place the spare tire on the to the proper torque specification
wheel-mounting surface. after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
334 Vehicle Care
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire After installing the spare tire on the
and Tools vehicle, stop as soon as possible
and check that the spare is correctly
inflated. The spare tire is made to
{ Warning perform well at speeds up to
Storing a jack, a tire, or other 112 km/h (70 mph) at the
equipment in the passenger recommended inflation pressure, so
compartment of the vehicle could you can finish your trip.
cause injury. In a sudden stop or The full-size spare includes a TPMS
collision, loose equipment could sensor. The TPMS will not monitor
strike someone. Store all these in or display the spare tire air pressure
the proper place. until the tire/wheel is installed at one
15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in of the four tire/wheel positions on
a crisscross sequence, as the vehicle and matched to the new
Replace the jack, tools, container position. See Tire Pressure Monitor
shown.
and flat tire in the trunk by reversing Operation 0 312 for information
16. Lower the jack all the way and the steps used to remove them. about matching the spare tire to
remove the jack from under the the TPMS.
vehicle. Full-Size Spare Tire
Have the damaged or flat road tire
17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly If this vehicle came with a full-size repaired or replaced and installed
with the wheel wrench. spare tire, it was fully inflated when back onto the vehicle as soon as
new, however, it can lose air over possible so the spare tire will be
time. Check the inflation pressure available in case it is needed again.
regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 309 Do not mix tires and wheels of
and Vehicle Load Limits 0 226 for different sizes, because they will not
information regarding proper tire fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel
inflation and loading the vehicle. For together.
instructions on how to remove,
install, or store a spare tire, see Tire
Changing 0 329.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 335
Jump Starting Warning (Continued) Caution

Jump Starting - North See California Proposition Ignoring these steps could result
America 65 Warning 0 271. in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
For more information about the vehicle warranty. Trying to start
vehicle battery, see Battery - North the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
America 0 288. { Warning will not work, and it could damage
If the battery has run down, try to Batteries can hurt you. They can the vehicle.
use another vehicle and some be dangerous because:
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
Be sure to use the following steps to . They contain acid that can
do it safely. burn you.
. They contain gas that can
{ Warning explode or ignite.
. They contain enough
WARNING: Battery posts,
electricity to burn you.
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead If you do not follow these steps
compounds, chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these
the State of California to cause things can hurt you.
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to 1. Jump Start Positive Post
the State of California to cause 2. Jump Start Negative Post
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
336 Vehicle Care
The jump start positive (1) and 3. Set the parking brake firmly
negative (2) posts are in the engine and put the shift lever in { Warning
compartment on the driver side of P (Park) with an automatic
the vehicle. transmission. See Shifting Into An electric fan can start up even
Park (Automatic Transmission) when the engine is not running
These posts are used instead of a and can injure you. Keep hands,
direct connection to the battery. 0 232. Vehicles with a manual
transmission should be in clothing, and tools away from any
The positive jump start connection Neutral. See Parking 0 234. underhood electric fan.
is covered by a red cap. Remove to
expose the terminal. Caution
1. Check the other vehicle.
It must have a 12-volt battery If any accessories are left on or
{ Warning
with a negative ground system. plugged in during the jump Using a match near a battery can
starting procedure, they could be cause battery gas to explode.
Caution damaged. The repairs would not People have been hurt doing this,
be covered by the vehicle and some have been blinded.
If the other vehicle does not have warranty. Whenever possible, turn Use a flashlight if you need more
a 12-volt system with a negative off or unplug all accessories on light.
ground, both vehicles can be either vehicle when jump starting.
damaged. Only use a vehicle that Battery fluid contains acid that
has a 12-volt system with a can burn you. Do not get it on
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF you. If you accidentally get it in
negative ground for jump starting. and switch off all lights and your eyes or on your skin, flush
accessories in both vehicles, the place with water and get
2. Position the two vehicles so except the hazard warning medical help immediately.
that they are not touching. flashers if needed.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 337
10. Try to start the vehicle that had Towing the Vehicle
{ Warning the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
Fans or other moving engine probably needs service. Caution
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving Incorrectly towing a disabled
parts once the engine is running.
Caution vehicle may cause damage. The
If the jumper cables are damage would not be covered by
connected or removed in the the vehicle warranty.
5. Connect one end of the red
positive (+) cable to the jump wrong order, electrical shorting Do not lash or hook to
start remote positive (+) may occur and damage the suspension components. Use the
post (1) of the discharged vehicle. The repairs would not be proper straps around the tires to
battery. covered by the vehicle warranty. secure the vehicle.
6. Connect the other end of the Always connect and remove the
red positive (+) cable to the jumper cables in the correct order, Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
positive (+) terminal of the making sure that the cables do car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck
good battery. not touch each other or other could damage the vehicle.
metal.
7. Connect one end of the black Consult your dealer or a
negative () cable to the professional towing service if the
negative () terminal of the Jumper Cable Removal disabled vehicle must be towed.
good battery. Reverse the sequence exactly when
8. Connect the other end of the removing the jumper cables
black negative () cable to the After starting the disabled vehicle
remote negative () post (2). and removing the jumper cables,
9. Start the engine in the vehicle allow it to idle for several minutes.
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
338 Vehicle Care
Recreational Vehicle Appearance Care

Towing
Exterior Care
Caution Locks
Dolly towing or dinghy towing the Locks are lubricated at the factory.
vehicle may cause damage Use a de-icing agent only when
because of reduced ground absolutely necessary, and have the
clearance. Always put the vehicle locks greased after using. See
on a flatbed truck or trailer. Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 358.
There are two oval-shaped slots (1) The vehicle was neither designed Washing the Vehicle
under the front of the vehicle that nor intended to be towed with any of
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
should be used to move a disabled its wheels on the ground. If the
wash it often and out of direct
vehicle. Use only these slots to vehicle must be towed, see Towing
sunlight.
hook to the vehicle. The slots can the Vehicle 0 337.
be accessed through the splash
shield. Use an appropriate size T Caution
hook for the slot. Do not use petroleum-based,
To tow the vehicle behind another acidic, or abrasive cleaning
vehicle for recreational purposes, agents as they can damage the
such as behind a motor home, see vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
Recreational Vehicle Towing parts. If damage occurs, it would
following. not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 339
If using an automatic car wash, the vehicle as soon as possible.

Caution (Continued) follow the car wash instructions. The If necessary, use non-abrasive
windshield wiper and rear window cleaners that are marked safe for
your dealer. Follow all wiper, if equipped, must be off. painted surfaces to remove foreign
manufacturer directions regarding Remove any accessories that may matter.
correct product usage, necessary be damaged or interfere with the car
safety precautions, and Occasional hand waxing or mild
wash equipment. polishing should be done to remove
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product. Rinse the vehicle well, before residue from the paint finish. See
washing and after, to remove all your dealer for approved cleaning
cleaning agents completely. If they products.
are allowed to dry on the surface, Do not apply waxes or polishes to
Caution they could stain. uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
Dry the finish with a soft, clean decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
Avoid using high-pressure chamois or an all-cotton towel to as damage can occur.
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) avoid surface scratches and water
to the surface of the vehicle. Use spotting.
of power washers exceeding
Caution
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result Finish Care Machine compounding or
in damage or removal of paint Application of aftermarket clearcoat aggressive polishing on a
and decals. sealant/wax materials is not basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
recommended. If painted surfaces may damage it. Use only
are damaged, see your dealer to non-abrasive waxes and polishes
This symbol e is on any
have the damage assessed and that are made for a basecoat/
underhood compartment electrical repaired. Foreign materials such as
center that should not be power clearcoat paint finish on the
calcium chloride and other salts, ice vehicle.
washed. This could cause damage melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
that would not be covered by the sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
vehicle warranty. industrial chimneys, etc., can To keep the paint finish looking new,
damage the vehicle's finish if they keep the vehicle garaged or
remain on painted surfaces. Wash covered whenever possible.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
340 Vehicle Care
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not . Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
Moldings intended for automotive use. or other harsh cleaners.
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the . Ice scrapers or other hard items.
Caution vehicle after washing to protect . Aftermarket appearance caps or
and extend the molding finish. covers while the lamps are
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ illuminated, due to excessive
in a hazy white finish or pitting. Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and heat generated.
This damage would not be Stripes
covered by the vehicle warranty. Caution
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap Failure to clean lamps properly
The bright metal moldings on the to clean exterior lamps, lenses, can cause damage to the lamp
vehicle are aluminum, chrome or emblems, decals, and stripes. cover that would not be covered
stainless steel. To prevent damage Follow instructions under "Washing by the vehicle warranty.
always follow these cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this
instructions: section.
. Be sure the molding is cool to Lamp covers are made of plastic,
the touch before applying any and some have a UV protective Caution
cleaning solution. coating. Do not clean or wipe them
while they are dry. Using wax on low gloss black
. Use only approved cleaning finish stripes can increase the
solutions for aluminum, chrome Do not use any of the following on gloss level and create a
or stainless steel. Some lamp covers: non-uniform finish. Clean low
cleaners are highly acidic or . Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss stripes with soap and
contain alkaline substances and water only.
can damage the moldings. . Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
. Always dilute a concentrated
than suggested by the
cleaner according to the manufacturer.
manufacturers instructions.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 341
Air Intakes least once a year. Hot, dry climates

may require more frequent Caution
Clear debris from the air intakes,
application. Black marks from
hood vents, and between the hood Chrome wheels and other chrome
rubber material on painted surfaces
and windshield, when washing the trim may be damaged if the
can be removed by rubbing with a
vehicle. vehicle is not washed after driving
clean cloth. See Recommended
Windshield and Wiper Blades Fluids and Lubricants 0 358. on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium, calcium,
Clean the outside of the windshield Tires or sodium chloride. These
with glass cleaner. chlorides are used on roads for
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free clean the tires. conditions such as ice and dust.
cloth or paper towel soaked with Always wash the chrome with
windshield washer fluid or a mild Caution soap and water after exposure.
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the Using petroleum-based tire
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and dressing products on the vehicle
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax may damage the paint finish and/
Caution
treatments may cause wiper or tires. When applying a tire
streaking. To avoid surface damage, do not
dressing, always wipe off any use strong soaps, chemicals,
Replace the wiper blades if they are overspray from all painted abrasive polishes, cleaners,
worn or damaged. Damage can be surfaces on the vehicle. brushes, or cleaners that contain
caused by extreme dusty acid on aluminum or
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, chrome-plated wheels. Use only
snow, and ice. Wheels and Trim Aluminum
or Chrome approved cleaners. Also, never
Weatherstrips drive a vehicle with aluminum or
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild chrome-plated wheels through an
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on soap and water to clean the wheels.
automatic car wash that uses
weatherstrips to make them last After rinsing thoroughly with clean
longer, seal better, and not stick or silicone carbide tire cleaning
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at A wax may then be applied. (Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
342 Vehicle Care
Brake System Body Component Lubrication

Caution (Continued)
Visually inspect brake lines and Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
brushes. Damage could occur hoses for proper hook-up, binding, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel
and the repairs would not be leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect fuel door hinge, decklid spring
covered by the vehicle warranty. disc brake pads for wear and rotors bushings, and power assist step
for surface condition. Inspect drum hinges, unless the components are
brake linings/shoes for wear or plastic. Applying silicone grease on
Door Drain Holes cracks. Inspect other brake parts, weatherstrips with a clean cloth will
including drums, wheel cylinders, make them last longer, seal better,
calipers, parking brake, master and not stick or squeak.
cylinder, brake fluid reservoir,
vacuum pipes, electric vacuum Underbody Maintenance
pump including bracket and vent At least twice a year, spring and fall,
hose, if equipped. use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the
Steering, Suspension, and underbody. Take care to thoroughly
Chassis Components clean any areas where mud and
Visually inspect steering, other debris can collect.
suspension, and chassis Do not directly power wash the
components for damaged, loose, transfer case and/or front/rear axle
or missing parts or signs of wear at output seals. High pressure water
. Clear dirt and other foreign least once a year. can overcome the seals and
materials from the drain holes at contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
Inspect power steering for proper
the bottom of the door panels fluid will decrease the life of the
hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
which could trap water inside the transfer case and/or axles and
chafing, etc.
panels. should be replaced.
. Visually check constant velocity joint
Clean clogged drain holes.
boots and axle seals for leaks.
. Avoid scratching the finish.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 343
Sheet Metal Damage Interior Care To prevent damage, do not clean

the interior using the following
If the vehicle is damaged and To prevent dirt particle abrasions, cleaners or techniques:
requires sheet metal repair or regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
replacement, make sure the body Immediately remove any soils. . Never use a razor or any other
repair shop applies anti-corrosion Newspapers or dark garments can sharp object to remove a soil
material to parts repaired or transfer color to the vehicles from any interior surface.
replaced to restore corrosion interior. . Never use a brush with stiff
protection. bristles.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
Original manufacturer replacement dust from knobs and crevices on the . Never rub any surface
parts will provide the corrosion instrument cluster. Using a mild aggressively or with too much
protection while maintaining the soap solution, immediately remove pressure.
vehicle warranty. hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
. Do not use laundry detergents or
Finish Damage repellent from all interior surfaces or
dishwashing soaps with
permanent damage may result.
Quickly repair minor chips and degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
Use cleaners specifically designed use approximately 20 drops per
scratches with touch-up materials
for the surfaces being cleaned to 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
available from your dealer to avoid
prevent permanent damage. Apply A concentrated soap solution will
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
cleaners directly to the cleaning create streaks and attract dirt.
damage can be corrected in your
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any Do not use solutions that contain
dealer's body and paint shop.
switches or controls. Remove strong or caustic soap.
Chemical Paint Spotting cleaners quickly.
. Do not heavily saturate the
Airborne pollutants can fall upon Before using cleaners, read and upholstery when cleaning.
and attack painted vehicle surfaces follow all safety instructions on the
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
causing blotchy, ring-shaped label. While cleaning the interior,
containing solvents.
discolorations, and small, irregular open the doors and windows to get
dark spots etched into the paint proper ventilation.
surface. Refer to Finish Care
previously in this section.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
344 Vehicle Care
Interior Glass Coated Moldings 2. Remove excess moisture by

gently wringing until water does
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric Coated moldings should be cleaned.
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
dampened with water. Wipe droplets . When lightly soiled, wipe with a
left behind with a clean dry cloth. 3. Start on the outside edge of the
sponge or soft lint-free cloth
If necessary, use a commercial soil and gently rub toward the
dampened with water.
glass cleaner after cleaning with center. Fold the cleaning cloth
plain water. . When heavily soiled, use warm to a clean area frequently to
soapy water. prevent forcing the soil in to the
Caution fabric.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
4. Continue gently rubbing the
To prevent scratching, never use Start by vacuuming the surface soiled area until there is no
abrasive cleaners on automotive using a soft brush attachment. If a longer any color transfer from
glass. Abrasive cleaners or rotating vacuum brush attachment is the soil to the cleaning cloth.
aggressive cleaning may damage being used, only use it on the floor
carpet. Before cleaning, gently 5. If the soil is not completely
the rear window defogger.
remove as much of the soil as removed, use a mild soap
possible: solution followed only by plain
Cleaning the windshield with water water.
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
during the first three to six months If the soil is not completely
of ownership will reduce tendency towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed. removed, it may be necessary to
to fog. use a commercial upholstery
. For solid soils, remove as much
Speaker Covers cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
as possible prior to vacuuming. hidden area for colorfastness before
Vacuum around a speaker cover To clean: using a commercial upholstery
gently, so that the speaker will not cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
be damaged. Clean spots with water 1. Saturate a clean lint-free
formation occurs, clean the entire
and mild soap. colorfast cloth with water.
fabric or carpet.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint After cleaning use a paper towel to
transfer to the fabric or carpet. blot excess moisture.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 345
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,

and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued)
Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and the appearance and feel of
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not
surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces recommended.
use a soft bristle brush to remove Use a soft microfiber cloth
dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase
Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument
microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft panel. Reflected glare can decrease
cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield
hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution. under certain conditions.
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
Caution Caution
thoroughly and air dry before
next use. Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause
especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics
Caution well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air
may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with
Do not attach a device with a Wipe excess moisture from these
suction cup to the display. This any plastic or painted surface in
surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and
may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use
not be covered by the vehicle clean with a soft cloth dampened
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution.
warranty. not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners
silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the
Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty.
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
346 Vehicle Care
Convenience Net Floor Mats . Do not use a floor mat if the

vehicle is not equipped with a
If equipped with a convenience net,
floor mat retainer on the driver
wash with warm water and mild { Warning side floor.
detergent. Do not Use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the
then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can correct side up. Do not turn
interfere with the pedals. it over.
Care of Safety Belts Interference with the pedals can . Do not place anything on top of
Keep belts clean and dry. cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat.
and/or increased stopping
. Use only a single floor mat on
{ Warning distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
the driver side.
Do not bleach or dye safety belt mat does not interfere with the . Do not place one floor mat on
webbing. It may severely weaken pedals. top of another.
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide
Use the following guidelines for
adequate protection. Clean and proper floor mat usage (if equipped):
rinse safety belt webbing only
with mild soap and lukewarm . The original equipment floor
water. Allow the webbing to dry. mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Vehicle Care 347
Removing and Replacing the

Floor Mats
Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
to unlock each retainer and remove.
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat

retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snap into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
348 Service and Maintenance
Service and General Information changes and tire rotations and

additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
the required maintenance for the
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Caution
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 348 protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may maintenance can lead to costly
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 349 also help to maintain the value of repairs and may not be covered
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the by the vehicle warranty.
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application Maintenance intervals, checks,
all required maintenance performed. inspections, recommended fluids,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Your dealer has trained technicians and lubricants are important to
Additional Maintenance who can perform required keep the vehicle in good working
and Care maintenance using genuine condition.
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Maintenance Replacement needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 keep the vehicle in good working
Your dealer recognizes the condition, improves fuel economy,
Maintenance Records importance of providing and reduces vehicle emissions.
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 360 competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained Because of the way people use
technicians, the dealer is the place vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
for routine maintenance such as oil There may need to be more
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Service and Maintenance 349
frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
Additional Required Services - service.
Maintenance
Normal are for vehicles that: Refer to the information in the
Schedule
. Carry passengers and cargo Maintenance Schedule Additional Owner Checks and Services
within recommended limits on Required Services - Severe chart.
the Tire and Loading Information At Each Fuel Stop
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 226.
{ Warning . Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 275.
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause Once a Month
surfaces within legal driving
limits. serious injury. Perform . Check the tire inflation
maintenance work only if the pressures. See Tire Pressure
. Use the recommended fuel. See
required information, proper tools, 0 309.
Fuel 0 264.
and equipment are available. . Inspect the tires for wear. See
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to Tire Inspection 0 315.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
Required Services - Normal chart. . Check the windshield washer
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 272. fluid level. See Washer Fluid
The Additional Required Services - 0 286.
Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Engine Oil Change
in hot weather. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
. Mainly driven in hilly or SOON message displays, have the
mountainous terrain. engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
. Frequently towing a trailer. under the best conditions, the
. Used for high speed or engine oil life system may not
competitive driving. indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
a year and the oil life system must . Check engine coolant level. See . Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
be reset. Your trained dealer Engine Coolant 0 281. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
technician can perform this work. . Check windshield washer fluid 0 279.
If the engine oil life system is reset level. See Washer Fluid 0 286. . Inspect brake system. See
accidentally, service the vehicle Exterior Care 0 338.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the . Visually inspect windshield wiper
last service. Reset the oil life blades for wear, cracking, . Visually inspect steering,
system when the oil is changed. or contamination. See Exterior suspension, and chassis
See Engine Oil Life System 0 277. Care 0 338. Replace worn or components for damaged, loose,
damaged wiper blades. See or missing parts or signs of
Tire Rotation and Required Wiper Blade Replacement wear. See Exterior Care 0 338.
Services Every 12 000 km/ 0 291. . Check restraint system
7,500 mi . Check tire inflation pressures. components. See Safety System
Rotate the tires, if recommended for See Tire Pressure 0 309. Check 0 56.
the vehicle, and perform the . Check spare wheel retainer. . Visually inspect fuel system for
following services. See Tire If loose, tighten with a torque damage or leaks.
Rotation 0 315. wrench to 4.5 Y +/ 0.5 (40 lb . Visually inspect exhaust system
. Check engine oil level and oil in +/ 4.5 lb in). and nearby heat shields for
life percentage. If needed, . Inspect tire wear. See Tire loose or damaged parts.
change engine oil and filter, and Inspection 0 315.
reset oil life system. See Engine . Lubricate body components. See
Oil 0 275 and Engine Oil Life . Visually check for fluid leaks. Exterior Care 0 338.
System 0 277.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check 0 290.
. Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check
0 290.
. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 291.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace rear axle fluid. @ @ @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Footnotes Maintenance (5) Or every 10 years, whichever

Schedule Additional Required comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services - Normal excessive cracking, or damage;
(1) Or every two years, whichever replace, if needed.
comes first. More frequent (6) Replace brake fluid every three
passenger compartment air filter years. See Brake Fluid 0 287.
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 280.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace rear axle fluid. @ @ @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Footnotes Maintenance poor air quality, high dust levels, (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
Schedule Additional Required or environmental allergens. lines and hoses for proper
Services - Severe Passenger compartment air filter attachment, connection, routing, and
(1) Or every two years, whichever replacement may also be needed if condition.
comes first. More frequent there is reduced airflow, window
passenger compartment air filter fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
replacement may be needed if can help determine when to replace
driving in areas with heavy traffic, the filter.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
(3) Or every four years, whichever Special Application Additional

comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each Services Maintenance and Care
oil change or more often as needed. . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
(4) Or every five years, whichever Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
comes first. See Cooling System components every oil change. may help to avoid future costly
0 280. . repairs. To maintain vehicle
Have underbody flushing service
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever performed. See "Underbody performance, additional
comes first. Inspect for fraying, Maintenance" in Exterior Care maintenance services may be
excessive cracking, or damage; 0 338. required.
replace, if needed. It is recommended that your dealer
(6) Replace brake fluid every three perform these services their
years. See Brake Fluid 0 287. trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps,
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need
connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicles systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
. Belts may need replacing if they
Lubricants 0 358 for GM approved that they light when braking.
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
. Trained dealer technicians have
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
Shocks and struts help aid in control
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride.
may be low and need to be
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer
Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
. Signs of brake wear may include
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point
With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper Blades

or damage, and can advise protect the vehicles interior and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 343 and and kept in good condition to
Exterior Care 0 338. provide a clear view.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can
failure. . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can Windshield
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
vehicle operation at all speeds. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission DEXRON -VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 281.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil
0 275.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668) or lubricant meeting
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Release Pawl
Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570).
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241).
Hinges
Manual Transmission Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88861800).
Rear Axle Castrol SAF Carbon Modified SAE 75W/85 API GL5 Differential Oil (GM
Part No. 92184900).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770) or Dielectric Silicone
Grease (GM Part No. 12345579).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Numbers ACDelco Part Numbers
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 92066873 A3149C
Engine Oil Filter 19303975 PF48E
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 92184248 CF182
Spark Plugs 12621258 41-110
Wiper Blades
Driver Side 92219233
Passenger Side 92219234
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Technical Data 361
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, on the rear load floor,
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) behind the spare tire tub, has the
Vehicle Identification
following information:
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Service Parts Identification . Vehicle Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Number (VIN).
Vehicle Data . Model designation.
Capacities and . Paint information.
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
. Production options and special
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 363
This legal identifier is in the front equipment.
corner of the instrument panel, on
Do not remove this label from the
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
vehicle.
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See Engine Specifications
under Capacities and Specifications
0 362 for the vehicle's engine code.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
362 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 358.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
type and amount, see the refrigerant label under
the hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System 10.5 L 11.0 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 7.6 L 8.0 qt
Fuel Tank 71 L 19 gal
Rear Axle Fluid 1.25 L 1.3 qt
Transmission Fluid (Pan Removal and Filter Replacement) 6.3 L 6.7 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Technical Data 363
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
6.2L V8 (LS3) W Automatic 0.951.10 mm (0.037
Manual 0.043 in)
Engine Drive Belt Routing

2017 - crc - 8/31/16
364 Customer Information
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

the Canadian
Customer Information
Information Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Procedure
Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 operation of the vehicle will be
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 376
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 367 service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 367 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 371 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 of your dealership or the general
manager.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the United States member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 it appears your concern cannot be
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Customer Information 365
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Company wants you to be aware of The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico
its participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre
Chevrolet Motor Division
Mediation/Arbitration Program. General Motors of Canada
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
General Motors of Canada Company
Center
Company has committed to binding Mail Code: CA1-163-005
P.O. Box 33170
arbitration of owner disputes 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
involving factory-related vehicle Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.Chevrolet.com
service claims. The program Your inquiry should be accompanied
provides for the review of the facts 1-800-222-1020
by the Vehicle Identification
involved by an impartial third party 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Number (VIN).
arbiter, and may include an informal Telephone Devices (TTYs))
hearing before the arbiter. The Roadside Assistance:
program is designed so that the Customer Assistance 1-800-243-8872
entire dispute settlement process, Offices From U.S. Virgin Islands:
from the time you file your complaint Chevrolet encourages customers to
to the final decision, should be 1-800-496-9994
call the toll-free number for
completed in about 70 days. We assistance. However, if a customer Canada
believe our impartial program offers wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
advantages over courts in most General Motors of Canada
the letter should be addressed to:
jurisdictions because it is informal, Company
quick, and free of charge. Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
For further information concerning
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
www.gm.ca
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care 1-800-263-3777 (English)
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-7854 (French), 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
or write to:
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Telephone devices (TTYs)) Online Owner Center J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Roadside Assistance: Identification Number (VIN). See
1-800-268-6800 Online Owner Experience Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com 0 361.
Overseas
Please contact the local General
The Chevrolet online owner H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
experience allows interaction with Satellite radio (if equipped), and
Motors Business Unit. Chevrolet and keeps important OnStar account information (if
vehicle-specific information in one equipped).
Customer Assistance for place.
Text Telephone (TTY) F : Chat with online help
Membership Benefits representatives.
Users
E : Download owner manuals and See my.chevrolet.com to register
To assist customers who are deaf, view vehicle-specific how-to videos. your vehicle.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
G : View maintenance schedules, Chevrolet Owner Centre
alerts, and OnStar Vehicle (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
Diagnostic Information. Schedule
equipment available at its Customer Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
service appointments.
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with I : View and print dealer-recorded . Chat live with online help
Chevrolet by dialing: service records and self-recorded representatives.
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in service records. . Locate owner resources such as
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. D : Select a preferred dealer and lease-end, financing, and
view locations, maps, phone warranty information.
numbers, and hours. . Retrieve your favorite articles,
r : Track your vehicles warranty quizzes, tips, and multimedia
information. galleries organized into the
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
. Download owner manuals.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. Find the General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle
Chevrolet-recommended a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and
maintenance services. or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle.
for details. TTY users call . Description of the problem.
GM Mobility 1-800-263-3830.
Reimbursement Program Coverage
Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the
Program duration of the vehicles powertrain
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call warranty.
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without
call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not
This program is available to covered.
qualified applicants for cost Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year. Roadside Assistance is not a part of
reimbursement of eligible the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
aftermarket adaptive equipment Calling for Assistance General Motors North America and
required for the vehicle, such as Chevrolet reserve the right to make
hand controls or a wheelchair/ When calling Roadside Assistance,
any changes or discontinue the
scooter lift for the vehicle. have the following information
Roadside Assistance program at
ready:
For more information on the limited any time without notification.
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or . Your name, home address, and
General Motors North America and
call the GM Mobility Assistance home telephone number.
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text . Telephone number of your services or payment to an owner or
Telephone (TTY) users, call location. driver if they decide the claims are
1-800-833-9935. made too often, or the same type of
. Location of the vehicle.
claim is made many times.
. Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to Services Specific to

. jump start a dead battery. Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the . Trip Interruption Benefits and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance: If your trip is is up to 7 liters. If available,
service station. interrupted due to a warranty diesel fuel delivery may be
. event, incidental expenses may restricted. Propane and other
Lock-Out Service: Service to
be reimbursed within the fuels are not provided through
unlock the vehicle if you are
Powertrain warranty period. this service.
locked out. A remote unlock may
Items considered are reasonable
be available if you have OnStar. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
and customary hotel, meals,
For security reasons, the driver registration is required.
rental car, or a vehicle being
must present identification .
delivered back to the customer, Trip Interruption Benefits and
before this service is given.
up to 805 km (500 mi). Assistance: Must be over
. Emergency Tow from a Public 150 km from where your trip was
Road or Highway: Tow to the Services Not Included in started to qualify.
nearest Chevrolet dealer for Roadside Assistance Pre-authorization, original
warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by detailed receipts, and a copy of
was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws. the repair orders are required.
driven. Assistance is not given Once authorization has been
when the vehicle is stuck in the . Legal fines. received, the Roadside
sand, mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, Assistance advisor will help to
. Flat Tire Change: Service to or changing of snow tires, make arrangements and explain
change a flat tire with the spare chains, or other traction devices. how to receive payment.
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle . Alternative Service: If
must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible assistance cannot be provided
properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a right away, the Roadside
responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained Assistance advisor may give
replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and permission to get local
covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not emergency road service. You will
covered. receive payment, up to $100,
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle
to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage
Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work information.
covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for
parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. Transportation Options
covered by the warranty are the Warranty service can generally be
owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However,
Program if you are unable to do so, your
Scheduling Service dealer may offer the following
To enhance your ownership transportation options:
Appointments experience, we and our participating
When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service
service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip
request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable
scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of
and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area.
of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or
dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel
inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are
into the service department options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is
immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be
can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and
unless, of course, the problem is within the maximum amount allowed
Courtesy Transportation is not a by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited
your dealership, let them know this, customers arrange their own
Warranty. A separate booklet transportation, limited
and ask for instructions. entitled Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel
Owner Assistance Information expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts

receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new
information.
All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials
Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the
every dealer. Contact your dealer parts with which the vehicle was
For an overnight warranty repair, the
for specific availability. originally built. Genuine GM
dealer may provide an available
Collision parts are the best choice to
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change,
appearance, durability, and safety
Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy
are preserved. The use of Genuine
be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to
GM parts can help maintain the GM
well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and
provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts
provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These
Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from
minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the
Additional fees such as fuel usage If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle.
excessive mileage, or rental usage damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM
beyond the completion of the repair technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to
are also your responsibility. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally
parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety
It may not be possible to provide a repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as
available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of
Protect your investment in the GM
companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs.
vehicle with comprehensive and
not have been tested for the vehicle.
collision insurance coverage. There If a Crash Occurs
As a result, these parts may fit
are significant differences in the
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ If there has been an injury, call
quality of coverage afforded by
corrosion problems, and may not emergency services for help. Do not
various insurance policy terms.
perform properly in subsequent leave the scene of a crash until all
Many insurance policies provide
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not matters have been taken care of.
reduced protection to the GM
covered by the GM New Vehicle Move the vehicle only if its position
vehicle by limiting compensation for
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle puts you in danger, or you are
damage repairs through the use of
failure related to such parts is not instructed to move it by a police
aftermarket collision parts. Some
covered by that warranty. officer.
insurance companies will not
Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM
meets your needs before you ever For emergency towing see
original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance Program
need collision repairs. Your dealer If such insurance coverage is not
may have a collision repair center 0 368.
available from your current
with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier.
able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number.
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number.
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number.
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16

. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications
model year. recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Ordering Information
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals
. Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis
number. Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
. General description of the initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical,
damage to the other vehicle. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on
that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Owner Information
See Collision Parts earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Owner publications are written
section. obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and intended
repaired with Genuine GM parts, to provide basic operational
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage
Will You See after an Airbag information about the vehicle. The
does not pay the full cost. Owner Manual includes the
Inflates? 0 62.
If another party's insurance Maintenance Schedule for all
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, models.
Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
repair valuation based on that Owner Manual, and Warranty
In the event that the vehicle requires
insurance company's collision policy Manual.
damage repairs, GM recommends
repair limits, as you have no
that you take an active role in its RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00
contractual limits with that company.
repair. If you have a pre-determined $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
In such cases, you can have control
repair facility of choice, take the shipping fees.
of the repair and parts choices as
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
long as the cost stays within Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
Specify to the facility that any
reasonable limits.
required replacement collision parts RETAIL SELL PRICE:
be original equipment parts, either $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
new Genuine GM parts or recycled shipping fees.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety

Service and Owner publications are Statement Defects
available for many current and past
This vehicle has systems that
model year GM vehicles.
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
1-800-551-4123 Monday Friday Federal Communications
to the United States
8:00 AM 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
has a defect which could cause
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ICES001.
a crash or could cause injury or
Or write to: Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately
two conditions: inform the National Highway
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
47911 Halyard Drive harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any General Motors.
Prices are subject to change without interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar
notice and without incurring interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the
investigation, and if it finds that
delivery. device.
a safety defect exists in a group
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an and remedy campaign.
funds. authorized service facility could void
However, NHTSA cannot
authorization to use this equipment.
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
To contact NHTSA, you may call Transport Canada Vehicle Data

the Vehicle Safety Hotline Road Safety Branch
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 80 rue Noel Recording and
1-800-424-9153); go to http:// Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Privacy
www.safercar.gov; or write to:
The vehicle has a number of
Administrator, NHTSA Reporting Safety Defects computers that record information
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. to General Motors about the vehicles performance and
Washington, D.C. 20590 In addition to notifying NHTSA (or how it is driven. For example, the
Transport Canada) in a situation like vehicle uses computer modules to
You can also obtain other monitor and control engine and
information about motor vehicle this, notify General Motors.
transmission performance, to
safety from http:// Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: monitor the conditions for airbag
www.safercar.gov. Chevrolet Motor Division deployment and deploy them in a
Chevrolet Customer Assistance crash, and, if equipped, to provide
Reporting Safety Defects Center antilock braking to help the driver
to the Canadian P.O. Box 33170 control the vehicle. These modules
Detroit, MI 48232-5170 may store data to help the dealer
Government technician service the vehicle.
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 Some modules may also store data
If you live in Canada, and you (English) or 1-800-263-7854
believe that the vehicle has a about how the vehicle is operated,
(French), or write: such as rate of fuel consumption or
safety defect, notify Transport
Canada immediately, and notify General Motors of Canada average speed. These modules may
Company retain personal preferences, such as
General Motors of Canada radio presets, seat positions, and
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
Company. Call Transport CA1-163-005 temperature settings.
Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
write to: Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the
This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or,
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the
main purpose of an EDR is to consent of the lessee; in response
record, in certain crash or near Note
to an official request by police or
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through
obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as
understanding how a vehicles recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may
vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
. How various systems in your
investigation. OnStar
vehicle were operating;
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with
. Whether or not the driver and
special equipment is required, and OnStar and has an active
passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be
buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar
. How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information
depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the about the vehicles operation;
or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the
information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features;
. How fast the vehicle was and, in certain situations, the
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
OnStar Terms and Conditions and

Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional Information
0 383.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See Navigation Settings under
Configure Menu 0 181 for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
378 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and

Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Overview
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
The OnStar system status light is
OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 status light is:
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
> Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is active. Press Q
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar
that can connect to an OnStar Advisor.
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
services may require a paid Advisor.
subscription and data plan. OnStar Press = to:
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service, . Make a call, end a call,
and GPS satellite signals to be or answer an incoming call.
available and operating. OnStar acts . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
as a link to existing emergency voice commands.
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
your vehicle, including location Navigation voice commands.
information. See OnStar User
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
OnStar 379
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi OnStar Services Security
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Emergency Services require an
Advisor to: active, OnStar service plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being restarted.
the vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Theft Alarm Notification
Press > to get a priority connection
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially If equipped, if the doors are locked
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/
trained Advisors are available and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
7 to:
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to notification by text, e-mail, or phone
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, call will be sent. If the vehicle is
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
. Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
380 OnStar
Navigation 3. Say Yes. System responds: Send Destination to Vehicle

OK, request completed, thank Subscribers can have directions
OnStar navigation requires a you, goodbye.
specific OnStar service plan. sent to the vehicles navigation
Route Preview screen, if equipped.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the 1. Press =. System responds: Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
vehicles navigation screen, OnStar ready, then a tone. download directions to the vehicles
if equipped. navigation system, if equipped. After
2. Say Route preview. System the call ends, the navigation screen
Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three will provide prompts to begin driving
maneuvers. directions. Routes that are sent to
1. Press Q to connect to an the navigation screen can only be
Repeat
Advisor. canceled through the navigation
2. Request directions to be 1. Press =. System responds: system.
downloaded to the vehicle. OnStar ready, then a tone.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say Repeat. System www.onstar.ca (Canada).
commands. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with Connections
Using Voice Commands OnStar ready, then a tone.
During a Planned Route The following OnStar services help
Get My Destination with staying connected.
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds: For coverage maps, see
1. Press =. System responds: OnStar ready, then a tone. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar ready, then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
2. Say Get my destination.
2. Say Cancel route. System System responds with the Ensuring Security
responds: Do you want to address and distance to the . Change the default passwords
cancel directions? destination, then responds with
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
OnStar ready, then a tone.
RemoteLink mobile application.
Make these passwords different
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
OnStar 381
from each other and use a 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
combination of letters, numbers, the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), if factory-equipped.
and symbols to increase the password, and on some . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
security. vehicles, the connection type with automatic locks.
. Change the default name of the (no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality . Activate the horn and lamps.
SSID (Service Set Identifier).
This is your networks name that (poor, good, excellent). . Check the vehicles fuel level, oil
is visible to other wireless 3. To change the SSID or life, or tire pressure,
devices. Choose a unique name password, press Q or call if factory-equipped with the Tire
and avoid family names or Pressure Monitor System.
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
vehicle descriptions. with an Advisor. . Send directions to the vehicle.

OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If After initial set-up, your vehicles . Locate the vehicle on a map
Equipped) Wi-Fi hotspot will connect (U.S. market only).
The vehicle may have a built-in automatically to your mobile . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access devices. Manage data usage by on/off, manage settings, and
to the Internet and web content at turning Wi-Fi on or off on your monitor data consumption,
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile mobile device, using the if equipped.
devices can be connected. A data RemoteLink mobile app, or by
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information
controls only when it is safe to and compatibility, see
OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
do so. (If Equipped) www.onstar.ca (Canada).
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot Download the OnStar RemoteLink
information, press =, wait for Remote Services
mobile app to select Apple iOS,
the prompt, then say Wi-Fi Android, BlackBerry, Contact an OnStar Advisor to
settings. On some vehicles, or Windows mobile devices. unlock the doors or sound the horn
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the OnStar Subscribers can access the and flash the lamps.
screen. following services from a mobile
device:
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
382 OnStar
OnStar AtYourService 2. Say Call. System responds: Diagnostics

Call. Please say the name or
OnStar Advisors can provide offers Advanced Diagnostics provides a
number to call.
from restaurants and retailers on status of the vehicles key systems
your route, help locate hotels, 3. Say 911 without pausing. with a monthly e-mail, or by
or book a room. These services System responds: 911.
pressing Q. If equipped, Diagnostic
vary by market. 4. Say Call. System responds: Alerts can be received in real-time
OnStar Hands-Free Calling OK, dialing 911. via e-mail or text. The Proactive
Alerts feature (if available) can help
Make and receive calls with the Retrieve My Number
predict and alert of potential
built-in wireless calling service,
which requires available minutes. 1. Press =. System responds: upcoming maintenance issues with
OnStar ready. select components on the vehicle,
Make a Call before they become a problem.
2. Say My number. System
1. Press =. System responds: responds: Your OnStar OnStar can also monitor and report
Hands-Free Calling number is, tire pressure, if the vehicle is
OnStar ready.
then says the number. equipped with a Tire Pressure
2. Say Call. System responds: Monitoring System.
Call. Please say the name or End a Call
number to call.
Press =. System responds: Call
3. Say the entire number without ended.
pausing, including a 1 and the
area code. System responds: Verify Minutes and Expiration
OK, calling.
Press = and say Minutes then
Calling 911 Emergency Verify to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
1. Press =. System responds:
OnStar ready.
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
OnStar 383
Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

OnStar Additional
Owners Press Q to speak with an
Information .
Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor.
In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar services cannot work unless
Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update the vehicle is in a place where
information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a
service options. wireless service provider for service
. Prior to vehicle purchase.
How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service
Press Q to set up an account. provider must also have coverage,
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, network capacity, reception, and
every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, technology compatible with OnStar
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, services. Service involving location
. After change in ownership and Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics, information about the vehicle cannot
at 90 days. Remote Services, Roadside work unless GPS signals are
Transferring Service Assistance, Turn-by-Turn available, unobstructed, and
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling compatible with the OnStar
Press Q to request account transfer are available on most vehicles. Not hardware. OnStar services may not
eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available work if the OnStar equipment is not
can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For properly installed or it has not been
information. more information, a full description properly maintained. If equipment or
of OnStar services, system software is added, connected,
Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar User Terms, or modified, OnStar services may
Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software not work. Other problems beyond
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Terms: the control of OnStar such as
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, architecture of the vehicle, damage
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
transferred, or if the lease ends.
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
384 OnStar
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
OnStar cannot perform Remote
jamming may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
See Radio Frequency Statement OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
0 374. Number (PIN) been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for
Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need five days, OnStar can contact
Advisors provide services to help to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
Subscribers with physical disabilities speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle.
and medical conditions. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or Global Positioning
Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. System (GPS)
. Locate a gas station with an . Obstruction of the GPS can
Warranty
attendant to pump gas. occur in a large city with tall
OnStar equipment may be buildings; in parking garages;
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels and
that meets accessibility needs. warranty. underpasses; or in an area with
. Provide directions to the closest very dense trees. If GPS signals
hospital or pharmacy in urgent Languages are not available, the OnStar
situations. The vehicle can be programmed to system should still operate to
respond in multiple languages. call OnStar. However, OnStar
TTY Users
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. could have difficulty identifying
OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English, the exact location.
communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available . In emergency situations, OnStar
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country. can use the last stored GPS
customers while in the vehicle. The location to send to emergency
available dealer-installed TTY responders.
system can provide in-vehicle
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
OnStar 385
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems settings. These updates or changes
loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is may also collect personal
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. information. Such collection is
Advisor may give a verbal route or described in the OnStar privacy
may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated the time of installation. These
into the electrical architecture of the updates or changes may also cause
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical a system to automatically
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical communicate with GM servers to
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 268. Added electrical collect information about vehicle
the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment may interfere with the system status, identify whether
or near the antenna to prevent operation of the OnStar system and updates or changes are available,
blocking cellular and GPS signal cause it to not operate. or deliver updates or changes. An
reception. active OnStar agreement constitutes
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates
Unable to Connect to OnStar OnStar or GM may remotely deliver or changes and agreement that
Message software updates or changes to the either OnStar or GM may remotely
If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or deliver them to the vehicle.
or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes
Privacy
maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety,
may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the The complete OnStar Privacy
vehicle or the vehicle systems. Statement may be found at
call again or try again after driving a
Software updates or changes may www.onstar.com (U.S.),
few miles into another cellular area.
affect or erase data or settings that or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
Vehicle and Power Issues are stored in the vehicle, such as recommend that you review it. If you
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name have any questions, call
OnStar services require a vehicle 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations,
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless
available and operating for features
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
386 OnStar
the privacy of any information sent hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software
via wireless cellular communications above copyright notice and this without prior written authorization of
cannot be assured. Third parties permission notice appear in all the copyright holder.
may unlawfully intercept or access copies.
transmissions and private unzip:
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
communications without consent. AS IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
OnStar - Software definitive version of this document
Acknowledgements IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES should be available at ftp://
Certain OnStar components include OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
libcurl and unzip software and other FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE license.html indefinitely.
third party software. Below are the AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
notices and licenses associated with THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO rights reserved.
libcurl and unzip and for other third EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
party software please see http:// For the purposes of this copyright
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE and license, Info-ZIP is defined as
www.lg.com/global/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
opensource/index and https:// the following set of individuals:
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
getdocuments.html CONTRACT, TORT OR Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
libcurl:
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
NOTICE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel THE SOFTWARE. Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
All rights reserved. the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Permission to use, copy, modify, otherwise to promote the sale, use
and distribute this software for any Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
purpose with or without fee is Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
2017 - crc - 8/31/16
OnStar 387
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited
Rich Wales, Mike White. (including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of
This software is provided as is, self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary the names Info-ZIP, Zip,
incidental, special or consequential or disabled. UnZip, UnZipSFX, WiZ,
damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versionsincluding, but Pocket UnZip, Pocket Zip,
inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new and MacZip for its own
Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical
including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic,
and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library
freely, subject to the following versionsmust be plainly
restrictions: marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
1. Redistributions of source code the original source. Such
must retain the above copyright altered versions also must not
notice, definition, disclaimer, be misrepresented as being
and this list of conditions. Info-ZIP releasesincluding,
2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of
(compiled executables) must the altered versions with the
reproduce the above copyright names Info-ZIP (or any
notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but
and this list of conditions in not limited to, different
documentation and/or other capitalizations), Pocket
materials provided with the UnZip, WiZ or MacZip
distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
388 Index
Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and When Should an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 59
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 268 Airbags
Additional Information Adding Equipment to the
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Additional Maintenance Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . 99
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Adjustments Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Agreements System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Trademarks and License . . . . . 205 Alarm
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 279 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Alert
Air Filter, Passenger Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 261
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Antenna
Airbag System Backglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
How Does an Airbag Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 241
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 63 Appearance Care
What Makes an Airbag Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
What Will You See after an Assistance Program,
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
Index 389
Assistance Systems for Brake Carbon Monoxide

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Assistance Systems for System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 102 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 254 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Audio Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 87
Automatic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 100
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Check
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 229 Malfunction Indicator
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Child Restraints
Automatic Transmission Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Infants and Young Children . . . . . 71
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 High Intensity Discharge Lower Anchors and Tethers
Shift Lock Control Function (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 293 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 83
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
B C
Cleaning
Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 California
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Battery Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Perchlorate Materials
Climate Control Systems
Voltage and Charging Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 California
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Battery - North America . . . .288, 335 Proposition
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 291 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .271, 288, 335
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Capacities and
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 371
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
390 Index
Compartments Customer Assistance (cont'd) Diagnostics

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 323 Text Telephone (TTY) Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Configure Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Connections Customer Information Door
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Service Publications Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Control Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 373 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Traction and Electronic Customer Satisfaction Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
D
Controls Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . . . . 51
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 371
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 363
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 253
Data Collection
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Driver Information
Coolant Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 376
Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . 98 Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . 105
Database Coverage
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Driving
Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 259
Daytime Running
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Courtesy Transportation Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 22
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . 188 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 223
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 225
Destination Download
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Devices
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Track Events and
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
Index 391
Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 98 Fluid
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 278
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Cooling System Messages . . . .114 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Forward Collision Alert
E
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 242
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Frequency Statement
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 103
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Electrical Equipment,
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Front Seats
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 236 Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 49
Electrical System
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Engine Compartment Fuse
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 376 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Filling a Portable Fuel
Instrument Panel Fuse
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 126 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Rear Compartment Fuse
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 F
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 106
Emergency Features
Requirements, California . . . . . 265
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Engine Filter,
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Check and Service Engine Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Engine Compartment Fuse
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 127
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 274 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
392 Index
Fuses (cont'd) H HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Instrument Panel Fuse Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 127 Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
I
Rear Compartment Fuse Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 If the System Needs Service . . . . 188
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Headlamps Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
G Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Gauges Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Infants and Young Children,
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . 98 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Daytime Running Information
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Quick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 High Intensity Discharge Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Warning Lights and High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 107 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 6
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 126 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 40
General Information Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 107 Internet Radio
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 348 Heated and Ventilated Front Pandora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Stitcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Global Positioning Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 J
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 310 Jump Starting - North
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 223 America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Guidance Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 244 K
Problems with the Route . . . . . . 187 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 115
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Keyless Entry
How to Wear Safety Belts Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 25
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
Index 393
L Lights (cont'd) Locks (cont'd)

Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 305 Antilock Brake System Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Lamps (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 127 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 102 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 100 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 105 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 106
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 103 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 106 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 for Children (LATCH
Lane Departure High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 126 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Lane Departure Warning Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 104 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
M
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 98
Maintenance
LATCH System Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Replacing Parts after a Service Electric Parking
Maintenance and Care
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
LATCH, Lower Anchors and Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . . 102
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 349
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Recommended Fluids and
Lighting Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Traction Control System
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 100
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 (TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . 105
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . 251
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Locks
Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
394 Index
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Messaging O

Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Object Detection System
Menu Mirrors Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Messages Automatic Dimming Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Battery Voltage and Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Off-Road
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Oil
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . .114 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 277
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 40 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 69
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Track Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Object Detection System . . . . . .116 Monitor System, Tire OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . .117 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 OnStar Additional
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 380
N
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Navigation OnStar Destination
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 229 OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Ordering
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 373
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
Index 395
Outlets Positioning Radios

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Power Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
P
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . . . 149
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Rear Seat Pass-Through Door . . . 51
Park
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 232 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 254
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Rearview Mirrors
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 55 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Brake and P (Park)
Privacy Recognition
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 291
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 375 Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Problems with Route Recommended Fluids and
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 234
Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Program Records
Parking or Backing
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 370 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 254
Proposition Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 338
Passenger Airbag Status
65 Warning, Reimbursement Program,
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
California . . . . . . . . . . . .271, 288, 335 GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Passenger Compartment Air
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Q
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 63 Quick Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Perchlorate Materials
R Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Requirements, California . . . . . . 271
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . 141 Replacement Parts
Personalization
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 374 Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 69
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
396 Index
Replacing LATCH System S Security

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Replacing Safety Belt System Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Reporting Safety Defects How to Wear Safety Belts Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 375 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Accessories and
Restraints Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 56 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 55 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 272
Retained Accessory Safety Defects Reporting Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 375 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 360
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Maintenance, General
Ride Control Systems U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Limited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 251 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 361
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Publications Ordering
Roads Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 370 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 370
Roadside Assistance Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Seats Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Roof Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Service Electric Parking
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 49 Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 46 Services
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 363 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 46 Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Running the Vehicle While Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Securing Child Restraints . . . . 81, 83
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
Index 397
Shift Lock Control Function Storage Areas Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Check, Automatic Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Shifting Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 87 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 261 Storing the Tire Sealant and Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Signals, Turn and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Special Application Services . . . . 355 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Specifications and Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309, 310
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
StabiliTrak System Pressure Monitor Operation . . 312
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Forward Collision Pressure Monitor System . . . . . .311
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Sealant and
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131, 377 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Sealant and Compressor
Starting the Vehicle Systems Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Terminology and Definitions . . 307
T
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Uniform Tire Quality
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . 134 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 367
Stitcher Internet Radio . . . . . . . . . . 153 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 37
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 320
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
398 Index
Tires (cont'd) Transportation Program, Vehicle (cont'd)

When It Is Time for New Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Vehicle Care
Towing Turn and Lane-Change Storing the Tire Sealant
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 338 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 329
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
U
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Vehicle Data Recording and
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 319
Track Driver Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Updates
Track Events and Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Map Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Competitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Traction Viewing
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Control System (TCS)/ Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Using the Navigation System . . . 165
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 251 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
W
Traction Control/Electronic V
Warning
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Vehicle
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Trademarks and License Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 263
Trailer Identification Number (VIN) . . . 361
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Transmission Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Warnings
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 120
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Wheels
Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 320
2017 - crc - 9/1/16
Index 399
Wheels (cont'd)
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 75
Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 291

2017 Chevrolet Ss Sedan Owners Manual

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

2017 Chevrolet Ss Sedan Owners Manual

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

2k17_Chevrolet_SS_Sedan_23348492A.

SS Sedan Owners Manual

Introduction that may not be available in your

Vehicle Symbol Chart 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam

In Brief Driver Information

Initial Drive / : Press Q and release and then

Windows holding the switch. Pull a window To adjust the seat:

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 46. Memory Features Heated and Ventilated

The SET, 1, 2, and S (Exit) buttons

Head Restraint Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

To adjust the mirrors:

+ : Press to turn the lamp on Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on the

With the ignition on or in ACC/

INT : Move the windshield wiper

Climate Controls See Dual Automatic Climate Control

Sport Shift Mode

Tap Shift Vehicle Features infotainment system. Press again to

Driver Information Forward Collision Alert

Lane Departure Rear Vision Parking Assist

Power Outlets Express-Open : Press and release

Fuel Engine Oil Life System Driving for Better Fuel

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

Press the button on the RKE . Check the location. Other

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To customize the doors to Programming with a Recognized key, counterclockwise, to the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To start the vehicle: Battery Replacement 1. Press the button on the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

Doors Warning (Continued)

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Emergency Trunk Release The emergency trunk release Vehicle Security

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors Reverse Tilt Mirrors

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Interior Mirrors Windows Power Windows

Interior Rearview Mirrors { Warning { Warning

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Sun Visors Roof Open/Close : Press and hold the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

Dirt and debris may collect on the

44 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Replacing Safety Belt System

Seats and Restraints 45

46 Seats and Restraints

Front Seats To adjust the seat: Lumbar Adjustment

Seats and Restraints 47

Reclining Seatbacks Warning (Continued)

48 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 49

driver seat rearward to a preset Obstructions Heated and Ventilated

50 Seats and Restraints